No matching fragments found in this document.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1 HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 11 AUGUST 1960 Re-issued from Sthil
Assn Secs HCO Secs
ORGANIZATION INFORMATION CENTRE
I have recently developed a means which should increase income at
least double in any Central Organization if applied.
This is the Organization Information Centre (or Center). It is
mandatory in any organization which has more than 15 on staff.
This is a precise drill. It is not in any way related to giving
the public or the staff information. It is devoted entirely to
furnishing the Assn Sec and HCO Sec with data concerning the Org.
Organizations have slumps. These slumps stem directly from Org
Dept failures. If these small slips are noticed in ample time, the
organization cannot have a slump.
An Assn Sec's reaction on receiving data on this has already been
to say he was keeping check by graphs and inferred he didn't need
it. So please understand at the outset that this is not a clumsy
graph system but a species of mechanical brain that keeps
continuous check upon and corrects small bogs of its own accord. It
forecasts emergencies. Mary Sue points out that this must have come
from the Combat Information Center of World War II of which I had
told her, by which swarms of fighter planes, bombers or landing
craft could be individually directed with great ease. The present
idea has another source but a wartime CIC is a good comparison.
The immediate business ancestor is a clumsy graph, usually a few
months behind, hastily brought to date for board meetings. This
idea, expanded as I expanded CICs to handle amphibious landing
craft, gives us a complete picture, a timely forecast and
eventually, solutions to the problems of running a multi-department
organization.
The secretary of the Assn Sec keeps the board, posting it every
Tuesday before Ad Comm meeting so that the Assn Sec is alerted to
the complete state of the organization before the meeting.
As a Central Org business week ends on Thursday at 2.00 p.m.,
there is ample time for all data to be received by the Assn Sec's
office by the following Monday and the board posted by Tuesday
noon.
The board is situated in the Assn Sec's Office along the longest
blank wall. It is a smooth finished surface with a number of
holders of 8 by 10 (approx size) graph paper. These papers are not
stapled on but drop into a 3 sided border, open at the top. New
papers every quarter or so are put into the holder in front of the
last quarter's sheet so that one can refer back.
The board has various signs on it, one for each department. The
graphs are in three horizontal lines for one organization, with
space for two to three charts (in a single line) for each
department. It is necessary for quick reading to have the graph
sheets in long lines rather than in blocks - hence the board
appears to be three long lines of graph, no matter how many graphs
there are in how many departments.
The board is divided to allow for nine departments, due to two
new additions as 317
are noted in other policy letters, and allowing for HCO to be
included. These departments are in the same order as on an Org
Board.
The listing is PE, Academy, HGC, PRR, Material, Accounts, Special
Programmes, Government Relations and HCO.
The graphs are as follows as numbered under each Department
heading:
1. PE: Attendance.
2. Co-Audit Attendance (PE).
3. PE: Books Sold.
4. Academy: No. of students.
5. No. of passes for week vs complaints. (Academy) 6. Extension
Course Enrollments. (Academy)
7. HGC: Bookings for week new or continuing pcs (1 week's lag).
8. HGC: Satisfactory vs unsatisfactory gains (1 week's lag).
9. PRR: Letters out originated and letters answered.
10. PRR: No. of persons Interviewed.
11. Material: Value of Purchase Orders signed (reads in reverse
to other graphs). 12. Accounts: Gross Income.
13. Accounts: Value of Unit.
14. Accounts: Gross funds on hand.
15. Special Programmes: Letters out.
16. Special Programmes: Number of persons interviewed.
17. Area for items in Govt Relations needing attention.
18. HCO: Memberships sold.
19. HCO: Number of Books sold.
20. HCO: No. on Staff Course.
21. HCO: No. of persons who have been security checked.
This means that a board about eighty to 100 inches long and 48
inches high will accommodate the lot. There would be seven 10"
graphs in each line and three lines. Given space, allow extra
widths. Molding can furnish the boxes to slip the graphs into.
These graphs are marked with broad 1/: inch long lines, using
bold black and bright red ink. If the graph remains level or rises
it is marked in black. If it dips it is marked in red. All graphs
are removed to be marked.
Whenever the board keeper when doing the graphs uses red ink on a
graph she sends at once a blank form to that department head which
asks for additional information on the department of a more
detailed nature. The form begins: As your department has dropped in
to the red this week, please furnish the Association Secretary with
the following information:
No. of persons in your department
.................................. Number who have passed a
security check ............................. State of any files
.............................................. Were any personnel
ill last week or the week before .......................
etc. etc. This form when filled out is pinned to lower half of
board.
Also marked in red are any below quota figures such as ten in the
Academy or twelve pcs in the HGC, etc. These also require a report
from the department head as above.
318
With a single glance at the board, the Assn Sec can see his Org's
weak points. Reading the reports requested he knows something of
why. His attention is thus drawn to impending slumps long before
they happen rather than by emergency flaps in accounts. He can tell
weak or non-functioning department heads and train or change them
before they sink the department and the ship.
The figures needed are collected by the Assn Sec's secretary from
the same source as the Ad Comm report figures. But these can now be
standardized.
The moment the Assn Sec's secretary has posted the figures,
retaining any copy for Ad Comm reports, she airmails her reports to
Saint Hill where the same figures are posted on a duplicate master
board for all organizations in the world in exactly the same way.
It will be at once noticeable that Organization Information
Centre initials quite by accident say "O.I.C." And so one does and
at once.
Please start this board at once with graphs and pins and do a
smoother carpentry job for sure but later.
It will practically end emergencies and should promptly increase
income and units.
Dept Heads and Staff may of course view the board at the
convenience of the Assn Sec but it is not a public board and is for
the Assn Sec and HCO Sec who can view it at any time. And who can
visit that department which most needs visiting, adjust its hat and
Admin fast and thus bolster the whole line.
It is cumulative slips that reduce income, not big drops
suddenly. Catch the small ones and the big ones never show.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.gh.cden Copyright(~) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Note: The data required for the OIC is amended by HCO P/L 23
September 1960, Organization Information Centre, on the next page.]
319
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1960
Assoc Secs HCO Secs
ORGANIZATION INFORMATION CENTRE
The data required for the OIC (as per HCO Policy Letter of August
11, 1960) should be amended and added to as follows:
18. HCO: Memberships sold
19. HCO: Books sold 20. HCO: Book best sellers 21. HCO: No. on
staff co-audit 22. HCO: No. of security checks 23. HCO: No. of Hat
checks given 24. HCO: Gross bank accounts of local HCO
25. HCO: Gross expenditures for office.
Please put this into effect immediately. Also, please note that
item No. 17, Dept of Govt Relations will consist of two data:
17. Dir Govt Relations: (a) Shares sold HASI Ltd. (b) Shares sold
HCO Ltd.
This will go into effect as soon as shares begin to be sold.
Issued by: Peter Hemery HCO Secretary WW
LRH:js.rd for
Copyright (c) 1960 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 NOVEMBER 1960
All Cen. Orgs
REPORTS TO O.I.C.
The Org Info Centre cannot function and one cannot plot a future
with it unless Departments make out and send in their reports to
the Assoc Sec's Secretary or the person keeping the board. This
data can be held there for Ad Comm.
The deadline is Monday Noon for the past week. However getting
the report done by Friday Noon makes this possible.
The reports have to be done anyway - why delay them?
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:aec.js.rd Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
320
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 DECEMBER 1960
Central Orgs
IMPORTANT CHANGE IN REPORTS
To reduce and standardize the administrative reporting in
organizations, the following system should go into effect as soon
as possible:
A form containing all the data required from any one Department
should be prepared by the Association (Org) Sec. Each Dept may
require a different form to secure all the data.
This data is the same as that required on the OIC charts.
This does not change the income sheet report system.
The new report form for a Department must be headed with the name
of the Central Org, and must carry its full routing. The routing is
from the Association (Org) Sec's Sec to the designated Dept head,
to be returned to the Association (Org) Sec's Sec by next Monday
afternoon (date blank very prominent), then to the Assn (Org) Sec.
then to the HCO Area Sec. then to HCO WW OIC unit. A description of
the data required and the blank for it in each.case is then listed.
This is followed by a signature and date of the head of the
Department.
These reports are different for each Department, therefore the
form is different.
All personnel data, income data, financial data, numbers of
people, technical results, etc must appear on this form.
The form is done on flimsy paper, the lightest possible and
practicable. The colour should be pink.
The procedure is then this:
The Association (Org) Sec's Sec retains all these form
blanks - the whole supply of each type. No stock of forms is
given to a Department.
On Thursday morning the Association (Org) Sec's Sec places the
appropriate forms in the Comm Centre baskets of Department heads
plus any of the old type Income Sheet necessary. He or she also
places the Accounts Department Income and Disbursement Sheets in
their baskets.
Heads of Departments or their Admin write up the Income Sheet
from their invoices. They take their Department's report form and
fill it in from the data to hand. They return any Income or
Disbursement Sheet and the report to the Association (Org) Sec's
Sec by Monday noon.
The Assn (Org) Sec's Sec sets up the data on the O.I.C. board by
noon Tuesday, using the report sheets for source.
There is this difference in marking up O.I.C. graphs. The actual
figure is placed inconspicuously below the graph point being drawn
in. The figure and the graph point then constitute a total fact on
the graphs.
The Ad Comm meeting is then held Tues at 2:00 p.m. in the
Association Sec's office with the O.I.C. board complete. All the
data on the graphs is gone over rapidly with the Ad Comm by the
Association (Org) Sec. The comments, approvals or condemnations and
any plans stemming from these are noted by the Association (Org)
Sec's Sec and any new ideas, plans, resolutions and suggestions are
added to his minutes. These however should be kept very brief.
NO FINANCIAL OR NUMERICAL DATA APPEARS IN THE MINUTES.
The brief minutes copied and the original reports from the
Departments are then packaged and mailed to Saint Hill where they
will again be put up on O.I.C. boards. At Saint Hill there will be
an executive meeting weekly to summarize the data which, with
suggestions, will be broadly published in brief form to all Orgs
giving data on all Orgs
321
The intention here is to reduce the amount of copying of data and
speed the report line. These Department reports can replace all
existing reports by including all the data, even a roster of
personnel. This reduces the Ad Comm minutes and shows Department
heads all data in relation to past data rather than stressing one
week only.
As the data is already outlined by O.I.C. charts and any existing
additional report forms, it should be easy to make up the
Department reports.
The idea is one income sheet and one report for a Department.
As everything in P.E. will shortly be on cards, not invoices,
P.E. data can be kept by keeping cards for the week.
The original reports, in packet form must be light for
airmailing, hence the weight of the paper of the report must be
light.
Technical profiles, auditors' reports, students' and training
reports continue to be forwarded but as supplementary to the
Department report and are sent through on this same line. The
Fri - Sat test results can be forwarded the next Monday with the
past week's reports.
As the O.I.C. graphs are kept and filed and now have numbers on
them, they constitute a supplement to Ad Comm minutes and should be
kept as such as the basic data now does not appear in Ad Comm
minutes.
HCO report blanks are made up and handled exactly this same way.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :js. eden Copyright (I) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8
APRIL 1961 CenOCon Attn. Assn Sec Sec
OIC BOARD
The Organization Information Centre Board system is modified to
the following extent:
No cautionary notice need be sent a department by the Assn Sec
Sec or Assn Sec. when it receives a red line (fall).
The new report system brings all such falls to the notice of the
Ad Comm anyway and explanations of falls and congratulations for
rises can be cared for at that meeting.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jl.cden Copyright (c) 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
322
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 1 DECEMBER 1962
CenOCon
OIC REPORTS TO HCO WW
As of now, on receipt of this policy letter, I want the following
procedure instituted as a regular procedure from every Org
throughout the world in which there is an established HCO.
The despatch of these reports to me henceforth comes under the
hat of the HCO Secretary in charge of each HCO.
These reports are to be sent to me direct from each HCO. They do
not get routed via HCO Continental. The latter may require similar
information but the reports I require must be sent direct to me.
There is no change in the present system of OIC graphs and
reports as outlined originally in HCO Policy Letter of August 11,
1960, and the OIC Board should be maintained as usual in each Org.
The establishment of the below-mentioned reports line now
permits, however, the cancellation of a number of other reports,
details of which will be given in a separate policy letter.
There will be two sets of OIC Reports required now, namely:
1. Brief OIC data (the details of which are given below) are to
be sent by LT cable (distant Orgs) or by Telex (London and Orgs
near Saint Hill) to reach me by Tuesday morning for the immediate
previous week's operations.
2. The usual complete OIC Reports, including the Tuesday
afternoon Adcomm Report, are to be neatly packed in an envelope
marked "OIC Reports referring to
Adcomm Meeting of (date of Adcomm Meeting) at
(HASI)."
This envelope is to be addressed to me, and despatched by Airmail
not later than Thursday of each week.
The HASI week operates from Thursday 2.00 p.m. to the next
Thursday 2.00 p.m. This is mandatory for all Orgs without
exception, from here on.
The brief OIC data required to be cabled will be:
(a) P.E. average attendance for the week.
(b) Co-audit average attendance for the week.
(c) Academy
1. Number of new students.
2. Total number of students attending.
3. Number of students graduated that week.
(d) HGC total number of Public pcs.
(e) Corrected Gross Income to the nearest dollar, pound or rend,
etc. Provisional Gross Income figures not required. This will mean
that the old policy of closing all the books each week at 2.00 p.m.
each Thursday must now be properly adhered to. The Corrected Gross
Income figure cabled in this report is to be the same figure as
that in the AC 1, line J.
(f) Letters Out. Total number of personal signed letters
despatched. This number is not to include mailing pieces, leaflets,
nor circulars.
(g) Registrar Interviews. Total number of personal interviews by
Immediate Registrar.
(h) Sign-ups. Total number of people signed up as a result of
Registrar Interviews.
323
In despatching the OIC data by LT cable or telex, this is the
form it should take, and in this order:
LT= SIENTOLOGY EASTGRINSTEAD= 45CT RON OIC DATA W/E 6TH AS
FOLLOWS 40/175/5/80/8/40/ 2542/2149/52/20 BEST=BILL+++
(The figures 40/175/5/80/8/40/2542/2149/52/20 are sent all in one
block or group.)
Always put EASTGRINSTEAD as one word joined together. This counts
for one word, but when separate thus: EAST GRINSTEAD costs 2 words.
45CT is the Org prefix and serial number of message.
RON means the cable is to come to me.
OIC DATA W/E AS FOLLOWS, always use this wording. This
indicates to
the cable authorities that we are not using a code. If they think
we are using a code, the cable gets charged at full rate and not
LT.
40/175/5/80/8/40/2542/2149/52/20 means PE was 40, Co-audit 175,
Academy new students 5, Academy total number of students attending
this week 80, Academy students graduated this week 8, HGC public
pcs 40, Corrected Gross Income was 2542, Letters Out 2149,
Registrar Interviews 52, Sign-ups 20.
The minimum number of words for an LT cable is 22 words. The
number of words chargeable in the above cable is 20. This works
this way:
LT= SIENTOLOGY EASTGRINSTEAD= counts for 3 words.
45CT RON OIC DATA W/E 6TH AS FOLLOWS BEST= BILL+++ counts
for 10 words.
40/175/5/80/8/40/2542/2149/52/20 counts for five characters per
word and this would be charged as 7 words.
As you can see, it is essential to maintain the order in which
the figures are given above. Always maintain the full series unless
permission is given by me for certain categories to be omitted.
However, nothing is gained by omitting any category as the minimum
cable charge for any number of words up to 22 for LT is the same.
Use a hyphen or 0 to indicate zero, thus-/175/-/80 ........
The information on the best possible cable layout, as above, has
been submitted to us by the Cable and Wireless Company, London.
With this cable data, I will be able to follow very much more
closely your progress.
Also, for some time now, I have been wanting an efficient flash
system at HCO WW which would give an advance alert of any emergency
that may arise.
This system will help me to catch any ball long before it is
dropped. Had we had the above procedure, for instance, operating
before, the Joburg debacle would have been nipped in the bud long
before it came anywhere near to being an emergency. As it is,
Joburg has recently cost us well over �20,000 loss which can now be
obviated at a cost of about �1 a week in cable costs. So, please
institute this procedure straight away.
L. RON HUBBARD
Prepared by Peter Hemery
LRH:dr.rd and Robin Hancocks
Copyright (c) 1962
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
324
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 DECEMBER 1962
HCO Secs Assoc Secs Dept Heads
CHANGE IN REPORT LINE
The purpose of the report line from the Orgs to Ron and HCO WW is
three-fold:
1. To provide information.
2. To encourage the HCO Sec. the Assoc Sec. and Dept Heads to
have a close look, personally, each week at their Org and Depts.
3. To enable Ron, and trained staff at HCO WW, to pick up
possible goofs and trouble spots early and correct them before they
grow to major proportions.
With this purpose in mind, various experiments in reports have
been introduced in the past three years.
On the basis of this experience, it has been found that the
Organizational Information Centre, with its associated reports, is
at once the most effective report line and also the least
burdensome to all staff concerned.
Therefore, it has been decided that the O.I.C. report system is
the mandatory report system for all Scientology Orgs which have an
HCO attached to them. A final refinement has been added in HCO Pol
Ltr of December 11, 1962, "O.I.C. Reports to HCO WOO", which
outlines a system for a weekly cabled or telexed O.I.C. report in
addition to the routine O.I.C. reports which are mailed to HCO WW
as before.
At the same time, this permits the cancellation of some other
reports which, by experience, have proved less effective for the
purposes described above.
Effective immediately, therefore, the following reports are
cancelled.
1. HCO 1, and HCO 3 - The personal reports of the HCO Sec and
Assoc Sec on the Org.
2. [Deleted per HCO P/L 9 May 1963 CHANGE IN REPORT LINK.]
The routine reports of D of T and D of P to HCO Tech Sec WW
remain unchanged.
Financial reports - (HASI Proportionate Income Breakdown
[A.C.1.] and HCO A.C.42) remain unchanged.
HCO Book Reports to WW remain unchanged.
HCO Secs should continue to send copies of Org Board to HCO WW at
quarterly intervals, and HCO Inventories on the 1st of each year.
HCO Secs, Assoc Sec. and Dept Heads are advised to re-read HCO
Policy Letter of August 11, 1960, and subsequent issues on the
O.I.C. board and report line.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.rd Prepared by Peter Hemery and
Copyright (I) 1962 Robin Hancocks
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Note: Item 2, deleted above, cancelled Org Rudiment Reports in
error. HCO P/L 9 May 1963 says, "These reports are required, as
originally set out, on completion of each Org Rudiment."
325
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 MARCH 1965 Issue II
Gen Non-Remimeo
ADMINISTRATION FLOWS AND EXPANSION THE FAST FLOW SYSTEM
We have introduced many new principles in administration in
recent policy letters. Here is one which if left out would cause
mystery.
This is the principle of traffic flows we now use. It is called
the FAST FLOW SYSTEM OF MANAGEMENT.
A being controlling a traffic or activity flow should let the
flow run until it is to be reinforced or indicates a turbulence
will occur and only then inspects the part of the flow that is to
be reinforced or is becoming enturbulated and inspects and acts on
only that one flow.
This principle would operate on a committee of 3 in this fashion:
the committee does not act as a body. Each member acts individually
in three spheres of influence (three types of flow). There is no
committee (collective) action until one of the three members wants
concurrence from the other two on greatly reinforcing a flow or
until the other two, by observation, see the third is going adrift.
Only in these cases does the committee act as a Committee. In other
words all 3 members go about their work independently until there
is a change in one of their three spheres and then they act.
Otherwise the flows of orders and actions are independent. Not
doing it like this is why Committees have gotten the reputation of
being unable and a waste of time.
To do this one, of course, needs another principle: that of
Indicators.
An Indicator is something that signals an approaching change
rather than finding the change is already present and confirmed.
We get this from auditing. An auditor audits so long as things go
evenly. He knows when they will begin to deteriorate or change by
an Indicator. He acts on seeing the indicator. He doesn't wait
until the collapse or total change of the pc occurs and then look
it over and act. The pc could be run into the ground or a good
process that was bettering the case could be neglected if an
auditor could not PREDICT from indicators how it was going before
it was gone.
In supervising a number of sections or departments, it would work
this way:
The person in charge does not examine every action or decision on
the lines. If all despatches of all the activities went through his
or her one pair of hands the volume would be too great and would
jam. The executive's "plate" would be too full and this would halt
any expansion of the activities as the executive would feel
overworked, yet in actual fact would be getting nothing much done.
The flows which needed watching would be buried in a huge volume of
flows that did not need watching.
Instead, the principle of flows tells us that the executive
should have statistical INDICATORS such as OIC charts on every part
of the activity each week and should act only on the basis of the
charts' behaviors.
If a chart went down the Executive would not wait for that area
to collapse before inspecting it. At a dip point the executive
should go over all the plans and traffic and despatches of the area
dipping down and unearth the real reason why it did dip. If the
matter needs minor remedy, it should be corrected. If then the
graph still dipped down, the executive would not only be advised of
it by the OIC Indicators but would know, having inspected earlier,
what had to be done on a more drastic scale to get the graph going
up again.
The OIC system must be used and all data plotted and circulated
to the Executives in an org before this system will work.
If the OIC system is put into effect fully the executive can then
(and only then) let go the comm lines and let the traffic flow.
326
(c)
He then only needs to:
1. Keep alert for and correct Dev-T (off-line, off-policy,
off-origin and non-compliance);
2. Keep an eye on the weekly OIC charts;
3. Find from OIC the upward trends and inspect and find out
what's working so well it can be reported;
4. Be alert to any down dip and inspect the activity itself and
correct the matter; and
5. Spend most of his time getting his own job done (since
executives do have jobs besides supervision).
The one thing he mustn't do is "get reasonable" about dips or
zooms and not act to really check the decline or to reinforce the
rise:
(a) Thinking one does know when he has not gotten it inspected
closely;
(b) Not believing the graph and Indicators; and
(c) Not acting, are the fatal errors.
Doing 1 to 5 tells us who's an executive and doing (a), (b) and
(c) tells us who shouldn't be an executive.
If this system is in effect the org can't help but boom.
We will call this the FAST FLOW SYSTEM OF MANAGEMENT.
It is a very precise art. It's like auditing. One predicts the
slumps and reinforces the tendency to boom.
It can't miss. If it's done completely.
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [LRH NOTE: Study this. Shows why of
OIC.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 FEBRUARY 1968
Remimeo
ORGANIZATION - THE FLAW
I looked for a long time for any flaw in the idea of
organization. It does have a flaw.
The basic flaw in organization is INSPECTION BEFORE THE FACT.
That means inspection before anything bad has happened.
Violations are so harmful they destroyed every great
civilization - the Roman, the British, the lot. For every flow
is slowed or stopped.
The prosperity of any organization is directly proportional to
the speed of its particles - goods, people, papers.
World trade, world shipping, world prosperity is dying only
because of the cumulative effect of inspection before the fact.
Passports, customs, safety regulations, general government
interference before anything bad has occurred add up to a
SUPPRESSIVE SOCIETY and therefore, soon enough, a dead one.
Penalty after the fact has occurred disciplines the criminals and
does not pull down the majority to criminal level.
Scientology organizations must never lose sight of the reason
organizations have decayed.
Copyright Q) 1968 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
327
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1965
Remimeo Advisory Councils Advisory Comrriittees
A 11 Divisions
STATISTICS FOR DIVISIONS (Note: We will call the Advisory Council
the Ad Council, never AdCoun, to avoid any errors in confusing it
with AdComm)
Each whole division has a statistic on which it is judged as to
condition.
While this gross divisional statistic does not cover all the
statistics of the division, it is the primary divisional statistic.
An ADVISORY COUNCIL meeting can be very brief if it has these
statistics tallied by AdComms and plotted and submitted by OIC.
Then when a gross divisional statistic is up the Ad Council can
find out why and reinforce what caused the rise. And when a gross
divisional statistic is down, the Ad Council can go through all the
remaining statistics of that division and take action accordingly.
Thus the Ad Council need not cover all the statistics of an org at
its meeting. Only the gross divisional statistics and take action
only when these vary widely up or down.
The Advisory Committees of the Divisions record all statistics
but headline in their report their gross divisional statistic for
quick reference. They include all their statistics, headline their
gross divisional statistic.
The gross divisional statistics are:
Exec Division 7 - Gross Income of the Org.
This of course reflects best the total Org operation and is what
the Exec Division is promoted or demoted for so it is the Division
7 Gross Statistic.
HCO Division 1 - Total Org Letters In - Total Org Letters
Out.
As HCO has personnel, Ethics and such matters, if they do their
job there is a heavy outflow in of all mail types for HCO and the
Org and a heavy outflow out from all divisions. If the Personnel
Officer gets hard workers and puts their hats on and if Insp & Rpts
and Ethics are quick off the mark and if the HCO Area Sec runs a
good division and handles all about, the Letter In - Letter Out
will tell the tale. HCO sees to it, Org pours out letters and
mailing pieces.
HCO Dissem Division 2 - Number of new Enrollments of Students
and Pcs for the week, and gross Book Sales.
Although this division has Registration, magazines, etc. etc. all
these add up to enrollments, which of course is the final result of
all magazines, letters, promotion and advance enrollment. Book
sales are our oldest index of future business.
Org Division 3 - Credit collections vs Bills paid.
It will be seen that gross income is established by many in the
Org but collections as a special income is purely the Org
Division's. Bills paid require gross money in, so reflect the
gross - no money in, no bills paid. This is a dual statistic
which shows the industry of the division in general. It even
touches materiel as no bills paid equals no supplies. Monies paid
into Reserve Payment do not count as Bills Paid.
328
Tech Division 4 -
Number of Students and Pcs completed in the week.
The number enrolled is really only partly the Tech Division's as
if they give good service they will get enrollments. However, the
completions are the real index of a Tech Division and show up any
weakness of the division. So their statistic is only total
completions of courses and auditing. This of course includes
graduations from any course and completion of any result for the pc
that brings a Grade Cert or just ends intensives.
Completed of course means only certified or classed or graded.
However completion of a 25 hour intensive which satisfied the pc
(no review at end even if one occurred before the end) counts as a
pc completed. Five hour rehabs which did not result in a Grade are
not completions. Five hour assists bought as assists are done of
course in Qual and so are not a Tech statistic.
Qual Division 5 - Cash Collected by reason of the Division
for the week.
This division's certs and grades and awards are all really the
Tech Division's work. But we early found that a Qual Division's
various services were paid for when good and not when bad. So this
division's gross statistic is how much cash was paid - not later
collected, for Qual Division services.
Dist Division 6 -
Number of field staff member commissions paid/ number of new
addresses added to CF both for the week.
This dual statistic reflects a healthy Dist Div. The number of
new addresses added to CF means of course new people buying things
from the org. Therefore its advertising quality and basic services
can be judged even though assisted by other divisions as well. The
number of field staff commissions paid reflects its leadership of
field staff members.
New people is the business of the Dist Div.
SUMMARY
There are many other statistics, many even more important than
these. But these gross statistics tell one at once if the Division
Secretary is alive and has his division functioning. Thus they
provide indicators by which management can be done.
The AdComms of course handle all their statistics.
The Ad Council handles the gross divisional statistics looking
for steep ups (to assign affluence) or steep downs (to assign
emergency).
Gross Income only hereafter influences the Exec Division and is
assigned from Saint Hill. All other divisions are assigned
conditions by the Ad Council in accordance with the gross
divisional statistics.
LRH:ml.rd L RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Note: The last sentence under HCO Div 1 has been added per HCO
P/L 15 December 1965.]
[Considerable evolution of the Statistics for Divisions has
occurred since this policy was first written by LRH. As of August
1973, the following P/Ls have amended the above issue:
27/4/67 Tech Division S Statistic, 1-345, 4 -10 18/9/71 A
AOLA Division 6 Defined, 1971 Year Book
22/9/69 HGC Statistic 1-357,4-12 5/12/71
Statistics - Dissem Division, 1971 Year Book
29/3/70 Tech and Qual Stats Revised, 1970 Year Book
10/2/72 III & revised reissue of 12/6/73
17/6/70 11 OIC Change - Cable Change, 1-359 Higher
Org - New Name to C/F Definitions
5/2/71 III FEBC Executive Director Org GDSes, 1972 & 1973
Year Books
1971 Year Book 7/6/72 AO and AOSH Money for
Training - GDS
5/2/71 V Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised, for
Quals, 1972 Year Book
1971 Year Book 5/4/73 A (c) Orgs - Two Additional
HCO GDSes -
12/3/71 II Treasury Divisions GDSes - A (c) Orgs, 3
-5 Tech/Admin Ratio and Personnel Points Stats
2/8/71111 Hatting Points GDS Change, 1971 Year
Book 1973 Year Book]
329
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 OCTOBER 1965
Gen NonRemimeo
URGENT OIC CABLE CHANGE
Effective 4 November 1965 for the week ending on that date and
forward, OIC Cables will be coded with the following changes:
GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTIC OIC DATA FORM
The form of the new OIC DATA cable is basically the same as the
old form except that the headings of the columns have changed and
one column has been added in order to reflect the new Divisional
Statistics.
The new form consists of eleven columns.
1. Gross Income of the Org.
2. Total Letters In.
3. Total Letters Out.
4. Total Enrolments of Students and pcs.
5. Gross Book Sales.
6. Credit Collections.
7. Bills Paid.
8. Total Number of Completions of Students and pcs.
9. Qualification Division Income.
10. Number of Commissions paid to Field Staff Members.
11. Number of New Addresses added to CF.
Example:
DAY FOUNDATION
Gross Income �6,000 Gross Income �689
Letters In 1,150 Letters In 256
Letters Out 2,345 Letters Out 861
Enrolments 30 Enrolments 22
Gross Book Sales �500 Gross Book Sales �100
Credit Collections �1,239 Credit Collections �248
Bills Paid �2,507 Bills Paid �98
Completions 46 Completions 30
Qualifications Income �850 Qual Income �75
Commissions Paid 32 Commissions Paid 4
New Addresses 323 New Addresses 159
Cable will look like this:
OIC DATA
W/E 6 OCT DAY 6000/1150/2345/30/500/1239/2507/46/850/
32/323
FOUNDATION 689/256/861/22/100/248/98/30/75/4/ 159 BEST =
MARY
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
330
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1965
Gen Non
Remimeo
All Hats
Int Exec Div ORGANIZATION OF THE INT EXEC DIVISION
STATISTICS OF THE INTERNATIONAL EXECUTIVE DIVISION
What is a statistic? A statistic is a number or amount compared
to an earlier number or amount of the same thing. Statistics refer
to the quantity of work done or the value of it in money.
A down statistic means that the current number is less than it
was.
An up statistic means the current number is more than it was.
We operate on statistics. These show whether or not a staff
member or group is working or not working as the work produces the
statistic. If he doesn't work effectively the statistic inevitably
goes down. If he works effectively the statistic goes up.
NEGATIVE STATISTICS - Some things go up in statistic when they
are bad (like car accidents). However we are not using negative
statistics. We only use things that mean good where they go up or
mean bad where they go down.
One then is valued in the group because of the rise and fall of
the statistics for which he is responsible.
The organization of the division is arranged to compare with the
statistics of Scientology Orgs and their divisions.
There are seven divisions in a Scientology Org.
These are:
1. HCO Division.
2. HCO Dissemination Division.
3. Org Division.
4. Technical Division.
5. Qualification Division.
6. Distribution Division.
7. Executive Division.
For each one of these there is an International Executive
Division Section.
These sections advise and supervise the comparable divisions all
over the world as follows:
OFFICE OF LRH WW contains:
(a) The Advisory Council WW (b) The LRH Communicator Advisor WW
(c) Office of LRH production activities and staffs, (sine, book
writing, magazine articles writing, photography, research, hats,
policy writing, etc.)
(d) Estate Section (e) Household Section (f) Office of LRH
Personal Secretary OFFICE OF THE HCO EXEC SEC WW (a) HCO Advisor WW
(b) Dissemination Advisor WW (c) Secretarial Assistance for the HCO
Exec Sec WW 331
OFFICE OF THE ORG EXEC SEC WW
(a) Organization Advisor WW (b) Technical Advisor WW (c)
Qualifications Advisor WW (d) Distribution Advisor WW (e)
Secretarial Assistance for the Org Exec Sec WW
All functions of the Int Exec Division are organized within the
above framework.
It has its own org board independent of the Saint Hill Org which,
to the Int Exec Div. is another organization.
STATISTICS - The statistic for the whole Int Exec Div is the
gross income of all Scientology orgs in the world combined (but not
all franchise holders or field auditors also).
The statistics for the Advisory Sections are:
HCO ADVISOR and SECTION - The two HCO gross divisional
statistics of all HCO Divs in the world combined.
DISSEM ADVISOR and SECTION - The gross divisional statistics
of all Dissem Divs in the world combined.
ORG ADVISOR and SECTION - The gross divisional statistics of
all Org Divisions in the world combined.
TECHNICAL ADVISOR and SECTION - The gross divisional
statistics of all Tech Divs in the world combined.
QUALIFICATIONS ADVISOR and SECTION - The gross divisional
statistics of all Qual Divs in the world combined.
DISTRIBUTION ADVISOR and SECTION - The gross divisional
statistics of all Dist Divs in the world combined.
EXECUTIVES - Each of the three Offices of the Int Exec Div is
handled by a Co-ordinator instead of a director as in the case of
divisional departments, comparable to Director rank.
The Advisors are Officers. Heads of units are "In Charge".
EXECUTIVE STATISTICS - The statistics of Advisors are named
above.
There are statistics for all executives higher than advisors.
These are: LRH - Books and articles written, films, tapes,
policy letters, HCO Bs, Sec Ads Items are given different numerical
values.
These are combined into one figure weekly count. Statistics of
the production section are similarly assigned.
HCO EXEC SEC WW - One figure, being the arbitrary add up of
the four figures of the two Advisory Sections of that office (HCO &
Dissem).
ORG SEC WW - One figure, being the arbitrary add up of the
eight figures of the four Advisory Sections of that office.
LRH COMMUNICATOR WW - The gross income of the Int Exec
Division itself irrespective of the gross income of other orgs.
THE CO-ORDINATOR OF THE OFFICE OF LRH - The combined statistic
of the Office of LRH Sections.
THE CO-ORDINATOR OF THE OFFICE OF THE HCO EXEC SEC WW - A
ratio of the number of staff in the division over the gross income
of the division.
THE CO-ORDINATOR OF THE OFFICE OF THE ORG EXEC SEC - A ratio
of the expenditures of the division over the income of the
division.
THE OFFICE OF LRH PRODUCTION OFFICER - The numbered items as
per LRH statistic actually handed over to Dissem Divisions or
distributors to be published or issued.
THE HOUSEHOLD OFFICER - The LRH Statistic as above. 332
THE ESTATE MANAGER - A ratio between the materiel expenditures
of all kinds, salaries and contracts in the section and the
professionally estimated gross income of the Saint Hill
organization.
Other staff members have statistics as set by their immediate
superiors.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: emp.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Note: The last sentence in "Advisory Sections" has been amended
from "Heads of units or 'In Charge' " to "Heads of units are 'In
Charge' " per HCO P/L 8 February 1966. ]
STATISTIC
The statistic of the Int Exec Division in an Area is dual:
THE AMOUNT OF CASH IN THE BANK AS PER THE LAST WEEK'S BANK
STATEMENTS PLUS THE AMOUNT OF CASH ON HAND AS OF. 2.00 PM THURSDAY
OF THE CURRENT WEEK OF THE REPORT.
THE TOTAL OF DEBTS OWED BY THE ORG PLUS OVERDRAFTS AND CURRENT
PAYMENTS DUE ON MORTGAGES (TIME PAYMENTS) AND LOANS OR BOND OR
SHARE RETIREMENT BUT NOT ON THE TOTAL GROSS AMOUNT OF MORTGAGES,
HIRE PURCHASE (TIME PAYMENTS) OR LOANS OR BONDS.
Further data on the statistic is to be found in HCO Pol Ltr I Mar
66, The Guardian, whose statistic it also is. This should also be
part of OIC hats.
The OIC cables begin with these two statistics. Continental orgs
which have a Continental Exec Division report the Int Exec Div Area
Statistics, the Continental Exec Div Statistics and then the seven
area divisions making a continental cable report have two more
figures in it than an area org's.
The Int Exec Div at Worldwide has a composite graph of all the
orgs in the world added.
A Continental Exec Division has a composite graph of all orgs in
that Continental area including the org which has the Continental
Division.
The local Exec Division has the above dual graph.
ALL OIC CABLES BEGIN WITH THE LOCAL STATISTIC OF THE OFFICE OF
LRH.
This continues the report on the gross income of the week, which
is the statistic of LRH.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Excerpted from HCO P/L 1 March 1966, Issue II, Executive
Division Organization. A complete copy is in Volume 7, page 47.]
333
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF l MARCH 1966
Remimeo
Exec Sec Hats
HCO Area Sec Hat Office of LRH
Org Bd Section Hat
Secretary Hats THE GUARDIAN
STATISTIC
The Guardian's statistic for each org (and that of the Int Exec
Div in each org) is a dual statistic as follows:
THE AMOUNT OF CASH IN THE BANK AS PER THE LAST WEEK'S BANK
STATEMENTS PLUS THE AMOUNT OF CASH ON HAND AS PER 2.00 PM THURSDAY
OF THE CURRENT WEEK OF THE REPORT.
THE TOTAL OF DEBTS OWED BY THE ORG PLUS OVERDRAFTS AND CURRENT
PAYMENTS DUE ON MORTGAGES, HIRE PURCHASE (TIME PAYMENTS) AND LOANS
AND BOND OR SHARE RETIREMENT BUT NOT THE TOTAL GROSS AMOUNT OF
MORTGAGES, HIRE PURCHASE (TIME PAYMENTS) OR LOANS OR BONDS.
These two figures are to be included in the beginning of OIC
cables in the order above.
It will be seen that it is hard to get a bank to give one an
exact figure, due to cheque to cheque clearance, for "2.00 pm
Thursday" so in actual fact one takes last week's bank statements'
credit balance of all accounts and adds to it this week's total
receipts, neglecting outstanding cheques as the matter will
average.
In computing the debts owed by the org it would be quite unreal
to add up the mortgage totals, time payment (hire purchase) totals
and all outstanding stocks and bonds as the call on the org is for
current payments on these due or any retirement programme. The
monthly bills statement (in actual practice) can serve as this
statistic providing that during the succeeding month one does not
deduct from it payments made from it as new debts are growing at
the same time and the matter tends to average out.
Each org, having a board for the Int Exec Div must also have a
local statistic for it.
At Worldwide the International Executive Division has a composite
statistic made up of all org Int Exec Divs added and graphed.
The local Int Exec Div has the local org's dual statistic as
above and that is the Guardian's local statistic or that of the
Assistant Guardian where one is appointed.
The Guardian's statistic Worldwide is the composite.
Where there is a Continental Exec Division (required when orgs
are very large) the Continental Assistant Guardian's statistic (and
that of the Continental Exec Div) is the composite of the Guardian
statistics for that continent.
Where the Guardian finds the local or Continental or Worldwide
statistics are being falsified or are grossly in error, the
Guardian must order the AdCouncil Worldwide to send a competent WW
executive to conduct an investigation. The Guardian may empower
through the AdCouncil WW that representative to bring about
prosecution for irregularities. If this procedure is ineffective,
the Guardian being also a local executive may personally direct the
matter to be satisfactorily concluded and to bring about correct
statistics.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright Q) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Excerpted from HCO P/L 1 March 1966, The Guardian. A complete
copy is in Volume 7, page 494.]
334
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1966
Gen Non-Remimeo SH only AdCouncil Secretaries' Hats Directors'
Hats Dept Insp & Rpts Hats Other orgs Info only
OIC SECTION SH
The HCO Div I OIC Section SH having been relieved of Worldwide
OIC reports which have been turned over to OIC WW must concentrate
upon getting in and executing a standard Central Org OIC System,
complete with posted charts, for SH only.
Chart posting boards have existed at SH for some time and one
should be set up in HCO.
OIC SH collects statistics for SH Divisions, Departments and
Sections, graphs them and posts them.
OIC SH is responsible for devising the department and section
statistics. This is normally done by the Secretary of the Division
and okayed by the AdCouncil and OIC is given what the statistic is
and then obtains it weekly from AdComm minutes and graphs it. But
OIC is responsible that it be devised and done. OIC accomplishes
this by insistence to Secretaries and AdCouncil.
OIC SH submits the full set of graphs each week to the AdCouncil
by Tuesday noon and, getting them back, posts them.
Occasional Xerox copies are made and sent to a Secretary, always
when that Division has been declared in Emergency or Danger.
OIC SH is responsible for sending the SH Gross Divisional
statistics data to OIC WW as well as graphing them for SH.
OIC SH draws up a Sec Ed for SH weekly for approval by the
AdCouncil and forwarding to the Office of LRH SH for issue by
Thursday of the week after the Thursday the figures represent.
L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.cden Copyright Q) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
335
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MARCH 1966
Gen Non-Remimeo Issue II
EXEC SEC HATS
HCO AREA SEC HAT
DIR I & R HATS
OIC SECTION HATS OIC REPORT FORM
(Cancels earlier cable form)
The report of OIC whether cabled or despatched to a senior
executive division for its OIC graphing follows the following
pattern:
HCO Despatch Number RON Arithmetical date Month abbreviated Gross
Income for week Org's gross Cash Org's gross Bills Letters In
Letters Out Book Sales Enrolments Credit collected Bills Paid
Completions Income for services collected by Qual New names to CF
Amt paid Field Staff Members Signatory
This would look as follows:
237 NY RON 5 MAR
5000/16000/6000/860/1520/1008/20/890/600/64/580/1270/ 500= MARGE
The change is made because of the change in Exec Div statistic,
HCO Policy Letter I Mar 66, The Guardian (Vol. 7, page 494), and
HCO Policy Letter I Mar 66, Issue II, Exec Div Organization (Vol.
7, page 47).
Where a Continental Office Statistic is also included, it is made
the first two numbers followed by the Area name in full. Thus, if
NY were a Continental Org it would read:
Continental despatch number and letters RON Arithmetical date
Month date Area Org name Etc as per first list
(The NE in the example would stand for "New England" and means
the New England states of the US)
237 NE RON 5 MAR 16000/21000 NEW YORK
5000/16000/6000/860/1520/1008/ 20/890/600/64/580/1270/500 BOSTON
3000/7000/4000/400/865/400/12/200/628/ 41/152/82/205 PROVIDENCE
900/ etc.
This would only occur where a Continental Exec Division
established after this date by specific SEC ED was collecting its
Continental Area Org figures and relaying them all in one cable.
Note that the Continental statistic is the first pair of figures
followed by the Area Org names, the two figures consisting of cash
on hand and total debts owed as described in the two policy letters
mentioned.
336
The rule is that an Area Org's OIC data for report follows on the
first figures in the despatch place designation (237NY). This gives
13 groups of figures for an Area Org OIC report. It gives two
additional for a Continental.
Where a Zone Exec Div exists (HCO Policy Letter 1 Mar 66, Issue
II) a Continental type cable is sent to Continental and relayed as
is, with the two Continental statistic figures beginning, then a
Zone despatch number, two figures of the Zone Exec Div. then the
name of an Area Org in the Zone followed by its 13 figures. Several
Zone OIC reports might be in the Continental cable. One would know
a new Zone in the cable because it has a new despatch number from
the Zone bearing the Zone initials.
If NE were "New England" a Continental Exec Div and MA were
"Massachusetts" a Zone Exec Div and VT were "Vermont" another Zone
Exec Div of New England, we would have:
237 NE RON 5 MAR 16000/21000 26MA 5905/8006 BOSTON
3000/7000/4000/400 etc. . .174 VT 8009/12006 BENNINGTON
260/800/502/etc. . .
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: bv. eden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 APRIL 1966
Gen Non-Remimeo
Exec Sec Hats
HCO Area Sec Hat
Dir I & R Hats
OIC Section Hats ADDITION TO HCO POLICY LETTER
OF 3 MARCH 1966 (ISSUE II) - OIC REPORT FORM
The OIC cable will continue to have a reference to the date of
the ending of the week on which the cable is reporting. It will
also continue to have a reference to Day and/or Foundation.
Thus the pattern is as follows:
HCO Despatch Number RON Arithmetical date Month abbreviated Week
ending abbreviated Date of week ending in code (day/month/year) Day
or Foundation etc.
This would look as follows:
237 NY RON 5 MAR W/E 4/3/66 DAY 5000/etc./
The figures for the Foundation would then directly follow:
FOUNDATION 4500/etc./
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: lb-r. eden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
337
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo
Exec Secs HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 MARCH 1966
Secretaries Issue II
HCO OIC Sect Hat
OIC Exec D* Hat
tRH Comm Hat STATISTIC GRAPHS,
HOW TO FIGURE THE SCALE
A graph is not informative if its vertical scale results in graph
line changes that are too small. It is not possible to draw the
graph at all if the line changes are too large.
If the ups and downs are not plainly visible on a graph then
those interpreting the graph make errors. What is shown as a flat
looking line really should be a mountain range.
By SCALE is meant the number of anything per vertical inch of
graph.
The way to do a scale is as follows:
Scale is different for every statistic.
1. Determine the lowest amount one expects a particular statistic
to go - this is not always zero.
2. Determine the highest amount one can believe the statistic
will go on the next three months.
3. Subtract I from 2.
4. Proportion the vertical divisions as per 3.
Your scale will then be quite real and show up its rises and
falls.
Here is an incorrect example.
We take an org that runs at �500 per week. We proportion the
vertical marks of the graph paper of which there are 100 so each
one represents �100. This when graphed will show a low line, quite
flat, no matter what the org income is doing and so draws no
attention from executives when it rises and dives.
This is the correct way to do it for gross income for an org
averaging �500/week.
1. Looking over the old graphs of the past 6 months we find it
never went under �240. So we take �200 as the lowest point of the
graph paper.
2. We estimate this org should get up to �1,200 on occasion in
the next 3 months so we take this as the top of the graph paper.
3. We subtract �200 from �1,200 and we have �1,000.
4. We take the 100 blocks of vertical and make each one �10,
starting with �200 as the lowest mark.
Now we plot gross income as �10 per graph division.
This will look right, show falls and rises very clearly and so
will be of use to executives in interpretation.
Try to use easily computed units like 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, and
show the scale itself on the graph. (I div = 25.)
The element of hope can enter too strongly into a graph. One need
not figure a scale for more than one graph at a time. If you go
onto a new piece of graph paper, figure the scale all out again and
as the org rises in activity sheet by sheet the scale can be
accommodated. For example it took 18 months to get Saint Hill
statistics up by a factor of 5 (5 times the income, etc) and that's
several pieces of graph paper, so don't let scale do more than
represent current expectancy.
On horizontal time scale, try not to exceed 3 months as one can
get that scale too condensed too, and also too spread out where it
again looks like a flat line and misinforms.
Correct scaling is the essence of good graphing.
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
338
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex
Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 MAY 1966
Applies to
LRH Comms
Exec Div
HCO Div
Secretaries STATISTICS OF OFFICE OF LRH
(Alters earlier Statistics assigned)
The gross statistic of the Office of LRH is the number of
releases and clears made in the org, declared and paid.
For this purpose the following points table is used:
Grade 0 to IV Release - 1
Grade V Release - 5
Grade Va - 2
Clear - 20
The Area Office of LRH gross statistic is the number made, as per
table value, in the Area Org.
A Continental Office of LRH has as its gross statistic, the
composite of all the Area Office of LRH gross statistics.
The Office of LRH Worldwide has as its gross statistic the
composite of all Area Offices of LRH gross statistics in the world.
Guardian Gross Statistic
The Guardian gross statistic is dual, the cash on hand and the
bills owed, as given in the Guardian Policy Letter - HCO Policy
Letter of 1st March, 1966: The Guardian. It is expressed in each
Area Org graph and on Continental graphs.
The LRH Communicator Statistic
The LRH Communicator statistic, Area, Continental and Worldwide
is dual:
1. The number of Releases and Clears, value as per above table,
declared and paid.
2. Total gross income.
In an Area these two statistics are graphed for the Area LRH
Comm.
In a Continental Exec Div the composite of areas is graphed.
At Worldwide the composite of all Area Orgs is used for the LRH
Comm WW.
Design & Planning
The Design and Planning Branch of the Office of LRH has as its
statistic, Area, Continental and Worldwide in the usual manner, all
plotted in one graph.
1. Tech Space Available in square feet of floor space.
2. Admin Space Available in square feet of floor space.
3. The Tech Div Gross Div Statistic.
339
The Estate Branch
The Gross Divisional Statistic of the Estate Branch of the Office
of LRH is:
1. Total useful space in square feet. building, available and
clean.
2. Total grounds space in square feet in good appearance and
care.
3. Total of all org bills owed.
These statistics are graphed by OIC and included in the general
packets of statistics.
But once a month on the 1st Friday after the 1st of the month,
OIC is to copy a set of the Office of LRH statistics of all orgs
and Cont Exec Divs and WW and the LRH Comm WW is to give them to
LRH for his personal review.
(This policy letter and replanning of statistics results from the
failure to push through to completion Blocks I and 2 Lot 4, Saint
Hill, which matter became the subject of a Comm Ev at Saint Hill,
Advance Bookings indicating more space to be needed but the new
structure delayed. This resulted in a transfer of the Estate
Section SH back to the Office of LRH WW as it had twice failed to
act when placed in the Third Division.
The Estate Section including Construction, Maintenance and
Cleaning, is thereby transferred in all orgs, to the Office of
LRH.)
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: Ib-r.rd.jh Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
340
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JUNE 1966
Gen Non-Remimeo
Saint Hill only All other Orgs for info
HCO DIV OIC PUBLICATION AND DISTRIBUTION
There are 12 Xerox copies to be made of each OIC chart set for
the East Grinstead environ.
A set for the East Grinstead environ consists of the WW,
Continental UK and Saint Hill complete graphs.
Distribution of sets is as follows, one complete set each, each
week.
1. Ad Council WW 2. Ad Council UK 3. Ad Council SH 4. HCO Div Sec
and Ad Comm 5. HCO Dissem Div Sec and Ad Comm 6. Treasury Div Sec
and Ad Comm 7. Technical Div Sec and Ad Comm 8. Qualifications Div
Sec and Ad Comm 9. Distribution Div Sec and Ad Comm 10. LRH Comm
SH, Assistant Guardian SH, LRH Comm UK, Assistant Guardian UK, LRH
Comm WW, Guardian 1 1. LRH
12. Public Board for all staffs to see.
These OIC Sheets are not returned. They are not added to each
week by the recipient. Each week a new Xerox set is made for each
distributive destination listed above.
The MASTER graph set is kept in a book, wholly loose leaf, and
never distributed. Only it is marked on by the OIC Officer. Then
the Masters are copied by Xerox and the sets made up and
distributed.
World Wide Ad Council and the Guardian also get sets of every
graph in the world from OIC WW.
It will be found that new expansion will occur when the above
distribution system of copy sets is closely adhered to as the data
becomes known to all staff.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: Ib-r.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Sec also HCO P/L 24 February 1968, same title, page 351.]
341
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 AUGUST 1966
Remimeo Applies to Exec Secs, Secs, Treasury Div and OIC
GRAPH CHANGE ADCOUNCIL STATISTIC
OIC will graph bills owing as a total accumulation of statements
and purchases. This makes a true picture of what is currently owed.
Cash in Hand will be from reconciled bank statements.
AD COUNCIL STATISTIC
A new graph will be added to the Ad Council's statistics that
shows total debt of the org including all HP, mortgages, any bonds,
notes or other indebtedness whether due or not, plus the bills
owing.
This graph will have a second line showing a current estimation
of the org's assets and property.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[See also HCO P/L I July 1972. Cash/Bills and Org Reserves, for
expanded definitions of Cash Bills and data on Org Reserves.]
342
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1966
GenNon
Remimeo
OIC Hats OIC REPORT FORM
(Cancels HCO Pol Ltr 3 March 1966, Issue (c) and amends HCO Pol
Ltr 6 Feb 1966)
In order to maintain uniformity of OIC reports and to simplify
the compilation of WW and Continental statistics, all Day Orgs
irrespective of Class will use the OIC Report Form as per HCO
Policy Letter of 25 August 1966.
Foundations attached to a Day Org will use an amended version of
this cable form which eliminates the need to report those
statistics which are handled by the Day Org.
This version follows immediately after the last item of the Day
Org (RUD No.) and takes this form:
FDN. Gross Income/Release Points/Letters In/Letters Out/Book
Sales/Enrolments/Credit Collected/Completions/Qual Income/New
Names/Amount Paid FSMs/Rudiment being worked on (always preceded by
RUD)/Signatory.
OIC Continental cables to OIC WW take the following form:
HCO Despatch Number of Continental Org
RON
Arithmetical Date
Month abbreviated
Week ending abbreviated
Date of week ending in code (day/month/year)
Cable designation of Area Org
DAY
Text of statistics of Day Org
RUD 'No.
FDN.
Text of statistics of Foundation
RUD No.
Cable designation of Area Org
DAY
Text of statistics of Day Org
RUD No.
FDN.
Text of statistics of Foundation
RUD No.
Signatory.
ETC., for all orgs in its Continental Area.
WW and Continental monetary statistics are combined and graphed
using the currency of the Org to which they are attached.
Continental Orgs however, when reporting to OIC WW, must report
monetary statistics in the currency of the Area Org concerned, any
conversion necessary being handled by OIC WW.
An Org operating on the 6 Dept System and whose Qual is as yet
non-existent, must not omit reporting a figure for Qual Income in
the OIC Cable, even though that figure may be consistently reported
as zero. Any "No Reports" should be cabled as "NR".
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: Ib-r.rd Copyright (c)1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
343
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 OCTOBER 1966
St Hill and WW only Gen Non-Remimeo
OIC GRAPHS Clearing and OT Course Div IV Statistics, LRH Comm
Statistic
Clears and OTs are not counted in the Div IV graph as they give
an improper view of some Gross Divisional statistics in that they
mask Releases actually made, an important datum.
The Gross Divisional Tech statistic includes only completions and
Releases made in Div IV. The HGC graph only includes Releases.
LRH COMM GRAPH
The graph of the LRH Comm and the Office of LRH Gross statistic
shall cease to be a point system and will be drawn hereafter 1 for
1. All Releases, Clears and OTs made are included 1 for 1 in these
graphs. (OIC, in initially implementing this policy, should revise
and backdate these figures at least four weeks to plot a meaningful
line.)
EXECUTIVE DIVISION COURSES
An additional packet of graphs each labelled Exec Div Courses
shall be added to the SH graphs and included also in the WW graphs
to which it actually belongs. They are as follows.
GRAPHS OF POST GRADUATE STUDENTS:
Graph I - is a dual graph consisting of a straight continuous
line which shows the number of students on the Clearing Course and
a dotted line which shows the number of students on the OT Course.
Graph 2 - a continuous line which shows the number of Clears
made that week (Thursday 2:00 p.m. to Thursday 2:00 p.m.) and a
dotted line (when it comes to apply) showing the number of OTs
made.
POST GRADUATE INCOME GRAPHS:
Graph 3 - a line which shows the amount of money received by
Saint Hill for Clearing Course enrolments.
Graph 4 - a line which shows the amount of money paid in by OT
Course students for the OT Course.
Graph 5 - a line which shows the amount of money paid into
Qual SH for reviews by reason of the Clearing Course.
CLEARING COURSE: SUPERVISOR STATISTIC
The statistic of the Clearing Course Supervisor will remain the
number of completions tallied as number of parts completed.
LRH:rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright(~) 1966 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
344
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL 1967 (Amendment to HCO Policy
Letter of 30 Sept 1965, "Statistics For Divisions")
Gen Non-Remimeo O.I.C. Tech Sec Qual Sec Ad Council Exec Council
TECH DIVISION STATISTIC Number of Students completed in the week
Number of Preclears completed in the week.
The Tech Completions statistic remains, the only change being
that it is now a dual statistic of number of student completions
and number of preclear completions for the week. The definition of
"completion" remains as defined in 30 Sept 1965 Policy Letter.
It was found by a recent Board of Investigation that a total Tech
completions statistic looked good, but on a breakdown it was seen
that this was entirely due to an affluence only in preclear
completions while the total student completions statistic was
actually in a state of collapse. This had been masked from Ad
Council and Executive Council and not given its proper importance
due to the condition having been concealed in the total completions
statistic.
Both preclear and student completions statistics are equally
important, reflecting different areas of the Tech Sec's
responsibilities. Each is half the product of the org and must be
seen as it is. Additionally, a collapsed student completions
statistic, if unhandled, will eventually lead to a collapsed gross
cash statistic regardless of any effluences in preclear
completions.
So let's handle these two stats as they are and give preclear
completions and student completions the individual importance of a
dual gross divisional statistic for Tech.
This will mean a slight change in the O.I.C. cable.
Written by a Board of Investigation David Ziff
Joan Thomas J.J. Delance
Exec Council WW Mary Sue Hubbard The Guardian WW for L. RON
HUBBARD Founder
LRH: jp.rd Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
345
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JULY 1967
Limited Non-Remimeo SH Staff WW Staff
ADVANCED COURSES SUPERVISORS' STATISTIC
In accordance with an order of the Founder that the Advanced
Courses' statistic is Number of Hours Audited by Students, the
following policies shall apply to the Advanced Courses.
Each ADVANCED COURSES Supervisor is now allotted his own Clearing
or OT Course students whose auditing he/she supervises.
Students on the OT Course are divided equally between the OT
Course Supervisor and Assistant Supervisor/s.
Students on the Clearing Course are divided equally between the
Clearing Course Supervisor and Assistant Supervisor/s.
When new Assistant Supervisors are added, re-adjustment is to be
made so that the new Supervisor has his own students.
The Statistic for each Supervisor and Assistant Supervisor shall
be the "Number of Hours Audited" by his/her students.
The main Advanced Courses' overall Statistic, and therefore the
Statistic of Chief Supervisor of Advanced Courses, is total number
of hours audited by all students.
Executive Council WW: Fred Hare
Joan McNocher Mary Sue Hubbard The Guardian WW for
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.cden Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
346
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 SEPTEMBER 1967
Remimeo
DIV 1 DEPT 3 STATISTICS AND ORG BD COPIES
STATISTIC CHANGE
Hereafter every Gross Divisional Graph and every graph of the HCO
Exec Sec and Org Exec Sec and LRH Comm and all other graphs that
can reflect the performance of an individual WILL ALSO CARRY THE
PERSONAL NAME OF THAT EXECUTIVE.
Where there is a change of executives in mid-graph sheet then a
vertical line with the name of the old to the left of the point of
change and the name of the new to the right must be entered.
This is to be on all stats in all orgs and all divisions.
In this way we can determine high and low stat personnel and see
the effect of changes.
WW must have graphs of all orgs at least monthly as well as cable
data. The names are not in the cable data which remains unchanged.
ORG BOARDS
WW is to send out a photostat of its own WW Division Org Board to
all orgs at once and quarterly thereafter. This is so that each org
can post the WW board copy as itself near its own org board.
WW must also send out blank form org boards each org can write
its individual names into every quarter. These are returned to WW
and posted as themselves.
Such org boards are made on the big WW photostat machine. It is
quite capable of turning out a copy with a pure white background
and pure black letters with no grey.
Such copies, if the stabilizer is given attention in the machine,
remain pure white when exposed to light. Those that turn grey and
yellow afterwards have been done with old or used up stabilizer and
are incompetently done.
For forever permanent copies a big tray is filled with
photographic hypo and the finished copy is soaked in it for 5
minutes and washed for 15 minutes. This is true of Ilford materials
only.
The large duostat printer at SH was installed to just get this
line in and has been neglected.
The line must be gotten in and kept in.
If the duostat is not feasible then have a large org board
printed in blank form ready to insert names, one form for orgs, one
for WW Division.
L RON HUBBARD
LRH:jp.cden Founder
Copyright (c) 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
347
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1967
Remimeo
STATISTIC
GDS DIV SIX
The Gross Division Statistic of Div Six is a triple statistic:
(a) Number new names CF.
(b) Number attendances Sunday Service.
(c) Number people interviewed by Registrar.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH :jp.cden Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4
OCTOBER 1967
BPI Auditor FSMs
AUDITOR AND ORG INDIVIDUAL STATS
The Individual Statistic of any Auditor is (c)
HOW MANY OF HIS PCS HAVE THEREAFTER BEEN TRAINED IN AN
ORGANIZATION.
The Individual Statistic of any organization (except SH) is
HOW MANY TRAINED AUDITORS EXIST IN ITS AREA.
The Individual Statistic of Saint Hill is
HOW MANY TRAINED AUDITORS ARE THERE IN THE WORLD.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.cden Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
348
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 FEBRUARY 1968
Remimeo
STATS DISSEM
An enrollment means simply putting a name on a roll. The stat of
the Body Reg is special type enrollment. Stat is persons signed up
fully paid and arrived for service.
Dir Reg stat is - number of people contacted by Registration
Dept but not inclusive Div 6 stats.
Dissem Sec and GDS - total number of bodies in the shop plus
Advance Reg.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jc.rd
Copyright (c) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Added to by HCO P/L 5 June 1968, Stats
Dissem, on next page.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25
MAY 1968
Remimeo
GDS - DISSEM DIVISION
The GDS of the Dissem Division is Gross Book Sales. This does not
include meters or any other oddities. It is just GROSS BOOK SALES.
Any interpretation of this statistic on previous policy is hereby
cancelled.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH :js.rd Copyright (I) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
349
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1968
Remimeo Dissem Sec Hat
STATS DISSEM (Addition to HCO Policy Letter of 19 February 1968)
The GDS of the Dissem Sec is a dual stat - "Total number of
bodies in the shop plus Advance Reg/Gross Book Sales".
GROSS BOOK SALES means the Total Sales of BOOKS. This statistic
no longer includes meter or other bookstore sales, other than book
sales.
The term Gross Book Sales does not mean gross bookstore
sales - its original and correct definition is exactly what it
says, "Gross Book Sales".
This statistic has been obscured as a GDS by meter and other
bookstore sales
being added in.
Book sales are our oldest index of future business.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.rd Founder
Copyright (c) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
CORRECT COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON BLUE
EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE
SO ED 43 INT 10 May 1970
And AOs
DISSEMINATION DIVISION G.D.S. (Cancels ED 151 Int Dec. 16, 1969
"Clarification of Dissem Div Stats")
1. (a) Bodies in the Shop - Total number of PCs in the HGC,
plus Total number of students in the Academy and HSDC, plus Total
number of PCs and students in cramming and Review.
(b) Advance Registration--No. of services signed up and paid for
(at least 10% of full price).
(c) Gross Book Sales - as before on HCO Pol Ltr 25 May 1968.
MSH:PCS:dz.rd Proposed by Lt. Phyll Stevens
[seal] CO UK/ANZO Base
(c) (c) L 0 G (c) (c) for
(c) C) (c) . (c) "I, Mary Sue Hubbard
' (c) (c) . in Controller
2 (c) [seal] 9 (c)
:;F
350
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 FEBRUARY 1968
Gen Non-Remimeo
SH only
Other Orgs for info
OIC SH Hats HCO DIVISION 1
Xerox SH Hat OIC PUBLICATION AND DISTRIBUTION
(Replaces HCO Policy Letter of 7 June, 1966 of the same title)
There are thirteen copies (Xerox) to be made each week of the
Saint Hill Gross Divisional Statistic Graphs.
Distribution of these sets is as follows, one complete set each,
each week:
1. LRH 2. Asst Guardian SH, Deputy Guardian WW, The Guardian WW
3. Exec Council WW 4. Exec Council SH 5. HCO Area Sec and AdComm 6.
Dissem Sec and AdComm 7. Treasury Sec and AdComm 8. Technical Sec
and AdComm 9. Qualifications Sec and AdComm 10. Public Planning Sec
and AdComm 11. Public Activities Sec and AdComm 12. Success Sec and
AdComm
13. Notice board for all staff to see.
These OIC sheets are not returned; they are not added to each
week by the recipient. Each week a new Xerox set is made for each
distribution destination listed above.
The MASTER graph set is kept in a book, wholly loose leaf, and
never distributed. Only it is marked by OIC. Then the masters are
copied by Xerox and the sets made up and distributed.
Exec Council WW and the Guardian WW also get sets of every GDS
graph in the world from OIC WW.
Two copies of each of the other graphs (individual posts) are
made up. One complete set goes to Ethics. The other set is
distributed to the appropriate Secretary in time for the Divisional
AdComm on Friday. Also an extra copy is made of each graph of the
Internes auditing in the HGC, and forwarded to the Tech Sec (the
other copy goes to the Qual Sec) as these graphs are germane to
both Divisions.
Tony Milledge - OIC SH
Reports Officer SH
Ric Jones - Dir I & R SH
Bene Neal - HCO Area Sec SH
Val Wigney - Qual Sec SH
Monica Quirino - HCO Exec Sec SH
Herbie Parkhouse - Org Exec Sec SH
Blanka Annakin - Public Exec Sec SH
Ken Urquhart - LRH Comm SH
Tim Littler - HCO CLO EU
Eunice Ford - HCO Exec Sec WW
Tony Dunleavy - Public Exec Sec WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec Sec WW
Ken Delderfield - LRH Comm WW
Rene Maloney - Dep. Guardian Comm WW
Joan McNocher - Dep. Guardian WW
Mary Sue Hubbard The Guardian WW
LRH :jc.rd for
Copyright (c) 1968 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
351
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JUNE 1968
Remimeo
PUBLIC DIVISIONS STATS
The Gross Divisional Statistics of the Public Divisions are
allotted as follows Public Planning Division -
Number new names C/F
Public Activities Division -
Number of People interviewed by Registrar
Success Division -
Number Attendees Sunday Service
ED 1076 INT is hereby cancelled.
Lt. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH js.cden Public Aide
Copyright (I) 1968 for
by L Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
CLASS VIII C/S QUAL STAT
STAT FOR CLASS VIII C/S QUAL IS NUMBER NAMES IN CF.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:ei.cden Copyright (I) 1968 by L. Ron
Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
352
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JANUARY 1969 Issue II (HCO Pol Ltr
of 25th June 1968 Amended)
Remimeo
PUBLIC DIVISIONS GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS
The Gross Divisional Statistics of the Public Divisions are
allotted as follows:
Public Planning Division -
Number New Names in C/F
Public Activities Division -
Number of People interviewed by Registrar
Distribution Division -
FSM Commissions Paid
Tom Morgan
Public Exec Sec WW
Jim Keely
Qual Sec WW
Vic Ueckermann
HCO Area Sec WW
Ad Council WW
Rodger Wright
LRH Comm WW
Jane Kember
The Guardian WW
LRH: ei.rd
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
353
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MARCH 1969
Gen. Non-Remimeo Issue II
All OIC Hats
O.I.C. REPORT FORM
(Amends OIC Report Form given in
HCO Pol Ltr 4 Jan 1968)
EFFECTIVE AS FROM W/E 15 MAY 1969
The OIC report form is now extended to include recent changes in
Gross Divisional statistics, and other data required by World Wide.
Thus the pattern is as follows: HCO despatch number RON
Arithmetical date Month abbreviated Week Ending abbreviated (W/E)
Date of week ending in code (day / month / year) DAY 1. Gross
Income for week
2. Number of Releases and Clears (as per HCO Pol Ltr 1 May 1966
for outer orgs and as per HCO Pol Ltr 12 Oct 1966 for SH only)
3. Tech Space available in square paces (as per HCO Pol Ltr 6 Nov
1966) 4. Admin Space available in square paces (as per HCO Pol Ltr
6 Nov 1966) 5. Total useful building Space in square paces (as per
HCO Pol Ltr 6 Nov 1966) 6. Total useful ground Space in square
paces (as per HCO Pol Ltr 6 Nov 1966) 7. All Org Bills
Owed - Org's Gross Bills 8. Org's Gross Cash reconciled 9. Total
Debt of the Org 10. Org Assets and Property 11. Letters In 12.
Letters Out (Personal Communication to an individual) 13. Total
Bulk Mail Out (Equals everything, including item 12) 14. Gross Book
Sales (as per HCO Pol Ltr 5 June 1968) 15. Total Bodies in the Shop
plus Advance Reg 16. Credit Collected 17. Bills Paid 18. Student
Completions 19. PC Completions 20. QUAL: CASH collected by reason
of the division for the week 21. Org Gross Income divided by No. on
staff of org 22. Number New Names C/F 23. Number attendances at
Sunday Service 24. No. of People interviewed by Registrar 25. Value
of FSM Commissions Paid 26. No. of ARC Broken PCs found, contacted
and brought into the org 27. No. ARC Broken PCs handled and signed
up for next service
28. Number of trained auditors in area (as per HCO Pol Ltr 4 Oct
1967. This figure to consist of day & foundation figures combined)
29. Total No. in C/F 354
30. No. of Students completing the Org Exec Course 31. No.
misdeclares corrected 32. No. of Bookshops that sell Scientology
Books in area 33. Amount of FSM Commissions received by the Org 34.
Org Rudiment number
35. Signatory.
FOUNDATION OIC report form will be as follows:
Foundation abbreviated (FDN) 1. Gross Income for week 2. Number
of Releases & Clears 3. Letters In 4. Letters Out (Personal
Communication to an individual) 5. Bulk Mail Out (Equals
everything, including item 4) 6. Gross Book Sales (as per HCO Pol
Ltr 5 June 1968) 7. Total Bodies in the Shop plus Advanced Reg 8.
Credit Collected 9. Student Completions 10. PC Completions 11.
QUAL: CASH collected by reason of the division for the week 12. Org
Gross Income divided by No. on staff of org 13. Number of New Names
to C/F 14. No. People Interviewed by Registrar 15. Value of FSM
Commissions paid 16. No. ARC Broken PCs found, contacted and
brought into the org 17. Number of ARC Broken PCs handled and
signed up for next service 18. No. Students completing the Org Exec
Course 19. No. misdeclares corrected 20. Amount of FSM Commissions
received by the Org 21. Org Rudiment number
22. Signatory.
Note: This Policy does not alter HCO Pol Ltr 27 Sept 1966, which
outlines how the
reports are to arrive at WORLD WIDE.
OIC WW is to report to OIC SH the weekly total figure for "how
many trained Auditors exist in its area", so that the Saint Hill
Individual Statistic may be compiled
and graphed.
Marj Hill OIC I/C WW
Bruce Glushakow HCO Area Sec WW
Edie Hoyseth HCO Exec Sec WW
Allan Ferguson Org Exec Sec WW
Jim Keely Qual Sec WW
Tom Morgan Public Exec Sec WW
Ad Council WW
Rodger Wright LRH Comm WW
Barbro Boman Guardian Comm WW
Kevin Kember Policy Review Section WW
Jane Kember The Guardian WW
for L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ei.rd Founder
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
355
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MARCH 1969
Remimeo Tech & Qual Hats OIC Hats
COMPLETIONS STATISTIC, TRIPLE GRADES, TECH & QUAL DIVISIONS
A completion is defined in HCO Pol Ltr 30th September, 1965 as
certified or classed or graded. It is further defined in HCO Pol
Ltr 17th October, 1966 Issue II as Grade Rehab, S & D, assist or
Sec Check.
Since each question of a Triple Grade is considered as a type of
process by itself which handles not a different Grade (process
subject matter) but a different flow (aspect) of the subject being
addressed, for statistic purposes each flow of a Triple Grade
should be considered as one PC completion.
David Dunlop Int Tech Officer WW
Jim Keely Qual Sec WW
Bruce Glushakow HCO Area Sec WW
Ad Council WW
Rodger Wright LRH Comm WW
LRH:ei.cden Jane Kember Guardian WW
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL 1969 Refers HCO PL 31 March 69
Remimeo
HCO Policy Letter 31 st March 1969, Completions Statistic is
herewith cancelled,
as it
A) Changes the purpose of HCO Policy Letter 30 Sept 65 which
states that a completion is a grade completed.
B) Would give a possible 4 Bonuses to an Auditor per Auditing
Grade.
Proposed by H.G. Parkhouse 2 D/G F WW for Jane Kember
LRH:ei.cden The Guardian WW
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
356
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1969
Remimeo
(Amends HCO Policy Letter of 30 Sept 1965) (Amends HCO Policy
Letter of 31 Mar 1969,II, Item No. 19)
HGC STATISTIC
The statistic for the HGC and the Tech Division is changed from
PC Completions to number of successful auditing hours delivered.
This is in line with HCO Bulletin, 29
July 1969.
TECH DIVISION
The statistic is the number of successful auditing hours
delivered.
Number of student completions.
DEPT OF PROCESSING
The statistic is the number of successful auditing hours
delivered for the week.
This is the statistic of the D of P and the HGC Case Supervisor
with the HGC Auditor having the same statistic on an individual
basis.
"Successful auditing hours" are judged solely by the thoroughness
and exactness of technical application and are the total of
sessions for which the Case Supervisor gives the auditor a "well
done".
R.C. Ash - Org Exec Sec UK
Allan Ferguson - Qual Sec WW
Rosalie Vosper - HCO Area Sec WW
Ad Council WW
Anne Tampion - HCO Exec Sec WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec Sec WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: RA: ei. eden Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
357
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1970
Remimeo
STATISTICS, MANAGEMENT BY
The most direct observation in an org (or a country) is
statistics.
These tell of production. They measure what is done.
It cannot be said too often that management is best done by
statistics.
Each division in an org has a GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTIC. This is
calculated to reflect the production of that division by all its
divisional members.
An EXECUTIVE COUNCIL has all these GDSs available to it every
week. This is done by the OIC system (Organization Information
Centre). The stats are collected by each division and compiled by
Dept 3 Div 1 Inspection and Reports into graphs. No matter how
small an org, it has to have an OIC.
The EC as a Council runs the org by observation of the GDSs.
Conditions are assigned each Division by the EC each week
according to these GDS stats.
The name of the secretary of the division is noted on the graph.
EC names are also on their own graphs.
These graphs, the OIC, should be POSTED WHERE STAFF CAN SEE THEM,
not hidden in some room or in only an Exec Sec's office. They tell
the rest of the org what the division is doing.
There is a lot to stat interpretation. It is covered in the Org
Exec Course.
The Gross Income stat is not the most important in the org. It is
modified by the expense of the org. An apparent high income can be
wiped out by ignorant or unread financial planning, which makes the
org cost more than it makes.
If all other stats are up, the Gross Income will go up.
Individual staff members, secretaries and executive secretaries
are commended, promoted, demoted or Comm Eved on the basis of their
stats. A person with high stats has Ethics protection. A person
with low stats not only has no Ethics protection but tends to be
hounded.
Orgs are not well run by the old school tie, what professor one
knew in the Ivy League University or who is shacked up with whom.
Orgs run by other considerations than stats hurt the individual
staff members. Orgs are well run when they are run by fairly and
realistically designed stats for every staff member, division and
the org.
Reasonableness is the great enemy in running an org. "Well, of
course, the PES's stat is down because there's been a rail strike .
. ." Nonsense.
The PES's stat is down because of low production in the Public
Divisions and that's the whole and only reason.
Rumour can kill orgs and staff members. Whopping generalities
like "People are ARC broken with Scientology" is just a Suppressive
Person at work. Suppressives HATE anything that helps people.
Listening to rumours instead of looking at stats or instead of just
producing what one is supposed to produce in an org is playing
straight
into the hands of the bad hats.
Stats are a safe way to operate.
By raising individual stats we expand.
By expanding we gain strength and influence.
It may be a long road but it is a safe one.
Run only by statistics.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jz.rd Founder
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1970 Issue II
Remimeo AU Orgs Scn and SO
URGENT OIC CHANGE CABLE CHANGE (Effective for the week beginning
24 July 1970 and ending for first report 30 July 1970 and
continuing thereafter.) (Cancels HCO PL 29 Mar 70, Tech and Qual
Stats.) (Amends HCO PL Sept 30, 65, Statistics for Divisions.)
Tech and Qual Stats are revised as follows:
TECHNICAL DIVISION
Tech Sec and GDS:
1. Total number of well done auditing hours in HGC.
2. Total points of all students in the Dept of Training for the
week past based on the Flag Authorized point system.
Dir of Tech Services:
1. Total of new students and pcs scheduled and to whom service
was being delivered in the past week, a newly purchased intensive
or course if scheduled and being serviced, counting as one, a 5
hour intensive counting however only as 1 /6th of a person.
Director of Training:
Combined points of all students on courses based on Flag
Authorized point system.
Supervisors:
Combined points of all students on their particular courses.
Director of Processing:
Total number of auditing hours less 5 for each pc backlogged more
than 3 days.
Auditors:
Total hours audited for each auditor + 1 point for every very
well done session.
Tech C/S:
Total number of TA Divisions for the week less 25 points for
every pc not making his grade at Examiner.
QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION
Qual Sec and GDS:
1. The amount of money paid for student training into the org for
a certificate course. (All solo excepted.)
2. The number of creditable success stories turned in less 2
points for every no-story and less 2 more points for every ethics
action taken on a student, pc or staff member.
359
Dir Exams:
1. 1 point for every non F/N Examiner Report. (It being
understood that an Examining Report is done after every session.)
2. 10 points for every uncertain or flunked student. (It being
understood that students are given meter checks by Examiner and
spot Exams for every theory or practical completion.)
Note: Each of the 2 Examiner stats loses 100 points for each
proven instance of evaluation, invalidation of students or pcs by
expression or statement by the Examiner, instances of penalty to be
decided by Qual Sec. Div 6 Sec and a third member agreed upon by
the two.
Dir Review:
1. Errors discovered and corrected in pcs' folders, I point for
each plus 10 points for each student completed with VGIs.
2. Number of falsely signed off items on Div IV checksheets
corrected in Cramming.
Cramming Officer:
See No. 2 Dir Review.
Staff Training Officer:
1. GI divided by the number of people.
2. Course completions by staff members.
Qual Consultant:
1. Number of staff, students and pcs spotted in the org during
week with BIs.
2. Number of BIs routed or handled.
No Qual C/S Stat as there now isn't one.
Review Auditor:
1. Errors discovered and corrected in pcs' folders, 1 point for
each.
2. 10 points for each pc completed with VGIs.
Dir C&A:
1. Number of classifications rejected by reason of inadequate
case gain or false representations.
2. Number of awards refused by reason of inadequate hours or
abilities for the level not attained.
It will be noted that these statistics reflect the original
design of Tech and Qual and do not favor "Quickie Grades" for pcs,
inabilities in auditors, unpaid staffs or an ARC Broken field.
Accuracy in compiling these stats, posting them weekly where they
can be seen and managing on the basis of these is a survival factor
in an org.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:nt.cden Copyright (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
360
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 23 JANUARY 1959
HCO Personnel only
ETHICS
One item which falls under the heading of ethics and which is
HCO's job to handle is the case of field auditors misusing and
violating technology (codes, etc.) to a point where:
(a) their preclears and groups obtain no result
(b) their preclears and groups actually decline
(c) their handling of Scientology leads to a poor or false
impression on the public.
In such an instance it is up to HCO to take action on the
following lines:
(a) Investigate incident by finding out from this person's pc or
group what effect is being caused on them.
(b) Call auditor in - check his training record - find out
what he is doing - warn him to re-train and get squared around
technically - and warn him his certificate will be cancelled if
he does not comply.
(c) Check to see if he has complied (enrolled in a course,
etc.) - if not cancel certificate.
(d) Rehabilitate Auditor.
Lack of complaint by "victims" of such persons does not affect
our attitude on an ethics case.
HCO takes action whenever an ethics case comes to its
attention - and it is continually on guard to protect the ethics
of Scientology.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.gh.cden Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
361
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W. 1 HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 20 NOVEMBER 1959 Amended and reissued 10 March
1960
CenOCon
VALIDATION OF FRANCHISES
It is important that Scientology magazines run occasional notices
as follows:
"Your best guarantee of ethical and expert auditing is a
prominently displayed HCO Franchise. Your Central Organization
cannot guarantee the ethics of all auditors but those who hold HCO
Franchises are known to be ethical. In case of doubt about your
auditor's record write to your Association Secretary (etc). He can
inform you of the standing of any practicing Scientologist. You can
also write to your HCO Secretary concerning any matter of ethics,
technology and awards.
"Medical Doctors and Psychiatrists are not qualified by their
state licences to practice Dianetics or Scientology unless
certified as well as auditors."
If any query arrives concerning any auditor only one of two
responses is permitted:
"Referring to your query concerning (an auditor or
Scientologist) we
are pleased to inform you that we know of no reason why he (or
she) should not receive your full confidence.
"If you know any reason to the contrary please inform us. *
"Ethics forbids further discussion of the reasons.
"Any further information you can give us concerning the
activities of this person would be gratefully received.
"Scientology is too powerful to be permitted to be used
professionally by unscrupulous persons."
Or, if the person asked about is in our bad books, write only:
"Concerning your query about (an auditor or Scientologist)
we regret to
inform you that we cannot recommend this person.
"Where certificates have been revoked we have not always
recovered the actual document.
"Should the person in question report for auditing and be cleared
by the Central Organization, a public notice will be posted to that
effect.
"Yours for a clean Earth, etc."
To answer other than the above is to seem to fully recommend an
auditor or, in the second case, further data could lay grounds for
libel.
This is basically an effort to clean up the field, which is
already pretty clean, and to secondarily force persons to be well
trained and to have HCO Franchises.
Do not recommend any auditor in any way who has not been trained
within three years or alternatively has not served well on a
Central Organization staff in lieu of other training.
Note: If a straightforward request arises where the originator
has no reason to suspect anything wrong with the auditor and it is
merely an enquiry you may only quote as far as the asterisk *.
LRH:js.mm.rd Valerie E. Obin
Copyright (c) 1959, 1960 HCO Area Secretary
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
[Note: 20 Nov 1959 issue by LRH was amended by HCO Area Sec to
include asterisk in text and note in last paragraph. ]
362
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex
HCO Offices HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1959
HCO Secs
Franchise Hldrs SCIENTOLOGY CLEANUP
Every time one tries to clean up criminals or Communists out of
Scientology and thereby gain some internal sanity and self-respect,
there are blowups in unexpected places.
Technically, persons with undeclared crimes are unauditable as
they will not go into two-way communication with their auditor and
therefore all failed cases come under the heading of persons with
undeclared overts they are afraid to tell especially a
Scientologist. Thus we are left with failed cases. Thus the recent
order that all cases to be audited must have a tone arm sitting at
the clear reading for that person. The needle is talked down or
audited down on overts and withholds on third dynamic matters which
usually include second dynamic irregularities. This means first
that we are going to solve all these cases. It means secondly that
we must have nothing but completely honest auditors who can follow
a code and never use blackmail or spread pc secrets. So a cleanup
was in order the moment this technology was discovered.
In Australia I found the most failed case to be one Douglas Moon.
Moon was then sacked out of HASI Melbourne and on my persuasion
signed a complete confession to numerous crimes. He was ordered to
clearing and to settle these matters with the police which he is
doing quite commendably. BUT for five years this person has had
HASI Melbourne in a stew and the moment he was removed we had
double the PE Fndn people and a happy staff.
This backfired in a peculiar way. Moon's best friend at one time
was lain Thompson. As soon as Moon was sacked lain went to work on
Saint Hill and with the gratuitous assistance of his wife, of Norma
Webb and Dinah Day and Peter Stumbke wrecked every line to hand and
tried to strip the place of staff. Poor Mary Sue, trying
desperately to hold the place together while I was in Australia was
accused of sacking everybody which she did not. She was violently
treated as well as the children. Of course this is a scandalous
state of affairs and of course should be hidden secretly, eh? But I
have the situation under control even though the day I returned
from Down Under I found no staff.
The usual self-protective Commie mechanism was afloat to the
effect that I was out to destroy everything by believing people
were against me - which is proved the instant I fire somebody
who has been strangling the baby. That I fire them proves the
story, of course. This was afloat in California in 1950 and is an
old wheeze. The truth is that personnel was in the hands of a
former party member who unknownst to us recruited four Commies into
a 22 person staff. The rest of the staff is still here. The persons
with Commie connections ran the moment I appeared and are not here.
POLICY: WHEN A PERSON HAS BEEN DISMISSED OR HAS RUN BECAUSE
COMMUNIST OR CRIMINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN DISCOVERED WITHOUT HIS
VOLUNTEERING THEM, HIS CERTIFICATES AND COMM LINES ARE CANCELLED
AND WILL NOT BE RESTORED UNTIL THIS PERSON'S OVERT ACTS AND
WITHHOLDS ON SCIENTOLOGY AND CONNECTED PERSONS AND ORGS HAVE BEEN
WRITTEN DOWN IN FULL AND THE PERSON CLEARED FULLY ON AN E-METER BY
AN HCO PERSONNEL. THIS ALSO APPLIES TO DUPES OF SUCH PERSONS. ONLY
THEN WILL CERTIFICATES BE CONSIDERED AND COMM LINES RESTORED.
It's a bitter fact sometimes that Scientologists are so
reasonable about these pushes. It leaves me manning the ramparts in
a lonely fashion. But as you notice I can usually rehabilitate the
situation and the persons and keep a constructive programme going.
But how about helping me out on these things? Let's get the persons
whose cases don't move cleared of overts and withholds and have an
honest teammate where we had a secret destroyer. We have the
technology along with the emergency this time. So let's finish off
the future emergency by cleaning up Scientology now.
LRH: rd
Copyright (c) I 9 5 9 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
363
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 31 DECEMBER AD9
Fran Hldrs
HCO Secs
Assn Secs
HAS! Dept Heads BLOW-OFFS
Scientology Technology recently has been extended to include the
factual explanation of departures, sudden and relatively
unexplained, from sessions, posts, jobs, locations and areas.
This is one of the things man thought he knew all about and
therefore never bothered to investigate, yet, this amongst all
other things gave him the most trouble. Man had it all explained to
his own satisfaction and yet his explanation did not cut down the
amount of trouble which came from the feeling of 'having to leave'.
For instance man has been frantic about the high divorce rate,
about the high job turn-over in plants, about labour unrest and
many other items all stemming from the same source - sudden
departures or gradual departures.
We have the view of a person who has a good job, who probably
won't get a better one, suddenly deciding to leave and going. We
have the view of a wife with a perfectly good husband and family up
and leaving it all. We see a husband with a pretty and attractive
wife breaking up the affinity and departing.
In Scientology we have the phenomenon of preclears in session or
students on courses deciding to leave and never coming back. And
that gives us more trouble than most other things all combined.
Man explained this to himself by saying that things were done to
him which he would not tolerate and therefore he had to leave. But
if this were the explanation all man would have to do would be to
make working conditions, marital relationships, jobs, courses and
sessions all very excellent and the problem would be solved. But on
the contrary, a close examination of working conditions and marital
relationships demonstrates that improvement of conditions often
worsens the amount of blow-off, as one could call this phenomenon.
Probably the finest working conditions in the world were achieved
by Mer. Hershey of Chocolate Bar fame for his plant workers. Yet
they revolted and even shot at him. This in its turn led to an
industrial philosophy that the worse workers were treated the more
willing they were to stay which in itself is as untrue as the
better they are treated the faster they blow-off.
One can treat people so well that they grow ashamed of
themselves, knowing they don't deserve it, that a blow-off is
precipitated, and certainly one can treat people so badly that they
have no choice but to leave, but these are extreme conditions and
in between these we have the majority of departures: the auditor is
doing his best for the preclear and yet the preclear gets meaner
and meaner and blows the session. The wife is doing her best to
make a marriage and the husband wanders off on the trail of a tart.
The manager is trying to keep things going and the worker leaves.
These, the unexplained, disrupt organizations and lives and it's
time we understood them.
People leave because of their own averts and withholds. That is
the factual fact and the hardbound rule. A man with a clean heart
can't be hurt. The man or woman who must must must become a victim
and depart is departing because of his or her own averts and
withholds. It doesn't matter whether the person is departing from a
town or a job or a session. The cause is the same.
Almost anyone, no matter his position, can remedy a situation no
matter what's wrong if he or she really wants to. When the person
no longer wants to remedy it his own overt acts and withholds
against the others involved in the situation have lowered his own
ability to be responsible for it. Therefore he or she does not
remedy the situation. Departure is the only answer. To justify the
departure the person blowing-off dreams up things done to him, in
an effort to minimize the overt by degrading those it was done to.
The mechanics involved are quite simple.
It is amazing what trivial overts will cause a person to blow. I
caught a staff member one time just before he blew and traced down
the original overt act against the Organization to his failure to
defend the organization when a criminal was speaking viciously
about it. This failure to defend accumulated to itself more and
more overts
364
and withholds such as failing to relay messages, failure to
complete an assignment until it finally utterly degraded the person
into stealing something of no value. This theft caused the person
to believe he had better leave.
It is a rather noble commentary on man that when a person finds
himself as he believes, incapable of restraining himself from
injuring a benefactor he will defend the benefactor by leaving.
This is the real source of the blow-off. If we were to better a
person's working conditions in this light we would see that we have
simply magnified his overt acts and made it a certain fact that he
would leave. If we punish we can bring the value of the benefactor
down a bit and thus lessen the value of the overt. But improvement
and punishment are neither one answers. The answer lies in
Scientology and processing the person up to a high enough
responsibility to take a job or a position and carry it out without
all this weird hokus-pokus of 'I've got to say you are doing things
to me so I can leave and protect you from all the bad things I am
doing to you'. That's the way it is and it doesn't make sense not
to do something about it now that we know.
A recent Secretarial Executive Director to all Central
Organizations states that before a person may draw his last pay
cheque from an Organization he is leaving of his own volition he
must write down all his overts and withholds against the
Organization and its related personnel and have these checked out
by the HCO Secretary on an EMeter.
To do less than this is cruelty itself. The person is blowing
himself off with his own averts and withholds. If these are not
removed then anything the Organization or its people does to him
goes in like a javelin and leaves him with a dark area in his life
and a rotten taste in his mouth. Further he goes around spouting
lies about the Organization and its related personnel and every lie
he utters makes him just that much sicker. By permitting a blow-off
without clearing it we are degrading people, for I assure you, and
with some sorrow, people have not often recovered from overts
against Scientology, its Organizations and related persons. They
don't recover because they know in their hearts even while they lie
that they are wronging people who have done and are doing enormous
amounts of good in the world and who definitely do not deserve
libel and slander. Literally, it kills them and if you don't
believe it I can show you the long death list.
The only evil thing we are doing is to be good, if that makes
sense to you. For by being good, things done to us out of
carelessness or viciousness are all out of proportion to the evil
done to others. This often applies to people who are not
Scientologists. Just this year I had an electrician who robbed HCO
of money with false bills and bad workmanship. One day he woke up
to the fact that the Organization he was robbing was helping people
everywhere far beyond his ability to ever help anyone. Within a few
weeks he contracted TB and is now dying in a London Hospital.
Nobody took off the overts and withholds when he left. And it's
actually killing him - a fact which is no fancy on my part.
There is something a little terrifying in this sometimes. I once
told a bill collector what and who we were and that he had wronged
a good person and a half hour later he threw a hundred grains of
veronal down his throat and was lugged off to hospital, a suicide.
This campaign is aimed straightly at cases and getting people
cleared. It is aimed at preserving staffs and the lives of persons
who believe they have failed us.
Uneasy lies the head that has a bad conscience. Clean it up and
run responsibility on it and you have another better person, and if
anybody feels like leaving just examine the record and sit down and
list everything done to and withheld from me and the Organization
and send it along. We'll save a lot of people that way.
And on our parts we'll go along being as good a manager, as good
an Organization and as good a field as we can be and we'll get rid
of all our averts and withholds too.
Think it will make an interesting new view?
Well, Scientology specializes in those.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.cden Copyright (c) 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
365
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1 HCO
POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1960 Re-issued from Sthil
CenOCon HCO Secs Assoc Secs
CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATES
The certificates and Memberships of persons who flagrantly
support further persons whose unethical conduct has imperiled the
good name and existence of Scientology in any area of the world may
be cancelled.
It is not a popular nor an understood fact that Scientology has
opposition. When the certificates of a person are cancelled, they
can be restored after the person receives 500 hours of auditing at
an HGC. But persons who failed to help this discipline are
themselves suspect. Instead of insisting to the person that he or
she take the auditing or giving the person auditing, it has
happened that campaigns against "injustice" are begun.
When HCO cancels certificates, it has very good reason for it.
The continued possession of a certificate in that person's hands
could injure many.
Further, it has happened that when people support an offender
after the fact of cancellation, experience has shown they were
usually part of the offending clique.
A certificate must rest only in clean hands. Scientology has too
much power for us to run the risk.
Therefore anyone who holds a certificate who helps a person whose
certificates have been cancelled can have the same penalty.
There are not at this writing many cancelled certificates in the
world. But where we are trying to force some unethical practitioner
to straighten up after all our pleadings failed, there are a few
associated people who are preventing, by their encouragement of the
de-certified person, a clean up of that person in an H.G.C. Such
persons should lose their certificates at once as being incapable
of accepting a clean field.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.gh.rd Copyright (I) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
366
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE 37 Fitzroy
Street, London W. 1
BPI HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MAY 1960
MA (not a lead Issue II
article Re-issued from Sthil
but a 2nd place)
Dear Scientologist:
For a long ten years I have had to wear many hats. Amongst them
is an Ethics hat by which I have had to protect, often with small
support, the good name and standards of conduct of Dianetics and
Scientology.
To say the least the hat and necessary actions of counter-attack
and defense have been distasteful to me. And in this regard, I
humbly ask your help.
We have the answers today as to the why of "squirrels". We know
the reason for their overts against Dianetics and Scientology.
Technically, with overt-withhold and the phenomena of help we not
only understand them but can straighten out their insecurity and
hates to their own benefit.
Could you help me in this? It must be evident by now after ten
long years that if there were any twist or untruth, betrayal or
insincerity intended by me or organizational people, we long since
would have passed away. The rumours that are put out by unbalanced
people achieve only harder work for me and for good people
everywhere.
In ten consistent years you should have proof enough that I'll
stay at my post and do my job and overcome barriers, technical or
administrative, organizational and field, somehow.
I dislike punishments and quarrels and entheta as much as any of
you. Sometimes I haven't handled these things well, but I have
tried to do my job as best I could here on a muddy earth.
Today nothing can destroy us or our works. I have no fear for our
future and I know what we can do. Available to your hands is the
technology necessary to handle rumour mongers, unethical persons
and enturbulators. You can help me by handling them and getting
them to good auditors, preferably an HGC, and preventing them from
upsetting others and our task. Winning is so easy now, success is
in our very grasp.
What failure do you think I feel when I am asked to cancel a
certificate? With all the wealth of truth before him, someone
avails himself or herself of no part of it and with a glass of
water held in hand, dies of thirst.
Yet some of this burden lies with you. When an auditor forgets
his personal auditing, and audits without being clear, why does the
field permit him to crack up? Why haven't his friends and
associates thought enough of him to force him to get processing
from a reliable source? Why do they wait for him, overworked
already, to emerge from the tangle of some emotional crisis utterly
unstrung and hating everything, before they offer processing?
Clearing the executives, the auditors, the people of Scientology
is your job now. When you hear somebody "going bad", running away
and raving against us all, don't harbor him and
sympathize - you'll kill him. Make him go to the nearest HGC or
an auditor with altitude over him and get his overts off and his
ability to help increased.
There are thousands of auditors across the world. Few of them are
clear. Once or twice a year amongst all these one of them turns
upon us. Rumours fly. People wonder. Eyebrows raise. Why? In a few
years they'll be clear. We've just begun the
367
project. Right now they are not. Instead of standing around
blinking, wondering even believing such wild tales, why aren't you
being effective? The person doing bad and untrue things needs
assistance. The least you can do is drive or force him to an HGC
where supervised auditing (and not patty-cake) will straighten the
person out and make life bright again.
My lines are heavy. My days are long. To these should we also add
my Ethics hat?
A breakthrough has happened here in 1960's spring bigger even
than O/W. We're clearing people fast in HGCs. It just began to
happen. But it isn't happening to auditors in the field yet and it
won't for quite some while. Meanwhile must I go on and act to
minimize the damage being done by people not only not yet clear but
heavily caved-in?
You could help me by pressing these people in toward auditing, by
understanding the why of their rumours and hates and getting them
processed. And you can help by insisting that "names" in
Scientology get processed regularly by competent auditors in an HGC
(not by some "friend" who'll patty-cake) until they're really
cleared. I myself have had scores of hours of processing since last
fall. If I could be clearer than I am, what's that make the case of
other Scientologists?
You could lighten my lines, and my heart, if you'd share this
burden even a little bit. Hold the field together until they are
all clear.
Now, certain you will help in this and let me get on to wider
work, I wish to celebrate the occasion of HGCs, using new
technology, beginning to make clears again, by announcing the
complete and unqualified restoration of all certificates and awards
ever cancelled since 1950. They're all in force again. Let's get on
with our job.
LRH:js.gh.cden
Copyright (c) 1960 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1962
CenOCon
STAFF REGULATION RELATIONS WITH PCS AND STUDENTS
No staff member or part time staff member shall have sexual
relations or any kind of sexual relationship with any student or
preclear who is not their legal spouse, while that person is
enrolled in the Academy as a student, or in the HGC as a preclear;
nor while a student who has been released from the Academy is
waiting to take his or her HCO Board of Review test or examination;
nor while a completed preclear is waiting to return home.
Penalty for infraction of this policy: Dismissal, with full
penalty of failure to complete staff contract.
A notice to this effect should be posted permanently and
prominently on both
student and staff bulletin boards.
LRH: ph.rd
Copyright Q) 1962 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[See also HCOP/L11 August 1967, Second Dynamic Rules, page
463.]
368
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 MARCH 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
BPI HCO (DIVISION 1 )
JUSTICE AMNESTY POLICY
AMNESTY: A general pardon for past offenses; the granting of such
a pardon; a forgetting or intentional overlooking; the rendering of
punishment null and void for offenses earlier than the amnesty
date, known or unknown; forgiveness of past criminal or anti-social
actions. The removal of criminal names from police wanted files.
An Amnesty is general in nature and when issued includes
everyone.
An Amnesty is issued under L. Ron Hubbard, founder, or chairman
of the International Board, to signalize an event of extreme
importance in Scientology.
Its secondary purpose is to end personal upsets and liabilities
by reason of withholds and make it possible for them to be audited
easily by auditors.
A tertiary purpose is to prevent the build up of personal rancour
against Scientology, orgs and individuals as persons so disposed
are always critical or vicious because of their own overt actions
and consequent withholds, or simply because they fear what we can
discover about them. It ends the cycle for such people.
It is plainly meant by an amnesty, that acts of a criminal or
punishable nature are forgiven and placed beyond our retaliation or
punishment.
An amnesty specifically does not mean monetary or other
obligations or acts of what are called a "civil" nature.
Criminal acts result in punishment.
Merely civil matters can result only in civil suits.
Amnesty is clearly intended to cover only anti-social or
anti-Scientology acts and is clearly not intended to cover debts,
contracts or such agreements or obligations.
Suspended certificates or Classifications are restored by an
amnesty.
All Committee of Evidence sentences except financial and
certificate cancellation are removed completely by an amnesty.
Cancellation of certificates, classifications and awards cannot
be cancelled by an amnesty and so an amnesty does not restore them.
Certificate and award cancellations occur only when the person
has departed Scientology. This occurs because of lack of case gain.
Case gain cannot occur in a person who commits continuously acts
hostile to his fellow man. All chronic no-gain cases which do not
advance in the face of any auditing are traceable to recurring
hostile actions the person undertakes secretly against his fellows,
not in the past, but in the present during the time period of the
auditing. So an amnesty is useless in cancellation matters. Such
persons would have to first cease their continuous anti-social
conduct and again be trained or processed.
Offenses occurring after midnight of the release date of an
amnesty are not covered by the amnesty.
The frequency of amnesties is determined solely by the frequency
of new triumphs of significant general importance to Scientology.
Help them happen.
L. RON HUBBARD LRH :jw.cden Copyright Q) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[See also HCO P/L 7 April (c) 1965 Issue 111, Amnesty-Cancelled
Certs-Justice Comments, page 387. 369
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1965 Issue II
Remimeo
HCO (DIVISION 1) JUSTICE STAFF HAT RIGHTS OF A STAFF MEMBER,
STUDENTS AND PRECLEARS TO JUSTICE
1. HCO is the Justice agency of Scientology and Scientologists in
addition to other functions.
2. All matters of internal Justice in orgs, Committees of
Evidence and complaints are taken to the HCO personnel so indicated
on the Org Board.
3. All Scientologists and staff members in accepting posts or
membership agree to abide by the HCO Codes. These include the
Justice Codes.
4. HCO Justice applies to all Scientology and Scientologists.
5. When we say Legal matters we mean outside law and law agencies
such as attorneys, civil courts, suits, contracts and corporation
and copyright matters. This comes under Division 3.
6. When we say JUSTICE we mean HCO, Division 1, Internal
activities such as Committees of Evidence, internal enforcement and
discipline. Scientology Justice safeguards the rights of
Scientologists, prevents injustice, prevents punishment by whim,
and brings order. Before the Justice Codes, discipline was
inequitable and often unjust. The HCO Justice Codes bettered this
by making offenses and penalties known and milder. HCO Justice
prevents wrongful disgrace, demotion, transfer or dismissal and
protects the staff member's reputation and job from being falsely
threatened.
7. In a Condition of Emergency assigned to a Department or org,
staff members may be subjected to demotion, transfer or dismissal
as the Assignment of the Condition of Emergency suspends the
Justice Codes. There is no recourse, then. In addition, offenses
may still be made the subject of Committees of Evidence. The thing
to do is not get into such a state. Lessened traffic and other
matters all found on the OIC charts of each week are the sole
evidence used to assign a Condition of Emergency. A Condition of
Emergency cannot be assigned unless these graphs show a declining
condition.
8. When the org or department is not in a Condition of Emergency,
the protective Justice Codes are in full force.
9. A staff member who believes he has been falsely wronged (unless
a Condition of Emergency exists in his department or org) may
request a Committee of Evidence of HCO with himself as an
Interested Party and this must be granted him. He must however
agree to abide by its findings. It can restore any lost pay in
cases of injustice but not damages. No senior executive in the org
may be named as an Interested Party in matters of recourse
requested by a junior but below the level of Executive Councilman
may be called as witnesses. An Executive Councilman cannot be
called before any Committee of Evidence by anyone in his or her org
including other Councilmen of that org. Only a senior org may call
Executive Councilmen of a junior org before a Committee of Evidence
and then only for a crime or high crime and then only in the
premises of the senior org. Do not then seek to name Executive
Councilmen as interested parties in any Committee of Evidence and
do not seek to name any member of any senior org in any Committee
of Evidence requested by anyone in an org junior to it.
370
10. If a staff member wishes to sue a fellow staff member or
right a wrong he or she may request a Civil Committee of Evidence
of HCO. HCO usually [appoints] one senior staff member on which the
two contenders can agree. The senior staff member holds a session
or sessions and both contenders must abide by his findings and
award of any money or damages or return of property. There is no
further appeal. A Civil Committee of Evidence follows the same
procedure and has the same rights as any other Committee of
Evidence. A Civil Committee of Evidence may not be called by
contending co-auditors. These must seek out the D of P and abide by
the D of P's advice.
11. Students or pcs may not request Committees of Evidence for
causes occurring during a course or an intensive but may appeal in
writing to the Division 2 service Executive. They must report
matters covered under the Justice Code, however, to HCO.
There are no student rules and regulations except the Justice
Codes. All others are abolished. The penalties that can be awarded
are for an error, an instructor reprimand, for a misdemeanor, a
pink sheet which must be completed before classification is given,
for a crime, one to three weeks at the student's expense in the
HGC. A Committee of Evidence can also be convened on a student or
preclear for offenses as covered in the Justice Codes.
12. In times of stress, commotion, riot or threats to person, an
HCO personnel may instantly deputize any other Scientologist merely
by saying loudly, "HCO. Bring Order," making it known in any way
that the Scientologist or Scientologists present should intervene
or act. Any Scientologist whose help is thus commanded at once
becomes deputized by Division 1 by the fact of required assistance
and may not be charged before a Committee of Evidence for any act
committed in rendering assistance to HCO during the period of
stress and must be protected by the organization from any civil
authority and the organization must pay any fines or expenses
incurred or reasonable costs for damage to dress or hospital aid.
When the incident is over, the HCO personnel must say, "HCO thanks
you for bringing order," thus ending the deputization.
An HCO Personnel requiring an eviction of a person or persons
from a premises or meeting or area need only point to the person or
persons and say, "HCO. Order!" Any staff member or Scientologist
present is instantly deputized as above and must act promptly to
carry out the eviction or be liable under Justice Codes when
failing to do so. This can be used in any circumstances, no matter
how mild the offender even down to slovenly or unauthorized persons
on the premises or in any office. When the person or persons are
removed, the HCO personnel removes the deputization by saying, "HCO
thanks you for order." These orders apply even when the person
causing a disturbance is an officer, director or councilman of
another division and none may be disciplined for complying but may
be liable under Justice Codes for not doing so.
13. When personnel of other divisions foresee stress or danger,
while they themselves have ample authority in their own divisions
to handle their own personnel, where Scientologists in general are
involved, they may not take Justice in their own hands as it is a
Division 1 HCO hat and Divisions must not cross in functions. Where
mixed divisions or not staff persons are concerned they should be
careful to have an HCO personnel present or available, a wise
precaution in event of the possibility of charges or Committees of
Evidence resulting, in which case an HCO personnel as a witness
would bear weight.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :ml.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
371
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 APRIL 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
ADMINISTRATION OUTSIDE SCIENTOLOGY
You will find, oddly and weirdly enough, that if you fail to use
Scientology admin and Dev-T policies on the society outside
Scientology that trouble will occur.
If you just make it a blind rule to always do so, you will avert
much trouble and upset.
Where somebody writes you (say a business firm) an off-line or
off-policy (off their policy too) or off-origin despatch and you
don't point it out and send it back to source and say why, endless
Dev-T will occur! We have had an actual case of it in the US
Government which sent us a letter off their policy. We did not
handle it as Dev-T and so far it has cost a couple thousand dollars
just because we didn't!
Now take the case of the Mar 1, 1965 Amnesty. It was released so
that the new Justice Codes could be issued and because we needed a
cleared track for new org patterns such as certification changes
and classification shifts.
Well, it was a piece of Scientology Admin. So to hell with
whether they think it stupid or wise, just use any Scientology
Admin or Policy Letter excerpt to slam people's hats on in
governments or anywhere.
Example: The FDA of Washington DC is really trying to get off the
hook on its attack. It may eventually commit further averts unless
given an Amnesty. So the HCO Continental Secretary US should mail a
copy of the Policy Letter to the head of the FDA and each high
official of that area including the Secretary of Health, Education
and Welfare of the US and the president, with: a note on HCO
stationery stating, "This Amnesty was issued primarily for
Scientologists so we could issue new Justice Codes in our
organizations but it happens to include you also. Scientologists
therefore may not attack you for your former actions, and also if
you do not continue to attack us we cannot even sue you. While you
may consider it high handed of us to issue a General Amnesty,
remember we have a rather enormous population to look after across
the world and we probably do a much better job of it than you do
since we know our business." Who knows (or who cares) the result of
this. We have at least done our job.
Example: Parliament in Victoria is really covered by the Amnesty
and each should be mailed an exact copy even Galbatty and the R.C.
church officials, the head of the state government and even Holy
Joe Anderson who headed the "Enquiry". A note should accompany it
"While this Amnesty was issued primarily for Scientologists so that
we could then issue new Justice Codes for our organizations, it
happens that you are also covered by it. Thus it excuses your
erroneous attack on Scientology during the last year and the effort
to break our organizations by the cost of it. Thus here is your
copy of the General Amnesty of 1 March 1965. I think you would be
wise to accept it."
Then we are quite in order sometime in the future, to respond to
any further nonsense from these humanoids if we have to label them
suppressive.
It would obviously be quite out of order in view of the newness
of our codes to slap them for acts which we ourselves have issued
an Amnesty on.
If the Internal Revenue Service (off-policy in refusing the FCDC
non-profit status though it qualifies) continues to act up or if
the FDA does sue we can of course Comm Ev them and if found guilty,
label and publish them as a Suppressive Group and fair game. I
assure you that this is less hollow than it sounds.
We are bound by two things:
1. We are not just a group. We are the possessors of very
powerful technology and
we are still part of this civilization.
2. We owe our progress to the peace we have maintained (strenuous
though it was)
in our environment.
If we continue to let loose on the civilization around us with
our powerful 37:
technology without giving that civilization a chance to accept us
and abide by it we will have chaos very soon.
Therefore whether "society" accepts or not we must also extend
our "Pax Scientologica" as a spearhead before our direct technical
action or nobody will stand still to be audited but run in terror
and just a handful of us will go free. The rest of society will
simply cave in.
So we may as well develop the habit early regardless of whether
they accept our admin tech or not. Extend it always. Shrug at any
gasps or protests.
And then we'll have a spread over things that forms no ridge
between "them" and
You see, none is fair game until he or she declares against us. And
only those who so declare are suppressive. Don't err in thinking
the whole is against us. That's just an ARC Break. Most are for us.
Our files are crammed with applause. Our complaints drawer is a
very tiny one. It would do any Scientologist good to see the
thousands upon thousands upon thousands of "Hurrah for Scientology"
in our files and the little tiny batch of sour grapes. Yet because
what's wrong as cases with the tiny batch is that they use the word
"Everybody" continually in their cries and howls so people they
talk to find it hard to locate them in their dispersal. They are
the ARC Breaks kid in person. "Everybody" and "nobody" and entheta
are their stocks in trade. Such cases speak of "the masses" and
"the public" as against us and so we sometimes fail to note that
the whole complaint is from this puny runt raving from the
whirlpool of his own overt acts. Such a person makes a greater
effect on the unthinking than he should. He is giving continual
false reports.
GENERALITIES ARE NOT WRONG UNLESS THEY ARE COMBINED WITH A FALSE
REPORT AND INTENDED TO UPSET SOMEBODY.
The generalities of these bank puppets intend to deny the good
(nobody, nothing) and generalize (everybody, everything? the bad.
And so such people are really just spinners for the local spin bin.
Yet you find "society" electing and appointing them since such
birds echo the exact reactive bank of each individual in the mob.
You can easily form a bad mob. It's awful hard to form an
enthusiastic mob - they have to be sane!
So the individual in "Society" is so far from against us that
even White House clerks have sent us copies of government
despatches about us. Society (c) in the grip of a lot of ARC Broken
paranoid peewees like Galbatty in Australia or the head of the FDA
in Washington. Such men grab such posts because they are men of
fear. Such men are just animated banks. If such cannot destroy you,
they will destroy themselves. They will confess at the drop of an
electrode if told to do so, poor puppets of their banks that they
are.
So don't heed who is pretending to be in charge "out there".
There really isn't any thetan in charge. "Human leadership" is
usually just the guy with the most bank. When you want to handle
one of these "leaders", put the guy's hat on. Hard. With
Scientology admin and policy.
Never fail to use Scientology Admin or Justice to handle the
individuals in the society beyond our edges. Sounds adventurous.
Well, it is! But effective, too.
We have the tech.
It's designed to handle bank conditions.
Use it.
And use our Dissem Formula ruthlessly at every chance and in any
situation.
You will only fail to handle a situation if you don't handle it
with Scientology. The older methods have failed. Hell! That's why
we're here!
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Note: See HCO Pol Ltr 21 October 1968, Cancellation of Fair
Game, page 489.]
373
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 APRIL 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo BPI Mag Article
SCIENTOLOGY MAKES A SAFE ENVIRONMENT
We're working to provide a safe environment for Scientology and
Scientologists in Orgs everywhere.
The dangerous environment of the wog world, of injustice, sudden
dismissals, war, atomic bombs, will only persist and trouble us if
we fail to spread our safe environment across the world.
It starts with our own orgs. They must be safe environments.
Only good tech and Justice can make the Org environment safe.
Like an auditing room, we must be able to work undisturbed by the
madness at our doors.
We can make every org a safe island then by expanding and joining
those ores, bring peace and a safe environment to all the world.
It not only can be done. It is happening this moment. Push it
along. Support policy, good tech and Justice.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mb.cden Copyright(~) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 APRIL 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo Post Public Ed
JUSTICE
The purpose of justice is to clear the organization and
environment.
One cannot make clears in an uncleared environment. Justice is
the auditor of the group.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :wmc. eden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
374
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 APRIL 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
HCO Sec Hat HCO JUSTICE DATA RE ACADEMY & HGC
D of P Hat HANDLING THE SUPPRESSIVE PERSON
D of T Hat THE BASIS OF INSANITY
The suppressive person (whom we've called a Merchant of Fear or
Chaos Merchant and which we can now technically call the
suppressive person) can't stand the idea of Scientology. If people
became better, the suppressive person would have lost. The
suppressive person answers this by attacking covertly or overtly
Scientology. This thing is, he thinks, his mortal enemy since it
undoes his (or her) "good work" in putting people down where they
should be.
There are three "operations" such a case seeks to engage upon
regarding Scientology: (a) to disperse it, (b) to try to crush it
and (c) to pretend it didn't exist.
Dispersal would consist of several things such as attributing its
source to others and altering its processes or structure.
If you feel a bit dispersed reading this Policy Letter, then
realize it is about a being whose whole "protective colouration" is
to disperse others and so remain invisible. Such people generalize
all entheta and create ARC Breaks madly.
The second (b) is done by covert or overt means. Covertly a
suppressive person leaves the org door unlocked, loses the
E-Meters, runs up fantastic bills, and energetically and unseen
seeks to pull out the plug and get Scientology poured down the
drain. We, poor fools, consider all this just "human error" or
"stupidity". We rarely realize that such actions, far from being
accidents, are carefully thought out. The proof that this is so is
simple. If we run down the source of these errors we wind up with
only one or two people in the whole group. Now isn't it odd that
the majority of errors that kept the group enturbulated were
attributable to a minority of persons present? Even a very
"reasonable" person could not make anything else out of that except
that it was very odd and indicated that the minority mentioned were
interested in smashing the group and that the behaviour was not
common to the whole group - meaning it isn't "normal" behaviour.
These people aren't Communists or Fascists or any other ists.
They are just very sick people. They easily become parts of
suppressive groups such as Communists or Fascists because these
groups, like criminals, are suppressive.
The Suppressive Person is hard to spot because of the dispersal
factor mentioned above. One looks at them and has his attention
dispersed by their "everybody is bad".
The Suppressive Person who is visibly seeking to knock out people
or Scientology is easy to see. He or she is making such a fuss
about it. The attacks are quite vicious and full of lies. But even
here when the Suppressive Person exists on the "other side" of a
potential trouble source, visibility is not good. One sees a case
going up and down. On the other side of that case, out of the
auditor's view, is the Suppressive Person.
The whole trick they use is to generalize entheta. "Everybody is
bad." "The Russians are all bad." "Everybody hates you." "The
People versus John Doe" on warrants. "The masses." "The Secret
Police will get you."
Suppressive groups use the ARC Break mechanisms of generalizing
entheta so it seems "everywhere".
The Suppressive Person is a specialist in making others ARC Break
with generalized entheta that is mostly lies.
He or she is also a no-gain-case.
So avid are such for the smashing of others by covert or overt
means that their case is bogged and won't move under routine
processing.
375
The technical fact is that they have a huge problem, long gone
and no longer known even to themselves which they use hidden or
forthright vicious acts continually to "handle". They do not act to
solve the environment they are in. They are solving one
environment, yesterday's, in which they are stuck.
The only reason the insane were hard to understand is that they
are handling situations which no longer exist. The situation
probably existed at one time. They think they have to hold their
own, with averts against a non-existent enemy to solve a
non-existent problem.
Because their overts are continuous they have withholds.
Since such a person has withholds, he or she can't communicate
freely to as-is the block on the track that keeps them in some
yesterday. Hence, a "no-case-gain".
That alone is the way to locate a Suppressive Person. By viewing
the case. Never judge such a person by their conduct. That is too
difficult. Judge by no-case-gains. Don't even use tests.
One asks these questions:
1. Will the person permit auditing at all? or
2. Does their history of routine auditing reveal any gains?
If (1) is "No", one is safe to treat the person as suppressive.
It is not always correct but it is always safe. Some errors will be
made but it is better to make them than to take a chance on it.
When people refuse auditing they are (a) a potential trouble source
(connected to a Suppressive Person); (b) a person with a big
discreditable withhold; (c) a Suppressive Person or (d) have had
the bad luck to be "audited" too often by a Suppressive Person or
(e) have been audited by an untrained auditor or one "trained" by a
Suppressive Person.
[The last category (e) (untrained auditor) is rather slight but
(d) (audited by a Suppressive Person) can have been pretty serious,
resulting in continual ARC Breaks during which auditing was pressed
on without regard to the ARC Break. ]
Thus there are several possibilities where somebody refuses
auditing. One has to sort them out in an HGC and handle the right
one. But HCO by policy simply treats the person with the same admin
policy procedure as that used on a Suppressive Person and lets HGC
sort it out. Get that difference - it's "with the same admin
policy procedure as" not "the same as".
For treating a person "the same as" a Suppressive Person when he
or she is not only adds to the confusion. One treats a real
Suppressive Person pretty rough. One has to handle the bank.
As to (2) here is the real test and the only valid test: Does
their history of routine auditing reveal any gains?
If the answer is NO then there is your Suppressive Person, loud
and very unclear!
That is the test.
There are several ways of detecting. When fair auditors or good
ones have had to vary routine procedure or do unusual things on
this case in an effort to make it gain, when there are lots of
notes from Ds of P in the folder saying do this - do
that - you know that this case was trouble.
This means it was one of three things: 1. a potential trouble
source 2. a person with a big withhold 3. a Suppressive Person.
If despite all that trouble and care, the case did not
gain - or if the case simply didn't gain despite auditing no
matter how many years or intensives, then you've caught your
Suppressive Person.
That's the boy. Or the girl.
This case performs continual calculating covert hostile acts
damaging to others. This case puts the enturbulence and upset into
the environment, breaks the chairs,
376
messes up the rugs and spoils the traffic flow with "goofs" done
intentionally.
One should lock criminals out of the environment if one wants
security. But one first has to locate the criminal. Don't lock
everybody out because you can't find the criminal.
The cyclic case (gains and collapses routinely) is connected to a
Suppressive Person. We have policy on that.
The case that continually pleads "hold my hand I am so ARC
broken" is just somebody with a big withhold, not an ARC Break.
The Suppressive Person just gets no-case-gain on routine student
auditing.
This person is actively suppressing Scientology. If such will sit
still and pretend to be audited the suppression is by hidden
hostile acts which include:
1. Chopping up auditors;
2. Pretending withholds which are actually criticisms;
3. Giving out "data" about their past lives and/or whole track
that really holds such subjects up to scorn and makes people who do
remember wince;
4. Chopping up orgs;
5. Alter-ising technology to mess it up;
6. Spreading rumours about prominent persons in Scientology;
7. Attributing Scientology to other sources;
8. Criticizing auditors as a group;
9. Rolling up Dev-T, off policy, off origin, off line;
10. Giving fragmentary or generalized reports about entheta that
cave people in - and isn't actual;
11. Refusing to repair ARC Breaks;
12. Engaging in discreditable sexual acts (also true of potential
trouble sources);
13. Reporting a session good when the pc went bad;
14. Reporting a session bad when the pc went up in tone;
15. Snapping terminals with lecturers and executives to make
critical remarks or spread ARC Break type "news" to them;
16. Failing to relay comm or report;
17. Making an org go to pieces (note one uses "making" not
"letting");
18. Committing small criminal acts around the org;
19. Making "mistakes" which get their seniors in trouble;
20. Refusing to abide by policy;
21. Non-compliance with instructions;
22. Alter-is of instructions or orders so that the programme
fouls up;
23. Hiding data that is vital to prevent upsets;
24. Altering orders to make a senior look bad;
25. Organizing revolts or mass protest meetings;
26. Snarling about Justice.
And so on. One does not use the catalogue, however, one only uses
this one fact - no case gain by routine auditing over a longish
period.
This is the fellow that makes life miserable for the rest of us.
This is the one who overworks executives. This is the auditor
killer. This is the course enturbulator or pc killer.
There's the cancer. Burn it out.
In short, you begin to see that it's this one who is the only one
who makes harsh discipline seem necessary. The rest of the staff
suffers when one or two of these is present.
377
One hears a whine about "process didn't work" or sees an alter-is
of tech. Go look. You'll find it now and then leads to a
Suppressive Person inside or outside the org.
Now that one knows who it is, one can handle it.
But more than that, I can now crack this case!
The technology is useful in all cases, of course. But only this
cracks the "no-gain-case".
The person is in a mad, howling situation of some yesteryear and
is "handling it" by committing overt acts today. I say condition of
yesteryear but the case thinks it's today.
Yes, you're right. They are nuts. The spin bins are full of
either them or their victims. There's no other real psycho in a
spin bin!
What? That means we've cracked insanity itself? That's right. And
it's given us the key to the Suppressive Person and his or her
effect on the environment. This is the multitude of "types" of
insanity of the 1 9th century psychiatrist. All in one.
Schizophrenia, paranoia, fancy names galore. Only one other type
exists - the person the Suppressive Person got "at". This is the
"manic-depressive" a type who is up one day and down the next. This
is the Potential Trouble Source gone mad. But these are in a
minority in the spin bin, usually put there by Suppressive Persons
and not crazy at all! The real mad ones are the Suppressive
Persons. They are the only psychos.
Over simplification? No indeed. I can prove it! We could empty
the spin bins now. If we want to. But we have better uses for
technology than saving a lot of Suppressive Persons who themselves
act only to scuttle the rest of us.
You see, when they get down to no-case-gain where a routine
process won't bite, they can no longer as-is their daily life so it
all starts to stack up into a horror. They "solve" this horror by
continuous covert acts against their surroundings and associates.
After a while the covert ones don't seem to hold off the fancied
"horror" and they commit some senseless violence in broad
daylight - or collapse - and so they can get identified as
insane and are lugged off to the spin bin.
Anybody can "get mad" and bust a few chairs when a Suppressive
Person goes too far. But there's traceable sense to it. Getting mad
doesn't make a madman. it's damaging actions that have no sensible
detectable reasons that's the trail of madness. Any thetan can get
angry. Only a madman damages without reason.
All actions have their lower scale discreditable mockery. The
difference is, does one get over his anger? The nocase-gain of
course can't. He or she stays misemotional and adds each new burst
to the fire. It never gets less. It grows. And a long way from all
Suppressive Persons are violent. They are more likely to look
resentful.
A Suppressive Person can get to one solid dispassionate state of
damaging things. Here is the accident prone, the home wrecker, the
group wrecker.
Now here one must realize something. The Suppressive Person finds
outlet for his or her unexpressed rage by carefully needling those
they are connected with into howling anger.
You see the people around them get dragged into this long gone
incident by mistaken identity. And it is a maddening situation to
be continually mix-identified, accused, worked on, doubled crossed.
For one is not the being the Suppressive Person supposes. The
Suppressive Person's world is pretty hard to live around. And even
ordinarily cheerful people often blow up under the strain.
So be careful who you call the Suppressive Person. The person
connected with a Suppressive Person is liable to be only visible
rage in sight!
You have some experience of this - the mousey little woman who
rarely changes expression and is so righteous connected to somebody
who now and then goes into a frenzy.
378
How to tell them apart? Easy! Just ask this question:
Which gets a case gain easily?
Well, it's even simpler than that! Put the two on an E-Meter.
Don't do anything but read the dial and needle. The Suppressive one
has the high stuck T.A. The other has a lower T.A. Simple?
Not all Suppressive Persons have high T.A. The T.A. can be
anywhere especially very low (1.0). But the needle is weird. It is
stuck tight or it RSes without reason (the pc wearing no rings to
cause an RS).
Suppressive Persons also can have the "dead" thetan clear read!
You see people around a Suppressive Person Q and A and disperse.
They seek to "get even" with the Suppressive Person and often
exhibit the same symptoms temporarily.
Sometimes two Suppressive Persons are found together. So one
can't always say which is the Suppressive Person in a pair. The
usual combination is the Suppressive Person and the Potential
Trouble Source.
However you don't need to guess about it or observe their
conduct.
For this poor soul can no longer as-is easily. Too many averts.
Too many withholds. Stuck in an incident that they call "present
time". Handling a problem that does not exist. Supposing those
around are the personnel in their own delirium.
They look all right. They sound reasonable. They are often
clever. But they are solid poison. They can't as-is anything. Day
by day their pile grows. Day by day their new overts and withholds
pin them down tighter. They aren't here. But they sure can wreck
the place.
There is the true psycho.
And he or she is dying before your very eyes. Kind of horrible.
The resolution of the case is a clever application of problems
processes, never o/w. What was the condition? How did you handle
it? is the key type of process.
I don't know what the percentage of these are in a society. I
know only that they made up about 10% of any group so far observed.
The data is obscured by the fact that they ARC Break others and
make them misemotional - thus one of them seems to be, by
contagion, half a dozen such.
Therefore simple inspection of conduct does not reveal the
Suppressive Person. Only a case folder puts the seal on it.
No-Case-Gain by routine processes.
However this test too may soon become untrustworthy for now we
can crack them by a special approach. However we will also
generally use the same approach on routine cases as it makes cases
go upward fast and we may catch the Suppressive Person accidentally
and cure him or her before we are aware of it.
And that would be wonderful.
But still we'll have such on our lines in Justice matters from
now on. So it's good to know all about them, how they are
identified, how to handle.
HCO must handle such cases as per the HCO Justice Codes on
Suppressive Acts when they blow Scientology or seek to suppress
Scientologists or orgs. One should study up on these.
The Academy should be careful of this and report them to HCO
promptly (as they would potential trouble sources or withholds that
won't be delivered). The Academy must not fool about with
Suppressive Persons. It's a sure way to deteriorate a course and
cave in students.
379
POLICY
When an Academy finds it has a Potential Trouble Source, a
"withholdy case that ARC Breaks easily" or a Suppressive Person
enrolled on a course or a blow the Academy must call for HCO
Department of Inspection & Reports, Justice section. This can be
any HCO personnel available, even the HCO Sec.
The HCO representative must wear some readily identified HCO
symbol and must take a report sheet with a carbon copy on a clip
board.
HCO must have present other staff adequate to handle possible
physical violence.
The student, if still present, must be taken to a place where an
interview will not stop or enturbulate a class, by Tech Division
personnel. This can be any Tech Division office, empty auditing
room or empty classroom. The point is to localize the commotion and
not stir up the whole Tech Division.
If Tech Division personnel is not available HCO can recruit
"other staff" anywhere by simply saying "HCO requires you" and
taking them into the interview place.
HCO has a report sheet for such matters, original and one copy
for Justice files.
The HCO representative calls for the student's folder and looks
it over quickly for TA action. If there is none (less than 10
divs/sess) that's it. It is marked on the report sheet, "No TA
action in auditing" or "Little TA". HCO is not interested in what
processes were run. Or why there is no TA. If the course requires
no meters the folder is inspected for alter-is (which denotes a
rough pc) or no case changes.
If there are no TA notations in the folder HCO should put the
person on a meter, making sure the person is not wearing a ring.
One asks no questions, merely reads the TA position and notes the
needle and marks these in the report sheet. The Tone Arm will be
very high (5 or above) or very low (2 or less) or dead thetan (2 or
3) and the needle would be an occasional RS or stuck or sticky if
the person is a Suppressive Person. This is noted in the report
sheet.
If the folder or the student in question says he has had no case
gain this is again confirming of a Suppressive Person.
If two of these three points (folder, meter, statement) indicate
a Suppressive Person, HCO is looking for two possible students when
so called in - the one who caused the upset and that student's
coach or student's auditor. There very likely may be a Suppressive
Person on the course that is not this student. Therefore one looks
for that one too, the second one.
If a bit of questioning seems to reveal that the student's
auditor was responsible, test that student too, and enter it on a
second HCO report form. And order the other one to auditing at the
student's own expense.
In short be alert. There's been an upset. There may be other
persons about who caused it. Don't just concentrate on the student.
There is a condition on the course that causes upsets. That is
really all one knows.
When one walks in on it, find out why and what.
If the HCO tests indicate some doubt about either student being a
Suppressive Person, HCO asks about a possible withhold and enters
any result on the sheet and sends the students and sheet separately
to the Tech Division, Dept of Estimation. The procedure is the same
for a Suppressive Person but is "a withholdy pc who ARC Breaks
easily" or simply "a withholdy pc" if no ARC Breaks are noted.
"Auditing recommended".
But there is a third category for which HCO is very alert in this
interview. And that is the POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE.
For this person may only be audited further if he or she
disconnects or handles the Suppressive Person or group to which he
or she is connected and can't be sent to the HGC or back to the
course either until the status is cleared up.
380
If this seems the case, there is no point in continuing the
person in the Tech Division and HCO takes over fully, applying the
policy related to Potential Trouble Sources.
This type of case will probably not be dangerous but quite
co-operative, and probably dazed by having to do something about
his situation. He or she has been hammered with invalidation by a
Suppressive Person and may be rather wobbly but if the Justice
steps are taken exactly on policy there should be no trouble. HCO
can take a Potential Trouble Source (but never a Suppressive
Person) out of the Tech Division premises and back to HCO to
complete such briefing. Remember, it is all one to us if the
Potential Trouble Source handles it or not. Until it's handled or
disconnected we don't want it around as it's just more trouble and
the person will cave in if audited under those conditions
(connected to a Suppressive Person or group).
A Suppressive Person found in an Academy is ordered to HGC
processing always. And always at his or her own expense.
If the Suppressive Person won't buy auditing, or co-operate, HCO
follows steps A to E in policy on Suppressive Persons in the
Justice Codes; HCO may be assisted in this by Tech personnel.
The point is, the situation must be handled fully there and then.
The student buys his auditing or gets A to E. There is no "We'll
put you on probation in the course and if . . ." because I've not
found it to work. Auditing or Suppressive Person A to E. Or both.
THE BLOWN STUDENT
The student however may have blown off the premises or he has
gone entirely. On a minor, momentary blow, where all it took was
the student's auditor and a few words to get the student back, the
matter is not a real blow.
But where the student leaves the premises in a blow or doesn't
turn up for class, the Tech Division must send an Instructor and
the student's auditor over to HCO Department of Inspection and
Reports. An HCO representative should go with them at once to pick
up the student.
The student is brought back with as little public commotion as
possible and the procedure of HCO checkout, etc is followed as
above.
THE GONE STUDENT
Where the student can't be gotten back (or in all such cases) the
real cause may be a Suppressive Person in the Course itself, not
the blown student or the upset student.
If the Suppressive Person is on the course (and is not the blown
student) HCO will want to know this. In all such cases the one who
caused the environment may not be the culprit.
The HCO representative calls for the blown student's case folder
and looks for TA. If there is none or for some reason the student
wasn't audited, or if no meters were used on that course, HCO seeks
to find out what the case's responses were to processing.
If the case seemed to change or improve yet the student is gone,
HCO looks over the blown student's ax-auditor for suppressive
characteristics such as satisfaction the pc blew, critical
statements about tech or instructors, case rough or difficult, lies
about the circumstances, etc. and if such signs are present, HCO
orders the blown student's ax-auditor to the HGC at the student's
own expense.
If this interview with the blown student's auditor seems to
indicate a Suppressive Person beyond any doubt HCO orders the
student to the HGC at the student's own expense.
The blown student's course auditor will not be found usually to
be a Potential Trouble Source as these are seldom bad or rough
auditors, so questions about this possibility don't really apply.
381
But if this student (the blown student's auditor) is Suppressive,
it's HGC or A to E. If the student gives on A to E he or she may be
returned to course or to the HGC as HCO deems best.
In all such cases where a Suppressive Person is found, watch out
for legal repercussions by having reliable witnesses present during
such negotiations or upsets and take liberal notes for possible
Comm Ev. This is why there also must be an HCO representative
handling it.
If there is no agreement to be audited and the student who is
found to be a Suppressive Person will not respond to A to E
(because student has blown and can't be found or because the
student flatly refuses), the student is considered terminated.
A waiver or quit claim is given or sent the student stating:
Date Place
I having refused to abide by the Codes of
(name and place of org) do hereby waive any further rights I may
have as a Scientologist and in return for my course fee of
.......... I do hereby quit any claim I may have on (name
of
org) or any Scientologist personnel or any person or group or
organization of Scientology.
Signed
2 Witnesses
Only when this is signed the student may have his course fee
returned, but no other fees as he accepted that service.
The ax-student should realize this makes him Fair Game and
outside our Justice Codes. He may not have recourse of any kind
beyond refund. And after signing can only return to Scientology as
per policy on Fair Game.
The HGC audits such a Suppressive Person sent to it on special
processes specially issued by HCO B for Suppressive Persons. It
will be found that adherence to these policies will make Academies
very calm.
Note: Nothing in this policy letter waives or sets aside any
policy concerning the auditing of known institutional cases in an
HGC. Persons with histories of institutionalized insanity may not
be audited in HGC.
L. RON HUBBARD
P.S. If you've wondered if you are a Suppressive Person while
reading this - you aren't! A Suppressive Person never does
wonder, not for a moment! THEY KNOW THEY'RE SANE!
LRH:wmc.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
CANCELLATION OF FAIR GAME: The practice of declaring people FAIR
GAME will cease. FAIR GAME may not appear on any Ethics Order. It
causes bad public relations. This P/L does not cancel any policy on
the treatment or handling of an SP. [From HCO P/L 21 October 1968,
Volume 1, page 489.]
382
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 APRIL 1965
Remimeo Issue II
All Instructors' Hats
HCO Personnel Hats DIVISION 4
HGC Auditors Hats TECHNICAL
Sthil Executives
Sthil Instructors
Sthil Staff Auditors ACADEMIES RELATION TO HCO JUSTICE
STUDENT TRAINING
THE NO-GAIN-CASE STUDENT
Instructors MUST be alert for no-case-change cases on course and
for "Withholdy pcs who ARC Break easily", "blowy students" and
"unstable gains" cases.
Even indifferent auditing on even a haphazard course causes good
case gains.
The minority group of no-case-change in routine course auditing
and "withholdy" is very minor. These categories contain all the
students who disturb your course, are insolent to instructors, rant
against rules, etc.
You are under no orders from me that you must please them but you
are under orders to report such cases to HCO.
YOU ONLY USE DIFFICULT CASE OR STUDENT IN THE ACADEMY AS AN
INDICATOR OF SOMETHING WORSE. You aren't a staff auditor but an
Instructor. You want proper auditor and case gain of course, and
you'll get it (providing when some student says IT didn't work you
find out exactly what the student did that didn't work and you'll
find it was never what was ordered).
However, on cases that are very difficult, watch it! These
difficult cases are more than cases. They mean trouble for you from
that student and for your class in ways you wouldn't look for. By
concentrating on "tough cases" you miss the fact that you have a
whole class to handle. If you want it handled, look rather at what
these tough cases do to your class and handle the "tough case" in a
way to protect your course, not to make their cases move.
IN AN ACADEMY, DON'T TRY TO HANDLE YOUR COURSE ENVIRONMENT WITH
STUDENT AUDITING!
Handle your course environment with good data, good 8C and
discipline and HCO Justice machinery.
Your students now have their old course regulations suspended.
Instead, the Justice Codes are in. The students are Scientologists.
Becoming students gives them no new rights. And it doesn't remove
their Justice rights either.
I've been through all you go through and I have found, by
comparing conduct on a course to conduct in the field afterwards,
that the turbulent student is a pc, not a student. He or she makes
trouble. On the course and afterwards.
The total symptom that alerts you to such a person is "tough
case".
This is very easy to notice. Just look over the student case
folders and note that one or another student doesn't seem to get
going. Note the folder you have to work on. That's it. That's your
trouble spot on the course. DON'T judge students by "conduct" or
speed of study. Judge on "tough case" only.
Routine auditing is good unless it's been alter-iced. Routine
processes work on good people.
The no-case-gain case makes you hunt for magical processes and
fatally leads to alter-is. Now hear this:
383
THE PROCESSES YOU HAVE, EVEN WHEN ONLY FAIR, ARE BETTER THAN THE
PROCESSES THAT WILL BE DREAMED UP BY STUDENTS OR ANYONE AROUND YOUR
COURSE.
The processes you use, if altered to "fit" some tough case will
cease to work on standard cases when so altered.
The "tough case" (who is also the difficult student) is the sole
reason one has an urge to alter a process.
You must be sure to push routine processes done routinely. When
you see a process being altered look for a "tough case" in the pc
or the student and call HCO promptly if you find the poor TA type
case, the "no change" response to routine processes.
Your approach is to run the standard processes in the right grade
in the right sequence. That's all you teach students to do and it's
all you do in case supervision.
When these "don't work" even when you force them to be correctly
applied, you have a tough case there. Don't louse up Scientology
technology to handle a "tough case". You don't have to invent the
processes for it. They already exist in the HGC. When you see
alter-is, look for the tough case and let HCO take it from there.
We are, after all a team, and as a team we can handle our
environment.
Your job is just teach and get run the processes of the grade in
the right sequence. Your job is to teach students to do just that.
Your job is to force the student to run the process that should be
run and run it right and to correct any alter-is savagely.
Never let some student tell you "it didn't work" without at once
plowing in there to look. You will find only one of two things
wrong:
1. Your student erred in the wording, sequence or application of
the process through lack of study or
2. Either the student auditor or the student pc is a "tough
case".
Don't let anybody try to vary a process to fit a case. If you do
your indicator is obscured in letting anybody fool about in "trying
to make a process work" or trying to get inventive just to crack a
"tough case".
The majority of your course trouble and the tendency to alter-is
material comes from trying to force a "tough case" to get gains.
Should you alter or advise alteration of a process you are letting
our side down. It leads you into teaching students to alter-is and
there goes the balloon. It means they won't be able to run standard
stuff successfully. And that means (let's be brutal) they will
miss, by non-standard auditing, on 90% of their cases, the goad
people. They will slant all Scientology toward one nut and we'll be
a failed mess like psychiatry with our clinics full of psychiatric
cases not people.
The HGC (and perhaps one course level) is taught to handle "tough
cases". The processes for them are standard, too. You must hold the
line and answer a student's "didn't work" with "Exactly what didn't
work?" and "Exactly what did you do?" and you'll find they didn't
do it, or it's a tough case. Either way follow policy.
YOU MUST REPORT A TOUGH CASE TO HCO AT ONCE.
For there sits a Justice matter, not an Academy problem. It's not
your hat.
You see the no-gain-case, the "withholdy case that ARC Breaks
easily", "the blowy student", "unstable gain student" and your
tendency may be to do something original or give the student some
different process. If you do you are madly off-policy. In the
ordinary Academy Course you are not teaching a "tough case" course.
You are teaching a nice fast, workable course for decent average
cases. Your majority is composed of good students. They deserve
your time.
So this makes the "tough case" student the odd man (or woman)
out. They make a lot of commotion so one may think they are
"everybody" on a course. They're not. They are seldom higher than
10%.
SO you risk the 90% of your course and all Scientology just to
handle 10%.
384
Could I point out that the Protestant idea of recovering at any
expense and considering very valuable any sheep who strayed, was
batty. How about the whole flock? Leave them to the wolves while
one ran off after one? No, please don't go the route by doing that.
It's pretty awful.
No, this "tough case" is for the HGC and HCO. And I'd darn well
rather you didn't give the person the technology before he
straightens out as he'll hurt people with it.
Such "tough cases" are possible to salvage. They're just cases.
But it takes an HGC to run them and it takes HCO to hold them still
so they'll be audited. Remember, we're a team. HCO and HGC are part
of the team. Don't steal their hats.
The "tough case" is judged only on the basis of case gain or lack
of it.
The Academy does NOT send students to the HGC for "slow study" or
dullness or any other reason except "tough case". That's firm
policy. The "tough case" is the only one you send.
There are 3 categories of these "tough cases".
1. The Roller Coaster Case.
The Potential Trouble Source. A suppressive person is on the
other side of this one. The case will get a gain and slump, get a
gain and slump over and over. It isn't a "manic-depressive" as the
old 1 9th Century psycho-analyst thought. It's a guy whose marital
partner or family is going into fits over this person's connection
with Scientology. This is purely a Justice matter and belongs to
HCO. He either disconnects or acts to settle his or her situation.
No halfway measures. But you can't do much about that in an
Academy. If you did you'd leave your class to the wolves. Get
on-line and route this mysterious fellow who can't get a gain
without losing it the next day or week over to HCO with a "Please
investigate. Possible Potential Trouble Source." Don't even bother
to question the student. HCO will find out. It's also illegal to
audit them so HCO won't even route to the HGC but will act as per
policy on such.
Always err on the side of sending HCO too many students rather
than risk keeping one who is a liability to us all. But never send
merely a course "cut-up" or a lazy student whose case runs well.
This policy is only faintly discipline. It is actually excellent
technology to a recurring course problem.
2. The Withholdy Case.
The withholdy case is routinely ARC Breaking and having to be
patched up, commonly blows, has to have lots of hand-holding. As
your course possibly isn't at that level it is too much to handle
anyway and you're not equipped to handle. But even if your course
is equipped to handle the right action is again HCO. Report this
student to HCO with the label "Withholdy case that ARC Breaks
easily" or "Blow type case". And get HCO over to the Academy. HCO
may route to HGC at the student's own expense or get two tough
staff members to stand by while the withholds are explored on a
meter in case this is a real Justice case or just a student lunch
thief. The reason for all that weird behaviour is always a withhold
condition. You can't be bothered. HCO, however, is interested in
the NO REPORT aspect of such a case. This person hasn't told all
that's sure. HCO can send to HGC or refund or even Comm Ev.
3. The Suppressive Person.
The suppressive person does turn up to get trained. And when you
train them (a) their case doesn't change, (b) they cheer when their
course pc loses and gloom when their course pc wins and (c) they
chatter about the horrors of discipline and seek to lead student
squirreling or revolt. Their dream is a society wherein the
criminal may do anything he pleases without any faintest restraint.
We sometimes get loaded up with these characters but they run about
1 or 2 in 80 students usually. This person has no faintest chance
of making it unless handled for what he or she is in an HGC. And if
you train such you lend our name to all the chicanery and injury
they do with our tech and protect them with our name. You've seen
this case in another guise of squirreling - chatter-chatter
about phoney past lives when they were Cleopatra and so on
invalidating others' actual memories, talking only whole track to
raw meat. You've seen this one. It's suppression pure and simple
and they know it! And they don't ever get a case change and their
ARC Breaks don't heal, etc. etc. etc! The secret here is
385
CONTINUOUS OVERTS which are then withheld. The technical fact is
they are quite gone and are SOLVING A PERSONAL BUT LONG GONE
PROBLEM BY CONTINUOUS OVERTS. One can actually handle them if one
knows this seemingly tiny fact. One finds of course the PTP, not
the averts. For one has about as much chance pulling this fellow's
averts as moving the Earth by pulling weeds. The suppressive acts
this person does are solutions to solve some long long ago problem
in which the pc is stuck. To an HGC this is finding conditions of
environment the pc has had and discovering how he or she handled
them. But this is HCO-HGC business. The longer you wait to notify
HCO, the more harm will be done and HCO will get inquisitive as to
why there was no report from you on this. For here is the auditor
heart breaker, the natterer, the rumour factory, the 1.1 and the
course and group wrecker. Here's "Whee, kill everybody!" in person.
Here also is the possible government agent, the AMA BMA stooge.
Here is the guy who plans to "squirrel" and "grab Scientology".
Here is the boy. Or here is the girl. But here is also a thetan
buried in the mud. And if you let this person go without attention
he or she will soon become ill or die - or worse will mess up or
kill others. This person is the only real psycho. And if you let
him drift he'll soon wind up in the brain surgeon's suppressive
hands. So it's nothing to overlook. People who have to solve their
problems by shooting the rest of us down are what made life such a
hell in this Universe. You have your hands on the implanter, the
warmonger, the wrecker. But still, this is what's left of a human
being and he or she can be salvaged. But only in an HGC, not a
course. Please! Here also is the criminal or the sex crazy guy or
the pervert who just had to break old Rule 25 (the old no-sex
Academy rule). People who are sex crazy are over their heads in a
collapsed bank that they've collapsed themselves with overts. Let's
be real. This person throws people back in twice as fast as we can
pull them out! So why arm him with tech. Put on your label when you
send for HCO "No-Case-Change despite good tries with the routine
processes taught on this course that was closely supervised in
correct application". Let HCO take it from there. It's not Academy
business.
Your routine procedure on any of the 3 types of case is:
1. Call HCO Department of Inspection and Reports;
2. Minimize disturbance;
3. Hold the student in an empty classroom or auditing room;
4. Stand by to help if things get rough;
5. Help HCO complete its report;
6. Let HCO (and probably HGC) take over from there and get back
to your students.
If you're going to grow and get your own case changes and have a
good time instructing you'll read this very, very carefully and put
it very briskly into practice.
At first you may not agree that you should be so sharp. It may be
a blow to feeling you can crack all cases. You probably can. But
man, that's an HGC hat. What are you doing wearing it as an
Instructor? By all means crack the routine cases. But the tough
ones? That's HCO and HGC.
The bigger we get, the easier all this will be.
But now let's make a start in teaching courses that are fun for
all by giving the deep six to those who want a mess.
Okay?
Well, do it, do it, do it.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
386
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1965 Issue III
Gen Non-Remimeo
JUSTICE AMNESTY CANCELLED CERTS JUSTICE COMMENTS
The 1 MARCH, 1965 Amnesty restored all certificates cancelled
before that date.
The HCO Policy Letter of 6 March, 1965 stated an amnesty could
not restore cancelled certificates. That obviously must be
interpreted to mean that new Amnesties after 1 March, 1965 will not
restore them.
However, as no policy existed pre-1 March, 65, the 1 March, 65
Amnesty must have restored all certificates ever cancelled and
wiped out all no-comm lists, etc. This is declared to be so.
New amnesties would have to state whether they did or did not
restore cancelled certificates as now certificates cannot be
cancelled except for Suppressive Acts HCO Policy Letter of 7 March,
65, Issue II.
The intention was to force such persons to go through steps A to
E as this can salvage them.
After that date, however, I developed technology that actually
changes even the case of a Suppressive Person and so in all
probability cancellation will soon be abandoned altogether in
favour of suspension of all certs until the person has had 50 hours
of special processing at an HGC.
DISMISSAL ETC.
The principle here is that as technology develops to handle
things, Justice measures become less needful and milder. We are the
only group in the world where this could happen.
The reason dismissal, transfer and demotion were removed as
direct discipline lies also in the new special processes not yet
released but already applied with total success to no-change cases.
They are very simple processes and will probably catch all
suppressive persons quite by accident at low level before anyone
notices.
JUSTICE COMMENTS
As a thetan approaches clear and afterwards OT he is more and
more social but more and more powerful and I doubt there will be
much trouble even with mobs of wogs.
The need for Justice lies in the public and the lower levels. The
upper levels act on good sense. Witness these Codes. They emerged
only from Level VII and are much milder than our old methods in
orgs.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:wmc.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
387
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 APRIL 1965
Remimeo ETHICS
All Tech Div HATS TRAINING AND PROCESSING
Preclears REGULATIONS
All Qual Div HATS TECH DIVISION, QUAL DIVISION
TECHNICAL DISCIPLINE STUDENTS' QUESTIONS (effective on the
Posting of the 1965 Org Board)
1. The only answers permitted to a student's demand for verbal
technical data or unusual solutions are
"The material is in (HCOB, Pol Letter or tape)."
"What does your material state?"
"What word did you miss in the (Bulletin, Pol Ltr or tape)?"
and (for requests for unusual auditing solutions)
"What did you actually do?"
Any other answer by Technical Secretaries, Ds of T. Instructors
or course personnel is a misdemeanour.
2. Any Instructor teaching or advising any method not contained
in HCOBs or on tapes, or slighting existing HCOBs, Policy Letters
or tapes may be charged with a crime.
3. Any Instructor in any way obscuring the source of technology
by wrongly attributing it may be found guilty of a false report.
STAFF AUDITORS' ACTIONS
4. Any staff auditor who runs any process on any org pc that is
not given in grade and level HCOBs may be charged by the Tech Sec
or D of P with a misdemeanour.
5. Any alteration or non-standard rendition of a process is a
misdemeanour.
6. Any staff auditor running a pc above the pc's grade instead of
for the next grade, or running processes out of sequence in a grade
may be charged with a misdemeanour.
7. Any staff auditor reporting falsely verbally or in writing, on
an auditor's report may be charged with a crime.
8. Any staff auditor turning in an illegible report may be
charged with a no report which is a misdemeanour.
9. Any staff auditor attesting falsely to TA or falsely reporting
the flattening of a process may be charged with a misdemeanour.
10. Any staff auditor who receives orders to run an illegal
process must report the matter at once to HCO Ethics or Saint Hill,
requesting that the person so advising be charged with endangering
the staff auditor's job and repute.
STUDENT REGULATIONS
11. Former regulations for students are abolished.
12. Students are covered as Scientologists by the HCO Ethics
Codes and may request recourse from injustice and have the same
privileges as any field Scientologist. 13. Tech Secs, Ds of T.
Supervisors and Instructors as well as Qualifications Division
388
personnel may request a Court of Ethics from the Department of
Inspection and Reports for any student they find it necessary to
discipline under the HCO Ethics Codes such discipline being in lieu
of a Committee of Evidence. However the student may request a
Committee of Evidence instead if he or she feels a wrong is being
done.
14. Any student knowingly altering technology, applying processes
improperly or using technology illegally on HGC pcs, on lower unit
students or the public while a student may be charged with a
misdemeanour.
15. A student damaging another by wilful application of incorrect
technology may be charged by his Instructors with a Crime and a
Court of Ethics action must be requested by his Instructors.
16. A student falsely enrolling may be charged by the org with a
crime.
17. Blowing a course is handled under Suppressive Acts. If so
charged the student may have recourse if applied for before 60 days
to the Department of Inspection and Reports Ethics Section.
PRECLEAR REGULATIONS
18. Preclears are covered by HCO Ethics Codes.
19. A preclear may have recourse when feeling unjustly wronged by
applying to the Ethics Section of the Department of Inspection and
Reports of the org.
20. A preclear refusing to answer an auditing question may be
charged by the staff auditor with a "no report" and taken before a
Court of Ethics at once.
21. An HGC or staff preclear must report flagrant breaches of the
Auditor's Code to the Ethics Section of the Org, but if the report
is false beyond reasonable doubt the preclear may be charged with a
Suppressive Act.
22. A student preclear or HGC preclear blowing an org without
reporting to the Tech Sec. D of P or the Ethics Section first and
who will not permit any auditor to handle the matter at the org
where the auditing occurred must be fully investigated at any cost
by HCO in the pc's own area. The auditing session must be fully
investigated by the Ethics Section and if any Auditor's Code breaks
are found to have occurred in that auditing the auditor may be
brought before a Court of Ethics. The entire matter and its final
results must be reported to the Office of LRH at Saint Hill.
23. Charges against HGC or student preclears may also be made by
the Tech Sec. the Qualifications Sec. Ds of T. Ds of P. Instructors
and staff auditors.
QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION
24. Any person undergoing Review is subject to the same actions
as in the HGC or Academy and any personnel of the Qualifications
Division may charge students and pcs under the Ethics Codes and
bring them before a Court of Ethics.
25. Persons charged by Qualifications Division personnel may
request recourse if wronged.
26. The Qualifications Division may request a Court of Ethics on
Technical Division personnel, preclears and students for false
reports, false attestations and no reports as well as other Ethics
matters. And the Technical Division personnel may on their part
request a Court of Ethics on Qualifications Division personnel,
students or preclears.
This policy letter does not change any HCO Codes of Ethics but
only augments them for the purposes of assisting peaceful and
effective training and processing with the exact technology issued.
LRH:wmc.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright(~) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard [Amended by HCO P/L 27 October 1970,
Issue II
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED The Course Supervisor, in the I 970
Year Book.
389
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 APRIL 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
ETHICS
CORRECTION TO ALL "JUSTICE" POLICY LETTERS
All Policy Letters headed "Justice" and the word "Justice" should
be changed throughout to ETHICS.
A pamphlet is being prepared containing all these bulletins under
the title:
Scientology Ethics System.
It will be printed in the U.S. and will be generally available in
a few months.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:wmc.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
390
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 APRIL 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo Issue III
All Orgs Sthil Staff Sthil Students POWER PROCESSES
Only the HGC at Saint Hill and the Case Cracking Section of the
Department of Review may use the 3 new Power Levels I recently
developed until they have on staff Review Cl VI Personnel who have
interned at Saint Hill in the Saint Hill Dept of Review.
The processes require the most skilled and exact application and
have exact phenomena to be observed which becomes impossible to
supervise outside the above departments.
Only Class VI auditors may audit these processes first only at
Saint Hill and only under the supervision of Mary Sue Hubbard until
they have learned them perfectly.
Training on such processes can be undertaken only by Provisional
Class VI auditors after leaving the course, and only enrolled on
staff as Internes in the Department of Review or the HGC.
Orgs not having personnel so trained by Interneship may not use
these processes in their Review Departments.
The fact of having a Review personnel trained in Review at Saint
Hill does not permit an org to train new Review personnel in the
org. Anybody in an org's Review who will be using or supervising
the use of Power Processes must have been interned at Saint Hill.
Such training, however, gives no right to train others.
Holding this policy firmly guarantees the full success
technically in all cases in any org in the world. Avoiding it in
any way jeopardizes that success. These power processes are simple.
But so is T.N.T.
The reason for this is that there is no adequate repair for
errors made in running these processes if their existing remedies
are also goofed.
The strongest, swiftest Ethics action must follow any slightest
violation of the above for these processes alone guarantee sweeping
success for Scientology on the roughest cases everywhere.
Any auditor who discovers that the pc he is auditing has been
illegally audited previously on a power process or any higher level
process for which the pc is not graded must report the matter at
once to the nearest HCO Ethics Section by collect wire or 'phone
call.
R6 NEW STUDENTS
Before enrolment in the R6 unit of the SHSBC all students who
have not been run on the Power Processes and who have any slightest
difficulty with R6 EW must be ordered at once to the Review Case
Cracking Section for Power Processes.
Any student not showing adequate case gain on the course must be
ordered to the Review Case Cracking Section.
The Power Processes must not appear on any check sheet.
TRUSTED AUDITORS
I reserve my right to give a process to a trusted Class VI
auditor to run on one pc for testing.
REVIEW, ORDERS TO
No D of T or Course Supervisor or Academy Instructor may threaten
a student who is disruptive of course discipline with Review
auditing or training.
Such students may only be ordered to Ethics.
Auditing may no longer be used as discipline by any Comm Ev or
Scientology Executive.
391
Students who obtain too few passes may be ordered to Review.
Students who are ARC Broken may be ordered to Review.
REVIEW EXPENSES
Any student ordered to the Review Cramming Section or Case
Cracking Section is ordered at his or her own expense at prevailing
Review rates.
Students who cannot pay and whose credit is compromised may be
ordered by Review to the Hardship Section where student auditors
who have failed in classification may be needful of pcs to catch up
on check sheets or get experience with processes. If no such
students are available the hardship case or backward student must
simply wait for one to show up if one does.
PACE OF ORG
The organization is geared to the average case and study rate and
there is no reason why it should have to pay above its narrow
costing allowance for the student who is too bad off or the
preclear who cannot gain normally.
PRECLEARS
When any HGC preclear does not buy enough auditing to attain a
case change, and if no result has been obtained, he or she may not
be dismissed from the org but must be passed to Review at the
preclear's own expense.
It is vital that an HGC pc buy enough auditing to obtain a proper
result for his case if it is worse than average. Otherwise the
matter passes from the preclear's hands and is taken over by
Review.
No "failed cases" may be dismissed from the org.
ALL TO QUALIFICATIONS
No student or pc may leave an org by any other exit than through
the Department of Examinations.
If students or pcs fail for any reason to be up to required
standards they are shunted by Examinations to Review.
If the student or pc passes the Department of Examinations'
appraisal, he or she is sent to the Department of Certifications
for attestation of attainment and for logging out of the org
Until so logged the student or pc has not technically left the
org.
Departure without logging is "Departure unauthorized" and is
treated as a "blow" and passes into the hands of Ethics at once.
ETHICS AND STUDENTS AND PCs
Students and pcs shunted about from the Academy or HGC to
Examinations, Review and Certification or back again are not
considered transferred or subjected to discipline in the Ethics
meaning of these words and have therefore no recourse.
The entire object of an org is to produce a satisfactory auditor
or higher state of case in the pc and anything that impedes this
would be an arbitrary and unreasonable restraint upon an org and
its Technical and Qualification Divisions and their personnel.
A student or pc should signify an understanding of this on
enrolling in an org for training or scheduling processing. They are
buying progress in life and may not act to prevent its occurrence.
If they enter an org they are understood to consider improvement
desirable and therefore tacitly agree to be improved by the
technology furnished.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml:cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
392
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 APRIL 1965
Issue II
Remimeo
BP! ETHICS
PETITION
The right to petition must not be denied.
It is the oldest form of seeking justice and a redress of wrongs
and it may well be that when it vanishes a civilization
deteriorates thereby.
Therefore these policies apply:
1. Any one individual has the right to petition in writing any
senior or official no matter how high and no matter by what
routing.
2. No person may be punished for submitting a petition.
3. No two persons or more may simultaneously petition on the same
matter and if so the petition must at once be refused by the person
petitioned. Collective petition is a crime under Ethics as it is an
effort to hide the actual petitioner and as there may be no
punishment for a petition collective petition has therefore no
excuse of safety and is to be interpreted as an effort to overwhelm
and may not be regarded as a petition.
4. No generality may be used in a petition such as a report of
collective opinion unspecified as to identities. This is to be
interpreted as an effort to ARC Break a superior and the petition
must be refused.
5. Only one person may petition on one matter or the petition
must be refused.
6. Threat included in a request for justice, a favour or redress
deprives it of the status of "petition" and it must be refused.
7. Discourtesy or malice in a request for justice, a favour or
redress deprives it of the status of "petition" and it must be
refused.
8. If a "petition" contains no request it is not a petition.
9. There may be no special form for a petition beyond these
policies.
10. A petition which cannot be deciphered or understood should be
returned to the sender with a request that it be made legible or
comprehensible, but this should not be interpreted as a refusal or
acceptance of the petition.
11. A copy of a petition seeking justice against another person
or group must be sent that person or group to qualify the request
as a petition. No action may be taken by the person or group but he
or they should append the copy to their own statement of the matter
and send it at once to the executive being petitioned.
12. Petitions are normally directed to the heads of activities
such as the head of a portion of an org (HCO or the Org in the
persons of the HCO Executive Secretary and the Organization
Executive Secretary) or the Continental Heads of orgs or to Mary
Sue Hubbard or L. Ron Hubbard.
13. Petitions may not demand Committees of Evidence or punishment
for executives but may only state what has happened and request the
matter be righted.
14. A petition is itself and is not a form of recourse and making
a petition does not use up one's right to recourse.
15. All petitions delivered in person verbally or in person with
a note particularly when this restricts a senior's freedom of
motion, must be refused.
16. HCO Secretaries or Communicators receiving petitions directed
to be forwarded to higher executives which do not comply with these
policies should append a
393
copy of this policy letter to the petition and return it to
sender. The sender should then reform the petition into acceptable
form and return it on the same channels. When receiving his
petition back with this policy letter attached to it, the sender
must not assume it has been refused and become apathetic. He or she
should realize that a favour has been done for a petition in
violation of these policies would have to be refused by the person
to whom the petitioner addressed it and that by rewording or
complying with these policies the petition now has a chance and
will undoubtedly be given courteous attention. A petitioner should
consider himself fortunate if a discourteous or collective or
threatening petition is returned as it would not be regarded as a
petition by the executive to whom it is addressed and might colour
his or her opinion of the petitioner, perhaps obscuring some real
wrong which might well have received attention.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26
MAY 1965
Remimeo
ETHICS
PETITIONS (Add to HCO Pol Ltr 29 April 1965)
No person under sentence or awaiting a Committee of Evidence may
validly petition the Office of LRH.
A petition may only be submitted before or after the full course
of Scientology Ethics has been taken.
As all Ethics actions such as a Committee of Evidence are
reviewed, in effect a line already exists due to the Ethics action
and the facts will be on it.
Therefore a communication from a person under legal sentence from
Ethics Officers or a person named in a Comm Ev may not petition.
Ethics actions must be permitted to take their course.
A protest from Ethics actions worded as a petition routinely
causes further investigation as the "petitioner" is actually only
protesting Ethics actions and is handled as such.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
394
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 APRIL 1965 Issue III
Remimeo
ETHICS REVIEW (Correction to HCO Pol Ltr 24 April 1965 and
additional Ethics data)
As per HCO Pol Ltr of 28 April 1965, and others of later date,
orders to auditing or training may not be made as a sentence or
used in an Ethics Court or by a Comm Ev or any other reason.
Auditing and training are awards.
A student who is disruptive of discipline and acts contrary to
the Ethics Codes may not be ordered to Review by the D of P. D of T
or Ethics personnel or other persons in an org.
ORDERING STUDENTS & PCs
Tech and Qualifications personnel, particularly the Tech Sec and
Qual Sec and D of Estimations, the D of P and D of T. D of Exams
and D of Review and D of Certs may order students or pcs to Review
or to course or to HGC or anywhere in and around these two
Divisions without any Ethics action being implied. It is just
normal, done to get students and pcs on the road to higher levels.
Ethics actions may only suspend training or deny auditing.
Therefore, a student ordered to Ethics for discipline who does
not then give adequate promise and example of good behaviour and
compliance must be thoroughly investigated even to his or her own
area and in the meanwhile may not be trained or processed.
The student, however, may not be dismissed or expelled unless
full Ethics actions and procedures have been undertaken.
All sentences carrying a denial of training or processing must
carry a means of the right to be trained or processed being
restored in a specified time or under specified conditions.
STUDENTS AND PCs & ETHICS
The routine action of Ethics is to request a reappraisal of
behaviour and a signed promise of good behaviour for a specified
time. If the student or pc refuses to so promise, then the next
action of Ethics is an investigation of the student's course or
pc's processing behaviour. When then confronted with the data, if
the student still refuses to promise, Ethics undertakes a full
investigation in the student's or pc's own area. If the student or
pc still refuses to co-operate, the student goes before a Court of
Ethics which may pass sentence.
RECOURSE
Only after sentence has been passed by a legal body such as a
Court of Ethics or Committee of Evidence or after an illegal
disciplinary action may a student or pc ask for a recourse.
Normally before asking for recourse a student or pc petitions the
Office of L. Ron Hubbard if unwilling to accept the discipline but
this must be done at once.
If the petition is unfavourably acted upon, the student or pc may
ask for recourse.
395
Recourse must be requested of the Convening Authority that had
local jurisdiction over the student or pc and may not be requested
of higher authority. A request to higher authority than the Ethics
activity that passed sentence is a petition, not recourse.
COMM EV
A Committee of Evidence is considered the most severe form of
Ethics action.
One must not be idly threatened or requested.
Only a Comm Ev can recommend suspension or remove certificates or
awards or memberships or recommend dismissal.
The Office of LRH passes on all Comm Ev findings before they can
go into effect.
A staff member may not be suspended or demoted or transferred
illegally out of his Division or dismissed without a Committee of
Evidence.
Only after that action, (or wrongful demotion, transfer or
dismissal) as above, may recourse be requested.
Students or pcs, however, may be transferred, demoted in level or
grade by a Court of Ethics. And the action of sending the student
or pc to a Court of Ethics is of course a type of suspension which
may be prolonged in the face of non-cooperation.
A student or a pc is not a staff member in the Ethics sense of
the word by simple enrolment on a course or in an HGC or Review.
A staff member who is temporarily a student or pc in the Academy
or Review or the HGC is not covered as a student or pc by his staff
member status. He may be transferred about or demoted as a student
or pc by Tech and Qual personnel or suspended as a student or pc by
Ethics. This however may not affect his staff member status as a
staff member. Because he or she is transferred or demoted or
suspended by Tech personnel or Ethics when a student or pc does not
mean he or she may be transferred, demoted or dismissed from his or
her regular staff post unless the person's staff status permits it.
POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCES
Staff members found to be Potential Trouble Sources are handled
like any other Potential Trouble Source - but unless Provisional
or Temporary, may not be affected by this in their staff post. They
are of course denied auditing or training until they handle or
disconnect but this may not also suspend, transfer or dismiss them
(unless of Provisional or Temporary status).
This Ethics action (the Potential Trouble Source) is in lieu of
any discipline and disciplinary actions that go beyond temporary
suspension of training or processing until the matter is settled,
must be undertaken by a Court of Ethics or a Comm Ev.
ARC BROKEN STUDENTS OR PCS
An ARC Break is not an extenuating circumstance in Ethics or
disciplinary matters and is only taken into account on the person
of the auditor who made the ARC Break and didn't repair it.
The plea of "ARC Broken" is inadmissible in any Ethics matter as
a defence or justification of misdemeanours, crimes or high crimes.
LIGHT TOUCH
Scientology Ethics are so powerful in effect, as determined by
observation of it in use, that a little goes a very long ways.
396
Try to use the lightest form first.
Students are quite caved in by it when it is applied, by actual
observation.
Our lines are too powerful and direct and what we mean to a
person's future, even while he or she is pattering, is so well
understood down deep that Ethics action is a far worse threat than
mere wog law.
The being who is guilty knows with certainty that he is offending
against the future of all, no matter what his surface
manifestations or conduct. Further, while wog law at the worst can
only cause him or her some pain and a body by execution or one
lifetime's loss of liberty, we threaten his eternity. Even while he
screams at us he knows this down deep.
My first instance of this was a very dangerous psychotic who was
largely responsible for a great deal of the public commotion in
1950. This person desisted and caved in the moment the thought was
suggested to her by a non-Dianetic friend that she was threatening
all Mankind. She suddenly saw it as truth and instantly gave up all
attacks and utterances.
Even the fellow who could push the button on atomic war knows,
really, it's only one lifetime per person he is blowing up, only
one phase in earth's existence he or she is destroying. That we
exist here could actually restrain him. The mere destruction of a
planet might not as it's temporary.
Our discipline is quite capable of driving a person around the
bend because of what he or she is attacking.
Therefore we can all too easily make a person feel guilty by just
a whisper.
I've now seen a student, simply asked a question by Ethics,
promptly give up and ask for his Comm Ev and expulsion. He hadn't
done more than a poor auditing job. Nobody was talking about a Comm
Ev or expulsion and he had not a bit of defiance in it. He just
caved right in.
You are threatening somebody with oblivion for eternity by
expulsion from Scientology. Therefore realize that an Ethics action
need not be very heavy to produce the most startling results.
Down deep they know this even when they are screaming at us.
One Suppressive Person who had committed a High Crime of some
magnitude, went quite insane after departing Scientology and then
realizing what he had done.
Therefore, use Ethics lightly. It is chain lightning.
LEVELS OF ETHICS ACTIONS
Ethics actions in degree of severity are as follows:
1. Noticing something non-optimum without mentioning it but only
inspecting it silently.
2. Noticing something non-optimum and commenting on it to the
person.
3. Requesting information by Ethics personnel.
4. Requesting information and inferring there is a disciplinary
potential in the situation.
5. Talking to somebody about another derogatorily.
6. Talking to the person derogatorily.
7. Investigating in person by Ethics.
8. Reporting on a post condition to Ethics.
397
9. Reporting on a person to Ethics.
10. Investigating a person by interrogating others about him.
11. Asking others for evidence about a person.
12. Publishing an interrogatory about a person that points out
omissions or commissions of Ethics offenses.
13. Assigning a lowered condition by limited publication.
14. Assigning a lowered condition by broad publication.
15. Investigating a person thoroughly in his or her own area.
16. Interrogation stated to be leading to a Court of Ethics.
17. Interrogation in a Court of Ethics.
18. Sentencing in a Court of Ethics.
19. Suspending a Court of Ethics sentence.
20. Carrying out a Court of Ethics discipline.
21. Suspension or loss of time.
22. A Committee of Evidence ordered.
23. A Committee of Evidence publicly ordered.
24. Holding a Committee of Evidence.
25. Findings by a Committee of Evidence.
26. Submitting findings of a Committee of Evidence for approval.
27. Waiting for the findings to be passed on or carried into
effect.
28. Suspending findings for a period for review.
29. Modifying findings.
30. Carrying findings into effect.
31. Publishing findings.
32. Demotion.
33. Loss of Certificates or awards.
34. Denial of auditing or training by a Comm Ev for a
considerable period of time.
35. Dismissal.
36. Expulsion from Scientology.
The above is a rough guide to the severity of discipline.
Note that none of it carries any physical punishment or
detention.
Short suspension of training or processing up to ninety days is
considered under 18. above and is not to be compared with 34. where
the time is measured in years.
Just issuing the Ethics Codes is itself a sort of discipline but
it is more broadly welcomed than protested as it means greater
peace and faster accomplishment.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Note: (Quoting LRH ED 70 INT 16 December 1968) "AN OPERATING
STANDARD RULE - No matter how stiff the Ethics action is you
have to apply to keep the show on the road, remember this: YOU MUST
KEEP THE DOOR OPEN - IF IT'S ONLY A CRACK."]
398
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 APRIL 1965
Remimeo
EMERGENCY, STATE OF
When an org or portion of an org has consistently down statistics
(O.I.C.) or numerous non-compliances or offences, it is declared to
be in a STATE OF EMERGENCY. This can be assigned to a unit,
sub-section, section, department, division or the entire
organization. It is not assigned to a person.
A small flag on a pin is placed on the org board at the end of
the org board name of the portion or organization. The flag is
bright red.
The condition is assigned only by the Office of LRH.
Flags are also used for other conditions assigned. These too are
assigned only by the Office of LRH.
Conditions including Emergency are ended when a new condition is
assigned or just ended. This is done only by the Office of LRH.
To end an Emergency condition the portion of Scientology to which
it is assigned must follow closely the Emergency Formula. On any
condition assigned, its formula must be followed scrupulously and
the steps taken must be reported one by one by the most senior
person in the portion. In the case of an org in Emergency the
reports are made to the Office of LRH Saint Hill by the HCO
Executive Secretary or HCO Area Secretary in the absence of an HCO
Executive Secretary.
In addition to following the Emergency formula closely, the
following policies apply to the portion in a State of Emergency:
ETHICS STIFFENED
1. A report of an error, misdemeanour or crime on any staff
member in that portion counts as five reports in other conditions
and is acted on by a Court of Ethics at once.
CREDIT WORTHLESS
2. The credit of the portion is worthless and it may have only
those bare things necessary to carry out the Emergency formula so
that it can promote or deliver.
NO NEW PERSONNEL
3. No personnel may be added to the portion in a State of
Emergency. No new people may be hired on for the portion in a State
of Emergency. No personnel may be transferred to a portion that is
in a State of Emergency unless an incumbent is transferred off, and
in such a way that the personnel of the portion does not increase
in number.
RIGHTS
4. Precedent and privilege are suspended for the officers and
staff members of a portion in a State of Emergency.
STATUS
5. No staff status may be increased in a portion in a State of
Emergency.
If the State of Emergency is continued beyond the allotted time
period, then these policies apply:
6. Deputy, Acting and Provisional assignments and appointments
are cancelled throughout the portion.
7. The fact of having been part of a portion which did not
recover is filed in the
- personnel files of each staff member present in that portion at
the moment the State of Emergency was assigned, and the statement
is made on a red sheet of paper.
8. The executive personnel will be ordered before a Committee of
Evidence to the 399
end of removing them from the portion or demotion. In the case of
an org this is done by a senior org and in the case of Saint Hill
by the Office of LRH.
The State of Emergency is a serious condition. For it takes a
series of serious blunders to reduce statistics or bring about
local infamy or a public or press smear campaign.
The State is not idly assigned and is assigned only after a
steadily declining statistic or a series of non-compliances or
offences resulting in overwork for seniors of the org or near
catastrophe.
Persons newly transferred into a portion in Emergency or promoted
in it are governed by these policies:
9. Persons newly transferred into a portion in Emergency are only
affected by the State if they succumb to their working conditions
and cease to do a normal job of work.
10. An executive newly transferred to a portion in a State of
Emergency is not personally liable to Ethics unless he or she fails
to submit Executive Reports on what is observed and new offences
found in the portion.
11. Taking charge of a post in an Emergency portion by new
assignment and bringing that post up to normal operation is
credited in the Office of LRH personnel records on a white sheet
with blue ink and counts heavily in new appointments from Saint
Hill.
12. A person in the portion to which the State of Emergency has
been assigned at the time it was assigned who is promoted, is only
assigned temporarily, but if he or she succeeds in restoring the
post's statistics in a reasonable time period, the fact is noted in
the Office of LRH personnel records, but the fact is also noted
that the person was already in the portion at the time of Emergency
and must be cleared of any suspicion that the original Emergency
was not traceable to him or her before the assignment can become an
appointment.
HOW TO PREVENT AN EMERGENCY
13. Don't accept illegal orders from anyone that are contrary to
policy.
14. Do not let the orders of a higher superior be changed by
one's immediate superior. Always follow the higher superior's
orders and request to see them in writing when in doubt.
15. Don't "cover up" for others. Report offences to Ethics in
writing.
16. Report any immediate superior's illegal orders or alter-is as
an effort to endanger one's job and statistics.
17. Do your post by the book.
18. When you actually can't apply a policy report it at once to
the Office of LRH Policy Review Section with all data (not
conclusions) so that it can be reviewed intelligently and meanwhile
apply it as best you can.
19. Handle Dev-T (off-line, off-origin, off-policy) by sending it
back to sender and reporting it to Ethics.
20. If you see people standing about loafing when they should be
working report it to Ethics.
21. Report things that need improving to your Secretary or to
your Executive Secretary.
22. Don't let technology slip for technology going out is the
only basic circumstance in your portion of an org or the org that
can put it beyond rapid recovery. Report all alter-is or technical
omissions or offences to Ethics promptly.
23. Do your own job as well as you possibly can and aside from
making required reports let the rest of your portion or org get on
with it.
24. If you are not being permitted to do your assigned job by
being pulled off it or by being given off-policy orders or by
letting an immediate superior endanger your job with illegal orders
or alter-is, report it to my office at Saint Hill as well as to
your own Ethics Section, even if you have to go outside the org and
off channels to get the report (with your home address on it) to
me; for there is no surer way
400
to bring about or continue an Emergency Condition than by failing
to comply with the exact orders being issued in an effort to end
it.
We have the whole world to handle now. We must set a high example
of teamwork and dedication if we are to bring it off.
The scraggly militia usually go down before the regulars in any
campaign. The regular is not even better, man for man, than the
militia. The regulars know how to operate as a team. They have
confidence in one another. And even when numerically inferior they
bring off victory over a rabble by co-operation and discipline
amongst themselves.
We are very very few in numbers compared to two and a half
billion wogs. We can easily make it technically the world around IF
we are a high precision team in a superiorly organized
organization.
At the moment I write this policy letter, in the Case-Cracking
Section at Saint Hill we are handling every case from psychotic or
neurotic to release in 8 to 35 hours.
The technical impact of this alone is enough to tear Man's faulty
organizations to ribbons.
To that fact (itself enough) add the actual attainment of real
clearing. Once more there goes Man as he has known it.
To that add the upper structure of OT and there goes an aberrated
Universe.
And only if we ourselves are a highly functional precision team
can we hope to stand up.
We are just at the end of our Dissemination Phase and just at the
beginning of our Organization Phase (the Third Phase as you can see
on the Org Board). Our militia days are over.
We have no choice whatever except to become the best organized
precision team that has ever been known.
Therefore we must be able to recognize, assign and handle any
Emergency that arises in our midst.
L. RON HUBBARD
Note: Man's organizations never recognized the need for
statistics and the recognition of Emergency or its signs.
Therefore, for instance, a government bureau, in a Condition of
Emergency, is given the right to buy anything it wants (thus
breaking the government, as Emergency type people always have to
have before they can do) and is given the solution of putting in
personnel and more personnel "to get the work done" when actually
it was Dev-T of those already there that brought about their
Emergency. Thus one realizes one must never pour in more and more
personnel when a statistic goes down. One must change the
situation, not multiply the numbers of those involved. It tells us
at once that Man is, therefore, least efficient in his biggest
bureaus! And that his least efficient organization must be his
largest organization - you have it - the government. An
organization should only increase in size as things get better and
never when things get worse.
LRH:wmc.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
401
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 MAY 1965
Remimeo Staff Member Hats Executive Hats
STAFF MEMBER REPORTS
Staff Members must personally make certain reports in writing.
Failure to make these reports involves the executive or staff
member not making a report in any offence committed by a junior
under him, or, in case of job endangerment, by a senior over him.
These reports are made to the Ethics Section of the Department of
Inspection and Reports.
The report form is simple. One uses a clip board with a packet of
his division's colour flash paper on it. This includes a piece of
pencil carbon paper. This is the same clip board and carbon one
uses for his routine orders.
It is a despatch form addressed simply to the Ethics Section. It
is dated. It has under the address and in the centre of the page
the person or portion of the org's name. It then states what kind
of a report it is (see below).
The original goes to Ethics by drawing an arrow pointing to
"Ethics" and the carbon goes to the person or portion of the org
being reported on by channels (B routing).
The following are the reports required:
1. Damage Report. Any damage to anything noted with the name of
the person in charge of it or in charge of cleaning it.
2. Misuse Report. The misuse or abuse of any equipment, materiel
or quarters, meaning using it wrongly or for a purpose not
intended.
3. Waste Report. The waste of org materiel.
4. Idle Report. The idleness of equipment or personnel which
should be in action.
5. Alter-ls Report. The alteration of design, policy, technology
or errors being made in construction.
6. Loss or Theft Report. The disappearance of anything that
should be there giving anything known about its disappearance such
as when it was seen last.
7. A Found Report. Anything found, sending the article with the
despatch or saying where it is.
8. Non-Compliance Report. Non-Compliance with legal orders.
9. Dev-T Report. Stating whether Off-Line, Off-Policy or
Off-Origin and from whom to whom and subject.
10. Error Report. Any error made.
11. Misdemeanor Report. Any misdemeanor noted.
12. A Crime Report. Any crime noted or suspected but if suspicion
only it must be so stated.
13. A High Crime Report. Any high crime noted or suspected but if
only suspected must be so stated.
402
14. A No-Report Report. Any failure to receive a report or an
illegible report or folder.
15. A False Report Report. Any report received that turned out to
be false.
16. A False Attestation Report. Any false attestation noted, but
in this case the document is attached to the report.
17. An Annoyance Report. Anything about which one is annoyed,
giving the person or portion of an org or org one is annoyed with,
but the Department of Inspection and Reports and a senior org are
exempt and may not be reported on.
18. A JOB Endangerment Report. Reporting any order received from
a superior that endangered one's job by demanding one alter or
depart from known policy, the orders of a person senior to one's
immediate superior altered or countermanded by one's immediate
superior, or advice from one's immediate superior not to comply
with orders or policy.
19. Technical Alter-ls Report. Any ordered alteration of
technology not given in an HCOB, book or LRH tape.
20. Technical Non-Compliance Report. Any failure to apply the
correct technical procedure.
21. Knowledge Report. On noting some investigation is in progress
and having data on it of value to Ethics.
These reports are simply written and sent. One does not expect an
executive to front up to personnel who err. One does expect an
executive to make a report routinely on the matter, no matter what
the executive also does.
Only in this way can bad spots in the organization be recognized
and corrected. For reports other than one's own collect and point
out bad conditions before those can harm the org.
These reports are filed by Ethics in the Ethics files in the
staff member's folder or in the folder of the portion of the org. A
folder is only made if Ethics receives an Ethics Report.
Unless the staff member is part of a portion or an org that is
under a state of Emergency, FIVE such reports can accumulate before
Ethics takes any action. But if the report is deemed very serious,
Ethics may take action at once by investigating.
If a State of Emergency existed in that portion of the org or
org, ONE report can bring about a Court of Ethics as there is no
leeway in an Emergency Condition.
The most serious reports, which are the only ones taken up at
once, are technical alter-is, non-compliance, any false reports,
false attestations, no reports, misdemeanours, crimes and high
crimes. The others are left to accumulate (except in Emergency when
all reports on that portion or org are taken up at once).
CLEANING THE FILES
An amnesty for a portion or an org or a general amnesty can be
declared by the Office of LRH Saint Hill. An amnesty will be
effective up to a date three months before it is issued. The Ethics
files are therefore nullified previous to the date declared in the
Amnesty.
An amnesty signalizes a feat of considerable moment by a portion
of an org or an org or Scientology.
An HCO Executive Letter can compliment a portion of an org or an
org and wipe out the Ethics Files of the portion of an org or the
org complimented. An award is usually added for the persons
responsible.
403
An assignment of a State of Normal Operation after an Emergency
(but not assigning affluence) cleans the portion of an org or the
org's Ethics Files.
An individual may clean his own file by approaching Ethics and
offering to make amends.
The person may be shown but may not touch his Ethics files which
are always kept locked when the of rice is empty. The person should
present a written and signed Amends Project Petition to Ethics.
Ethics attaches the person's file to it and sends it safely to the
Office of LRH "Ethics Authority Section". If accepted as adequate
amends by the Office of LRH it is authorized by the "Ethics
Authority Section" and returned to Ethics which places it on its
"Projects Time Machine".
When accomplished the Amends Project is taken off the Time
Machine and forwarded to the Inspections Section which inspects and
verifies it is done and sends all to the Office of LRH "Ethics
Authority Section" which then authorizes the retirement of the
reports on the person.
If the project comes off the Time Machine without being done, the
matter goes at once to a Court of Ethics.
Any Amends Project must benefit the org and be beyond routine
duties. It may not only benefit the individual. Offers to "get
audited at own expense in Review" are acceptable as auditing will
benefit everyone.
"To get trained at own expense up to and serve the org
two years
afterwards" is acceptable amends. But the person's staff pay is
also suspended entirely during any auditing or training undertaken
as amends. "To get another department's files in order on my own
time" would be acceptable amends. Getting a celebrity into
Scientology would be acceptable amends. No work one would normally
do himself on post is acceptable amends. A donation or fine would
not be acceptable amends. Doing what one should do anyway is not
amends, it is the expected. No org funds may be employed in an
Amends Project.
No amends are thereafter accepted if the person has failed to
complete an amends project since the effective date of the last
amnesty applying to the person's portion or org.
Any bonus specifically given by the person's name also cleans the
person's Ethics Files without comment.
The responsibility for handling the cleaning of files is that of
the Ethics Section of the Department of Inspection and Reports
which notes amnesties, compliments and specific bonus awards and
handles its Ethics files accordingly.
No Amends Projects may be accepted except through the Office of
LRH and a superior may not bring a junior who wishes his files
cleaned by Amends into Ethics and assist him to make the proper
project applications. It must be voluntarily done by the Junior.
No amnesties, compliments or bonuses may be made or declared
except by the Office of LRH and authorized also from Saint Hill.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
404
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 MAY 1965 Issue II
Gen Non-Remimeo Academy Hats
RESULTS OF HCO TECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
When an investigation into any technical false report, false
attestation or no report, or one of the three conditions of
Potential Trouble Source, Withholdy pc or Suppressive Person
amongst students or preclears is made by HCO, a report of the
result of same must be forwarded to the Technical Secretary by HCO.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:wmc.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
405
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 MAY 1965
Remimeo HCO DIVISION
Ethics Officer HAT
HCO Exec Sec T
HCO Sec HAT ETHICS OFFICER HAT
Dir Insp & Rpts HAT STAR CHECK OUT BY DIRECTOR OF
Ethics Sec ion
Personnel HAT EXAMS ON HATS LISTED
(EFFECTIVE A T ONCE)
This is a quick outline of the activities of the Ethics Officer.
The purpose of the Ethics Officer is "To help Ron clear orgs and
the public if need be of entheta and enturbulation so that
Scientology can be done."
The activities of the Ethics Officer consist of isolating
individuals who are stopping proper flows by pulling withholds with
Ethics technology and by removing as necessary potential trouble
sources and suppressive individuals off org comm lines and by
generally enforcing Ethics Codes.
The technology of how this is done is quite precise.
In a nutshell, (a) one finds an imperfect functioning of some
portion of the org and then (b) finds something that one doesn't
understand about it and then (c) interrogates by despatch the
individuals in that portion connected with the imperfect
functionmg.
Just those three steps done over and over are usually quite
enough to keep an org running quite smoothly.
On first taking over post in an enturbulated org, or in viewing a
portion of the org in an enturbulated condition the actions of the
Ethics Officer consist of:
( 1 ) Run back entheta by asking for names of who said it to the
person who is now saying it, (2) locate those persons and find out
who told them and then (3) look amongst those names for
no-case-change or for potential trouble sources. Bill voices a
rumour (usually with a "they" say - - - - - - -). The Ethics
Officer asks Bill what "they's" name is, Bill thinks and finally
says it was Pete. The Ethics Officer locates Pete and asks Pete who
told him, and when Pete says "they" the Ethics Officer finds out
what "they's" name is. Pete says it was Agnes. Ethics Officer
locates Agnes. Agnes maintains it is true and can't say who said
it. Ethics Officer looks up Agnes' case folder or puts Agnes on a
meter and sees by high or very low TA that he has a Suppressive. Or
he finds Agnes has a suppressive husband and that she is a
Potential Trouble Source.
The Ethics Officer then handles it as per Ethics Policy Ltrs.
In short, rumour comes from somewhere. The somewhere is a
Potential Trouble Source or a Suppressive. One runs it down and
applies the remedies contained in Ethics HCO Policy Letters to that
person.
An Ethics Officer's first job is usually cleaning up the org of
its potential trouble sources and requesting a Comm Ev for the
Suppressives. That gets things in focus quickly and smooths an org
down so it will function.
Then one looks for down statistics in the OIC Charts. These
aren't understandable, of course, so one interrogates by sending
Interrogatives to the people concerned. In their answers there will
be something that doesn't make sense at all to the Ethics
Officer - Example "We can't pay the bills because Josie has been
on course." The Ethics Officer is only looking for something he
himself can't reconcile. So he sends Interrogatives to the person
who wrote it and to Josie. Sooner or later some wild withhold or
even a crime shows up when one does this.
The trick of this "Org Auditing" is to find a piece of string
sticking out- - something one can't understand, and, by
Interrogatives, pull on it. A small cat shows up. Pull with some
more Interrogatives. A baby gorilla shows up. Pull some more. A
tiger appears. Pull again and Wow! You've got a General Sherman
tank!
406
It isn't reasonable for people to be lazy or stupid. At the
bottom you find the real cause of no action in a portion of an org
or continuous upset.
When you have your General Sherman, call a Court of Ethics on it.
Or take action. But in actual fact you have probably already fixed
it up.
There's always a reason behind a bad statistic. Send out
Interrogatives until you have the real reason in view. It will
never be "Agnes isn't bright." It is more likely, Agnes is on a
typing post but never knew how to type. Or worse - the D of P
audits org pcs for his own profit. Or the D of T simply never comes
to work.
The real explanation of a down statistic is always a very easily
understood thing. If you Interrogate enough you'll get the real
explanation and then you can act.
Never use conduct for anything but an indicator of what you
should interrogate.
Never buy rumours as generalities. Somebody said them and that
somebody has a name. Get the name.
FILING
Filing is the real trick of Ethics work. The files do all the
work, really.
Executive Ethics reports patiently fled in folders, one for each
staff member, eventually makes one file fat. There's your boy.
Call up a Court of Ethics on him and his area gets smooth.
Whatever report you get, file it with a name. Don't file by
departments or Divisions. File by names.
The files do 90% of the work. When one file gets fat, call the
person up for Ethics action.
TIME MACHINE
Run a Time Machine and let it accumulate data for you.
The orders that fall off of it that weren't complied with should
be reported to the senior issuing them.
But file those non-compliances. Soon, a file gets fat and we know
why the org isn't running in one of its portions.
POLICY
All Ethics policy applies to the actions of an Ethics Officer.
But the above is his workaday world, auditor to the org, filing
his replies, watching for the fat file and then calling a Court on
it.
That way an org soon begins to run like a well greased river,
doing its job in a happy atmosphere.
Be as sudden and swift and unreasonable as you like. You aren't
there to win a popularity contest.
Make Executives report all those Ethics items they should. Make
them write their orders and send you a copy. Make your Comm Centre
give you the responses for pairing with the copies. File carefully
and call the lightning down on the person who gets a fat Ethics
file.
It's an easy job. Mostly admin. But so is all Intelligence work.
The files do the job if you make people report and if you file well
yourself.
And when you feel exasperated and balked and feel like taking it
out on somebody, do so by all means.
Whoever heard of a tame Ethics Officer?
The sanity of the planet is all that is at stake.
L. RON HUBBARD LRH:mh.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
407
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 MAY 1965 Issue II
Gen Non-Remimeo
HCO Div 1 Dept Insp & Rpts (Dept 3) Ethics Section INDICATORS OF
ORGS
Just as pcs have indicators so do orgs.
There is a probable long list of Good Indicators. When these are
present, Ethics is quiet and hangs onto an interrogation, etc only
long enough to get policy and technology in.
There is a probable long list of BAD Indicators. When these are
present Ethics becomes industrious in ratio to the number of bad
indicators.
The first indicators, Good or Bad, are Statistics - the OIC
graphs for units, sections, departments, divisions and the org.
When these are rising, the rise is a GOOD INDICATOR.
When these are falling the fall is a BAD INDICATOR.
The second of these indicators, good or bad, is TECHNICAL GAINS.
When technology is in cases are gaining. This is a Good Indicator.
When technology is out, cases are losing. This is a Bad Indicator.
Ethics only exists to hold the fort long enough and settle things
down enough to get technology in. Ethics is never carried on for
its own sake. It is pushed home only until technology is
functioning and then technology resolves matters and Ethics prowls
off looking for other targets.
We don't hang people because we started to hang them and so must
do so. We start to hang people and keep right on tying the noose in
a workmanlike fashion right up to the instant we can get tech
in - which of course makes the noose unnecessary.
But if tech never does get in then we complete the hanging.
You will find if you label a Suppressive you will some day get
him back and get tech in on him. If you don't ever label they
wander off and get lost.
Labelling as a Suppressive is our hanging.
When things are bad (Bad Indicators heavily visible) putting a
body on the gallows is very salutary. We call it "Putting a head on
a pike". Too many BAD Indicators and too goofed up a situation and
we must put a head on a pike. Then things simmer down and we can
begin to get tech in.
That's the whole purpose of Ethics - to Get Tech IN. And we
use enough to do so, to get correct standard tech in and being
done.
When there are lots of bad indicators about - low and falling
statistics, goofed cases, we get very handy with our
Interrogatories and put the place very nearly under martial
law - we call this a State of Emergency. Once Emergency is
declared, you
408
usually have to put a head or two on a pike to convince people
that you mean it. After that necessity level rises and the place
straightens up. If an Emergency is continued beyond a reasonable
time, we resort to very heavy discipline and Comm Ev the executives
who wouldn't get off it.
Ethics, then, is applied to the degree required to produce the
result of getting tech in. Once tech is really in on a person (with
a case gain) or a tech division, let us say, and auditors actually
audit standard processes by the book, we know it will resolve and
we ease off with Ethics.
Ethics, then, is the tool by which you get Good Indicators In by
getting tech in. Ethics is the steam roller which smooths the
highway.
Once the road is open we are quite likely to skip remaining
investigation and let it all be.
But somebody promising to be good is never good enough. We want
statistics. Bettered statistics.
SYMPTOMS OF ORGS
Orgs have various symptoms which tell us how things really are
Ethic-wise.
One of these is Dilettantism.
DILETTANTE-ISM
Dilettante = One who interests himself in an art or science
merely as a pastime and without serious study.
In an org, this manifests itself with "people should live a
little." "One needs a rest from Scientology." "One should do
something else too." All that kind of jazz.
It also manifests itself in non-consecutive scheduling, part-time
students, "because things are different in this town and people can
come only two nights ". Ask what they do with other nights.
Bowling. Horse-racing.
Boy, you better mark the case folders of staff. You have a
Suppressive aboard. Maybe six.
Scientology, that saves lives, is a modern miracle, is being
compared to bowling. Get it?
That org or portion just isn't serious. Scientology is an idle
club to it, an old lady's sewing circle. And to somebody, selling
training and auditing are just con games they put over on the
public.
SUPPRESSIVES!
Root them out.
WILD RUMOURS - This Symptom is caused by Potential Trouble
Sources. Find whose case roller-coasters (gets better, gets worse).
Investigate. You'll find a Suppressive or two outside the org.
Put a head on a pike with an HCO Ethics Order and publish it
widely.
ARC BROKEN FIELD - The Johannesburg Comm Ev Order of last week
is a perfect method of handling the situation. Appoint a Comm Ev
Chairman to inquire into matters and form a list of interested
parties based on reports he will now receive.
BAD TECH - When results just don't happen in the Academy, HGC
or Review one or another, look for the Potential Trouble Sources
and Suppressives. Only they can
409
keep tech out. Put a big head on a pike and then begin to
interrogate every slip in the place. Suddenly Tech is in again.
There are many such symptoms.
AT THE ROOT OF EVERY BAD CONDITION WILL BE FOUND A SUPPRESSIVE
PERSON.
Locate your Potential Trouble Sources by locating passers of
rumours, etc. Then locate the Suppressive and shoot.
Calm reigns. Tech is in.
And that's all one means to accomplish.
Today TECHNOLOGY WORKS ON EVERY CASE. If the local org can't
handle a case, Saint Hill can.
If you get tech in well enough in an org, tech handles all.
Beautifully. But if it is out, only Ethics can bat down the reasons
it can't be gotten in.
OPTIMUM STATE
The optimum state of an org is so high that there is no easy way
to describe it. All cases getting cracked, releases and clears by
the hundreds, command of the environment. Big. That's an optimum
state for any org.
If it isn't rising toward optimum today, it is locally being held
down.
The viewpoint of Ethics is there is no adequate reason why an org
is stumbling except Ethics reasons. Let others take care of any
other lacks. Ethics never gets reasonable about lack of expansion.
If Ethics shoves hard enough others will get a high enough
necessity level to act.
So when an org is low:
Find out where its statistics are down and who is a PTS or an SP
and ACT.
That's the job of Ethics. Thus little by little we take off the
brakes for a cleared Earth.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:wmc.cden Copyright Q) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
410
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 MAY 1965
Remimeo Qual & Tech Dips
Sthil C1 VII Course All HATS
Students
Sthil Staff HCO Dip
Ethics HATS All HATS
Star-Rated Check
PROCESSING
Since 1950 we have had an iron bound rule that we didn't leave
pcs in trouble just to end a session.
For fifteen years we have always continued a session that found
the pc in trouble and I myself have audited a pc for nine
additional hours, all night long in fact, just to get the pc
through.
Newer auditors, not trained in the stern school of running
engrams, must learn this all over again.
It doesn't matter whether the auditor has had a policy on this or
not - one would think that common decency would be enough as to
leave a pc in the middle of a secondary or an engram and just
coolly end the session is pretty cruel. Some do it because they are
startled or afraid and "Rabbit" (run away by ending the session).
Auditors who end a process or change it when it has turned on a
heavy somatic are likewise ignorant.
WHAT TURNS IT ON WILL TURN IT OFF.
This is the oldest rule in auditing.
Of course people get into secondaries and engrams, go through
misemotion and heavy somatics. This happens because things are
running out. To end off a process or a session because of the clock
is to ignore the real purpose of auditing.
The oldest rules we have are
(a) GET THE PC THROUGH IT.
(b) WHAT TURNS IT ON WILL TURN IT OFF.
(c) THE WAY OUT IS THE WAY THROUGH.
These now are expressed as POLICY.
A falsified auditor's report is also subject to a Court of
Ethics.
Any auditor violating this policy letter is liable to an
immediate Court of Ethics convened within 24 hours of the offence
or as soon as is urgently possible.
Auditing at all levels works well when it is done by the book.
The purpose of Ethics is to open the way for and get in Tech.
Then we can do our job.
THERE IS NO MODERN PROCESS THAT WILL NOT WORK WHEN EXACTLY
APPLIED.
Therefore in the eyes of Ethics all auditing failures are Ethics
failures - PTS, Suppressive Persons as pcs, or noncompliance
with tech for auditors.
And the first offence an auditor can commit is ceasing to audit
when he is most needed by his pc.
Hence it is the first most important consideration of Ethics to
prevent such occurrences.
Then we'll make happy pcs, Releases and Clears.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:wmc.pm.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
411
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MAY 1965
St Hill Staff St Hill Students
NOISE
SESSION INTERRUPTION
There are many auditing sessions going on at Saint Hill,
particularly in the area of the huts and the Canteen.
Persons walking in the vicinity of this area should do so
quietly.
Students on breaks should not congregate in this area, and if
they have to frequent this area, should maintain the utmost quiet.
Students on breaks congregating elsewhere should keep their noise
to a minimum, and be particularly careful not to make loud sudden
noises - loud bursts of laughter, shouting, whistling and noisy
conversation are definitely OUT.
As such noises are very interruptive of processing, persons
making such are to be reported to Ethics. The following penalties
will automatically accrue; without recourse:
One report will be a suspension of training for one week.
Two reports will be declaration of the offender as a Suppressive
Person.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:wmc.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
412
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JUNE 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
HCO DIV 1 ETHICS SECTION WRITING OF AN ETHICS ORDER
When writing an Ethics Order, don't ARC Break its readers by
leaving out the data.
Don't create a mystery. Example of Wrong phrasing: "Woody
McPheeters is declared a Suppressive Person. He stopped a student
from coming on course." That leaves out all the data. Leaves
questions - Where did it happen? Is it in our area? What did he
do? Who did he do it to? What's the evidence? Correct Example:
"WOODY McPHEETERS in Baltimore, U.S.A. is declared a Suppressive
Person. On (date) he discouraged Fred Fairchild from taking the
Saint Hill Course by writing to him lies about the course, well
known by said McPheeters to be false statements. Evidence: Letter
from McPheeters dated --- to -- - now available in Ethics
Files. Charge: Suppression of a Scientologist and barring his way
to Release and Clear. Findings by former evidence of course record
and this: Suppressive Person. All Certs etc."
Don't be unspecific or you leave people in a huge mystery.
Ethics Orders are supposed to run group engrams out, not in!
Always put in what you know, nothing you don't know, and only
what you have evidence or witnesses for. Ethics Orders are issued
on real data, not opinion.
WHAT THEY DID
Don't issue orders saying "made derogatory statements about Ron,"
or "suppressed Scientology." Obviously that's quite impossible as a
charge.
1. No statement could possibly injure Ron. It's quite impossible
to "spoil Ron's reputation" or "upset Ron" by some suppressive
utterance. Ethics weren't made to defend Ron. Statements "about
Ron" are just indications of suppression. This is never used in an
Ethics Order. Just omit statements or charges about Ron.
2. Suppressives can only restim people's banks. They have no
power at all. To infer one could do much to Scientology is silly.
All such charges are based on a Suppressive's actions against
other persons and Scientologists or groups. These can be
restimulated and can be made to wobble about. Some man forbidding
his wife auditing is pronounced Suppressive "for forbidding his
wife auditing on date - - -- by - - --."
PTS
The Potential Trouble Source is also named as to why and with
what Suppressive Person he or she is connected.
Often no Ethics Order is issued on a PTS. They disconnect at once
when the Suppressive is named.
THE RIGHT SUPPRESSIVE
Always find the right Suppressive or all the Suppressives in
examining and declaring a PTS.
If you name the wrong one or err in that it's a group not a
person the PTS won't disconnect.
If you name the real person or group the PTS gets a meter blow
down, sighs with relief and disconnects.
Suppressive Persons or groups deal in such generalities, the PTS
is often quite blind to the real one.
Be very careful here. It's the only way to goof handling a PTS.
LABELLING
Never be afraid to issue orders that label somebody an SP if you
have the real evidence.
If you label them you get them back in some day. If you don't
label them, they are far more likely to vanish forever.
Labelling them is a kind action.
If you are frightened of civil suits because of an Ethics Order,
just remember to issue them only when you have the evidence.
CIVIL ACTIONS
Ethics can handle any Civil Action amongst Scientologists.
Two data are the Biggest Senior data in Law:
1. IF YOU DON'T PROVIDE FAST, CHEAP JUSTICE, PEOPLE WILL TAKE IT
INTO THEIR OWN HANDS AND WRECK ONE ANOTHER;
2. LAWS CAN ONLY BE ENFORCED, IF THEY SPRING FROM THE CUSTOMS AND
HABITS OF A PEOPLE.
Good Scientologists swarm in under Ethics. Bad ones howl. The
good ones comprise 80%. The bad ones comprise 20%. The majority
rules. We have Ethics.
Civil Actions are what the group demands. By Civil is meant
disputes - marriages, separations, settlements, child care,
money owed, that sort of thing.
We must handle these. Fairly. It's done by an Ethics Order
Convening an Ethics Hearing naming the parties and purpose. It
summons them to a person appointed to Hear it, a time and a place.
The hearer decides what's to be done between or amongst them.
But this firm policy exists:
NO CIVIL MATTER IN AN ETHICS HEARING MAY BE DECIDED BY RECOURSE
TO TECHNOLOGY.
There is no "get processed" finding in a Civil Ethics Hearing. Or
an "until processed." The decision is made there and then on its
own merits and no dependency on tech.
All Civil matters in writing an Ethics Order are headed CIVIL
HEARING.
This removes the idea the disputants are in trouble with Ethics.
They aren't. They're in trouble with each other. Say so. And what
kind of trouble and how much and who is suing who.
Write a nice informative Ethics Order. Don't leave anyone in
mystery. Mysteries cause trouble and the purpose of Ethics is PEACE
IN WHICH WE CAN GET IN TECHNOLOGY.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mh.cden Copyright(~) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
414
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JUNE 1965
Remimeo
All Executive HATS ALL DIVISIONS
ENTHETA LETTERS AND THE DEAD FILE, HANDLING OF
DEFINITIONS
AN ENTHETA LETTER = is a letter containing insult, discourtesy,
chop or nastiness about an org, its personnel, Scientology or the
principal figures in Scientology. En = Enturbulated; theta = Greek
for thought or life. An Entheta Letter's nastiness is aimed at the
org, its personnel, Scientology or the principal figures of
Scientology. It is different from an Ethics Report (below). It is
routed only as given in this Policy Letter.
AN ETHICS REPORT = is a report to Ethics (or by error, to the
org) concerning the misuse or abuse of technology or the misconduct
of a Scientologist. This is routed directly to the Ethics section
and becomes a subject for investigation. Such a report is not Dead
Filed (as will be explained) but may become a Dead File.
A MIXED LETTER = is a letter which is an entheta letter (couched
in nasty terms to the org or its personnel) which also contains a
report pretending to be an Ethics Report. "You awful people have an
awful auditor in the field - ." A Mixed Letter is always routed
to Dead Files as given in this Policy Letter. It is simply routed
like any Dead File letter. However no names mentioned in it are
Dead Filed only because they occur in the letter.
A PETITION = is a polite request to have something handled by the
Office of LRH or the Org. If it is not polite it is not a petition
and is not covered by the Petition Policy Letters. An impolite
"Petition" is handled as an Entheta Letter always.
IMPORTANT = It is important not to Dead File a Scientologist for
reporting a bad breach of Ethics. This should be encouraged.
However, people on our side make such reports without accusing us.
When such reports are also accusative of us they are Dead Filed.
HISTORICAL
Every movement amongst Man runs into the phenomena that when you
try to help some people - or help them - they react like mad
dogs. Trying to assist them is like trying to give a mad dog
medicine. You are liable to be bitten.
The more successful a movement is, the more violent this
phenomena becomes.
Such people are Suppressives or belong to Suppressive Groups.
Things that make people better put them in terror as to them it
means that if others around them were stronger these would devour
the person. This is highly irrational. It is a dramatization of an
engram the person is defending himself in. People when processed
grow stronger but also more rational and less destructive.
Such people number about 20% but make such a fuss they seem like
110% and thus seek to deny the decent 80% service.
This 20% can be processed and can recover only on the Power
Processes administered by a Class VII auditor working in an
environment well under Ethics control. But even so, this Policy
Letter still applies as I doubt they deserve the reward and
remember, we don't owe the human race a thing. Handling them even
under optimum conditions is rough and hard on an org. I prefer to
leave them until later. There is nothing reasonable about their
attitude from our point of view. We do our best in a very
enturbulated world.
ADMINISTRATION
Efforts to handle the 20% are time consuming.
415
They take up vast amounts of time. They are not worth it.
When they get too bad we act, using Suppressive Person
declarations and Potential Trouble Source declarations.
The fast thing to do is get them off our lines and out of the
teeth of staff members and deny them information and communication
such as mailings or letters without troubling to consume even
Ethics time on them.
If they still get into the cog wheels we act more energetically.
The fast way to handle, we call the DEAD FILE SYSTEM which is
described herein.
PLAN OF ORG
Built into our Org Pattern is the principle of fast flow. We move
slow or troublesome particles off the assembly line and into
special slots.
We let the main traffic flow untroubled by checks designed to
restrain the very few. This is quite opposite to usual wog
organization where the many are penalized to restrain the few.
We could wreck the whole pattern of our orgs by not using it
correctly. The Qualifications Division exists to handle flat ball
bearings turned out by Tech or old patterns or check sheets or
special cases. That keeps the assembly line roaring along. The flat
ball bearings are shunted to Review. The round ones keep rolling on
the assembly line to a finished product.
The bulk of the public is quite decent. They are polite and
appreciative. The bulk of our results are excellent and the 80%
majority is pleased with us. That 80% must be served.
The 20% who are mad dogs also have a place to go - the Ethics
Section. It is important not to let them into the Admin flow lines.
It is important to box them into Ethics. Otherwise they mess up the
flow badly.
In the old days when a squawk came through org personnel rushed
it to the head of the line, or to the Registrar or anywhere in the
org. This gave a weird view. The head of the org or the Registrar
or executives began to think it was all mad dog. They only had the
20%. Nobody showed them the 80%. Because the 20% required "special
action" and consumed time Registrars would soon believe the Academy
and HGC contained only mobs of dissatisfied people. Heads of orgs
would begin to believe the public was sour on them. They'd react
accordingly. They never went down to CF and really looked. So they
got a twisted idea of the state of the org, the workability of
tech. They let down. They tended to stop trying, convinced by the
minority 20% it was not working.
I recall the shock it was to one org's executives when they found
that they had thousands and thousands of highly appreciative
letters in their files, appreciating Scientology and what we did
and how we did it. That whole executive group had been handed only
the entheta letters and people - because there was no place to
put them but into executives' hands. They never got the 80% that
were sincere thank yous. They were quite stunned. Scientology had
been working well in their org for some time. The top brass hadn't
found it out.
Therefore it is illegal as can be to handle Entheta Letters or
Ethics Reports in any other way than to and by Ethics.
And Ethics personnel now and then must be shown the big wins the
org is getting. Otherwise they will begin to think that all is
sour, since they handle the sour.
The Org Pattern is made to flow fast. It can only flow fast if
its lines are in.
Hence this handling of Entheta Letters and Mixed Letters. They
must not be handled in any other way.
THE DEAD FILE
Ethics Files shall include a DEAD FILE.
This File includes all persons who write nasty or choppy letters
to an org or its personnel.
Rather than go to the trouble of issuing a Suppressive Person
order or even investigating we assign writers of choppy letters to
the DEAD FILE. When their area is enturbulated and we want to
locate a suppressive we can always consult our DEAD FILE for
possible candidates and then investigate and issue an order.
The DEAD FILE is by sections of the Area or the World, and
alphabetical in those sections.
The actual action is simply to cut comm. You can always let
entheta lines drop. Entheta means En = Enturbulated; theta =
thought or life.
About 20% of the human race is inclined to natter. About 2 1/2
percent at a guess are suppressive. Under our fast flow system of
management we can't tie ourselves up with 20% of the
correspondence. All the decent people, all the service and help
should go to the 80%. This is also financially sound. The 20% lose
us money. An insolvent org is entirely involved with the 20% and is
neglecting the 80%!
We just don't comm with the entheta line. I can show you many
instances of where we were seriously at fault to do so as later
years proved.
DEAD FILE NON-CO-OP
We used to have an HCO category known as "Non-Co-op" meaning no
co-operation from US. People who demanded 90% of our time comprised
only a small percent of our people. Such we put on a private
non-co-operate list. We just didn't do anything for them. When they
called and demanded action we'd say "uh-huh" and forget it. After a
while they'd wander off our lines and we'd be free of them.
Dead File is actually only an extension of "non-co-op".
It was we who didn't co-operate.
WHAT IT DOESN'T COVER
Dead File does not cover business firms demanding bills,
government squawks or dangerous suits or situations. It covers only
entheta public letters received on any line including SO # 1.
ROUTING
HCO personnel or the Letter Registrar or any part of the org
receiving an entheta letter routes it as follows:
1. Receiver stamps it with a big rubber stamp
"ENTHETA TO Central Files TO Address then TO ETHICS DEAD FILES"
2. Central Files receives it, draws a pencil through "To Central
Files" and looks in the files. If the person has a folder CF picks
up the folder and stamps it with a big rubber stamp
"ENTHETA TO Central Files TO Address TO ETHICS DEAD FILES"
crosses off "To Central Files" and hands the letter and folder to
Address.
If the person has no folder in CF, CF makes a mustard-coloured
dummy, puts the person's name in it and stamps the dummy
"ENTHETA
TO Central Files TO Address TO ETHICS DEAD FILES"
and also the letter.
417
If the person has a CF DEAD FILE dummy already the letter is
similarly forwarded to Address.
The dummy of course is kept in CF in the regular files. (CF has
no Dead File as such. )
3. Address, on receiving a folder marked DEAD FILE ETHICS,
crosses off "To Address" on the stamping, pulls the person's
Address plate from the regular address plate file and puts it in a
separate plate drawer marked DEAD FILE PLATES and forwards the
folder to Ethics by leaving the "To Ethics" reading on the stamp.
If Address receives a letter marked with the stamp as above it
crosses off "To Address", looks in the regular plate files to be
sure the person's name has not crept in and if so moves it to the
DEAD FILE plate drawer. If not in the regular file Address looks in
the DEAD FILE plate drawer and makes a plate or changes any address
needful in the DEAD FILE plate and sends the letter to Ethics.
4. Ethics on receiving a folder marked with the stamp simply
files it in the DEAD FILES.
If a letter so marked is received by Ethics from Address it is
filed in the person's folder in the DEAD FILE.
ETHICS ACTION
Ethics receiving a folder or a letter marked with the ENTHETA
stamp takes the following action:
Writes a surface mail post card coloured an ugly mustard yellow
to any organizations where the person's name may be part of CF,
stamped on the back as follows:
FROM: Name of Org ENTHETA TO Central Files TO Address TO ETHICS
DEAD FILE
and writes the person's name and address under it. Do NOT put two
names on one card. One Card = one name.
On receipt of such a card by an org it follows the routine
channels in the org as though it were the folder or letter.
However, if Ethics finds the person is not in its DEAD FILE and
all it has received is a card, ETHICS makes a folder and puts the
card in it. That way the DEAD FILE of an org tells one that there
is other material in another org and knows what org.
For instance, Saint Hill receiving an entheta letter from
Minnesota would, as above, with a card, advise DC, NY, LA and
Detroit and Twin Cities especially. The person is likely to write
any of these orgs.
Any org on any DEAD FILE always advises Saint Hill with a card.
ETHICS ACTION
Ethics does not even bother to read the letter or examine the
folder on receiving a DEAD FILE folder or letter.
This is after all, a fast flow system of management. With the
DEAD FILE system one just parks the name in a folder in the DEAD
FILES as inactive until there is a reason to do otherwise.
SUCH LETTERS MUST NOT BE CIRCULATED ON THE LINES OTHER
THAN AS ABOVE.
It is the business of the Ethics Officer to see that the HCO Sec.
the Ltr Reg. the Distribution Division and any other contact point
where an entheta letter may arrive is equipped with a rubber stamp:
418
ENTHETA TO Central Files TO Address TO ETHICS DEAD FILES and that
the Ethics Section has a rubber stamp reading FROM (name of org)
ENTHETA TO Central Files TO Address TO ETHICS DEAD FILES
Ethics makes sure all entheta letters (except business letters
and goof letters) are so stamped by people receiving in the org and
so routed AND NOT ANSWERED.
Ethics seeing somebody answer an entheta letter for SO #1 or
procurement or distribution or for any other reason, should order a
hearing on the person.
Any executive who is not a mail receipt point having an entheta
letter forwarded to him by a staff member must turn in a Dev-T
report on that staff member to Ethics and forward it and the report
to Ethics. Ethics then stamps it and routes it to CF, etc. with the
standard stamp (Ethics must not just file it in Dead Files). The
Dev-T report goes into the staff member's Ethics folder.
It is the full intention that:
1. All choppy, nattery, rumour-mongery letters dead end in the
DEAD FILE.
2. That no further magazines or procurement letters go to the
person.
3. That no staff personnel be enturbulated by the content of such
letters.
4. That the line be cut completely.
5. That a record remain in Ethics.
LTR REG ANSWERING
When a Letter Reg in answering some letter calls for the folder
and finds it is a
mustard coloured DEAD FILE DUMMY, the letter to be answered is
simply stamped with the above Entheta stamp no matter what it says,
and is routed with the Dummy on through as though it were an
Entheta letter regardless of what the new letter says. Short of
Releasing and Clearing these mad dogs don't change their froth.
EXPIRED MEMBERSHIPS, ETC.
Expired memberships are not dead filed. Dead file does not mean
they stopped communicating with us. It means we stopped
communicating with them.
Expired memberships go into the Qual Div Expired Membership File.
Retired Files (last year's) must never be called DEAD FILES.
DEAD FILE USEFULNESS The DEAD FILE is the best possible file for
tracing trouble in an investigation.
Only when a hot investigation comes up is it looked at by Ethics.
Then all names found in an area are cross referenced by making
copies of the letters they contain, and filing those under the new
names, and the Suppressive is located by the simple expedient of
thus finding the fattest file and an order is issued.
DEPT OF ESTIMATIONS DEAD FILE NAMES The Dept of Estimations
occasionally calls for a run off of the DEAD FILE 419
drawer from Address and when a student or pc turns up, looks over
this DEAD FILE list for the person's name. That is for every
applicant for training or processing.
If the name is found in the DEAD FILE list the person must have
an Ethics Clearance before being trained or processed. The person
found in the DEAD FILE list by the Dept of Estimations is sent
directly to Ethics and Ethics is told why.
Ethics looks up the folder and takes whatever action is
indicated, giving the person a chance to disconnect if a PTS or A
to E if a Suppressive or make himself or herself more agreeable to
the org by any proper action such as an amends project. Or Ethics
simply informs Estimation of the matter and forbids training or
processing. The last is by far the more usual course. Processing is
hard to do on a PTS or SP and the whole Academy can be turned
upside down by one.
SUPPRESSIVES AND POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCES
All Suppressive Persons and Groups are filed in the DEAD FILE but
with the Ethics Order. The Ethics Order is stamped with the ENTHETA
stamp as above but with the additional stamp Suppressive.
This is the usual "Entheta To Central Files To Address To ETHICS
DEAD FILES" STAMP. Remember, every Suppressive Person Ethics Order
issued by Ethics is so handled. One copy of that order is stamped
with the stamp and put on the lines to CF.
CF handles it just like it would any other letter so stamped.
Address handles it exactly as any other letter or folder but
types SP on the plate before it goes into the DEAD FILE Drawer.
Then the order and any folder goes back to Ethics as before and
Ethics even cards it to other orgs even though they got the SP
order itself.
A Potential Trouble Source order is not given the Entheta DEAD
FILE routing unless the person refuses to disconnect or handle. At
this time the person's name is put on a despatch stamped with the
Entheta stamp and is routed to CF, etc. as above. Sometimes a PTS
refusing to disconnect is declared suppressive and in such a case
it is handled as an SP above.
Therefore all SPs, PTS, and entheta letters all wind up in the
DEAD FILE.
This cuts their comm and still keeps track of them.
RELEASE AND CLEAR DECLARATIONS
When a Release Declaration or a Clear Declaration is made by the
Dept of Certificates and Awards, a copy is always sent to CF.
If it collides there with a DEAD FILE DUMMY, the Dept of Certs
and Awards declaration is pinned to it and it goes to ETHICS.
Ethics removes the person's folder from the ETHICS DEAD FILE and
routes it to Address with the Release or Clear declaration on top
and stamped "To Address, then to Central Files, Restore to good
standing".
Address takes the plate out of its DEAD FILE drawer and puts it
back in its proper position in the regular address files, removes
any SP on the plate, [marks] the order "Address Restored" and sends
it to Central Files. The dummy is halved and put in the folder and
folder (with half a dummy in it) is put back into CF.
Nothing short of Releasing or Clearing ever really cures these
people. So when an SP does A to E and is restored to training or
processing he or she is still a DEAD FILE until a Release or Clear
declaration is issued.
420
SUSPENSION
No action by DEAD FILE is taken because of a suspension or other
discipline. No Ethics Order but one for SP or an unco-operating PTS
is handed to DEAD FILE. All other types of Ethics Orders go to
different Ethics Section Files.
PETITION
A petition is never a petition if it is discourteous and contains
entheta. Don't attach a Petition Pol Ltr to it. Just stamp it
ENTHETA and send it the route as contained herein.
STUDENT NOTES
Notes from students or pcs now on course or in the HGC containing
entheta are routed to Ethics for a Court of Ethics action.
Only if they result in SP are they routed to CF, Address and DEAD
FILE. RESULTS OF DEAD FILE
Being DEAD FILED does not result in action but neither does it
debar further action.
DEAD FILE is the first place to look in cases of trouble. Further
action may then be taken such as an Ethics Order.
By using the DEAD FILE system we keep our lines cleaner.
GETTING OUT OF DEAD FILE
How does a person ever get out of the Dead File?
One could somehow discover without our help he or she was in the
Dead File (we never inform them). If so he or she could take it up
with the Ethics Officer. But the probable outcome may just be more
Dead File.
How do you resurrect the dead? Release and Clear of course. How
can they get it then if turned off by Estimations? Well, a cleared
cannibal is still only a cleared cannibal so who needs them?
I'd rather solve the problems of those who were decent to us. We
didn't put them in the shape they're in. That's their problem.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mh.cden Copyright(~) 1965 by L Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Added to by HCO P/Ls 25 September 1965, Entheta Letters and the
Dead File, Handling of, and 22 August 1966, Dead File: Restoration
to Good Standing, both on next page.]
421
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 SEPTEMBER 1965 Addition to HCO
Policy Letter of
Remimeo 7 June 1965
All Executive entitled
Hats
ENTHETA LETTERS
AND THE DEAD FILE, HANDLING OF
An additional action is required of address besides those listed
in the 7 June 65 Policy Letter.
Address is to use the address plate of the person to be dead
filed to make enough gummed address labels necessary for Ethics to
use in advising all possible organizations to whom such a person
would possibly communicate.
Ethics, then, uses these address stickers to stick onto an ugly
mustard yellow postcard to mail to the organizations possibly
concerned.
L. RON HUBBARD LRH:ml.cden Copyright(~) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 AUGUST 1966
Remimeo All Executive Hats
DEAD FILE: RESTORATION TO GOOD STANDING (Addition to HCO Policy
Letter of 7 June 1965)
To avoid any possibility of letters remaining unanswered which
should be answered, Ethics, on receiving from CF a dead file dummy
with a Certs and Awards declaration pinned to it, advises all orgs
to whom such a person would possibly communicate (always including
St Hill) of the person's restoration to good standing.
Ethics gets out the person's CF folder from dead file and stamps
it "To Address, then to Central Files, Restore to Good Standing",
and adds the words "AND ADVISE" to the stamp.
Address, receiving a CF folder so marked, removes any SP on the
person's plate and uses the plate to make enough gummed labels for
use by Ethics.
Ethics then uses the gummed labels to stick on a despatch to
Ethics of other orgs to whom such a person would possibly
communicate and stamps each despatch: "To Address, then to Central
Files, Restore to Good Standing."
Address only makes gummed labels for Ethics use when the words
"AND ADVISE" are added by Ethics to the "Restore to Good Standing"
stamp. Otherwise, the notification has come from another org, and
no further notification is necessary as the other org has already
advised every possible org.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: lb-r.cden Copyright(~) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
422
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1965
Remimeo
ALL TECH DIV ALL QUAL DIV ETHICS SECTION CLASS VII INTERNES
STAFF AUDITOR ADVICES
No Staff Auditor or Interne or organization auditor or any
auditor on a Staff Co-audit may seek advices on what to do from any
person except the officially appointed person doing the auditing
folders.
Seeking advice on cases verbally or in writing from the person
not doing the folders is OFF LINE except in Ethics matters when
Ethics may be consulted or Saint Hill advised.
When an auditor seeks advice off-line and accepts it, unbeknownst
to the official supervising the auditing via the folders, a random
factor is introduced into the running of cases that can be quite
fatal.
At Saint Hill, on Power Processes, such an action is a crime as
the consequences can be so catastrophic to cases run on Power
Processes.
The proper sources of instruction are tapes and HCOBs. Adding
bits to these that aren't there is the commonest auditor error.
Asking for unusual solutions from a case supervisor who is doing
the folders is a sure sign that the last directives have not been
followed; giving instructions that are unusual is useless because
they won't be complied with either.
The Dev-T situation of asking for advice off-line burdens lines
and fouls up cases. COMM CYCLE AND ETHICS
When an auditor has a fractured comm cycle very often processing
still works on the average pc.
When an auditor has a fractured comm cycle and the pc is an
Ethics type case (SP, PTS, W/hs) a mess ensues. One can always tell
if an auditor's comm cycle is poor or if the Code is being broken
because when put on an Ethics type pc, things collapse.
When a pc won't run, one can be sure that
1. The Auditor's Comm Cycle is out and
2. The pc is an Ethics type case.
When both these are present, no results can possibly occur.
When only one is present, usually the auditing works somewhat.
CASE SUPERVISOR PUZZLE
When a Case Supervisor doing folders sees a process going wrong,
he should not blame the process or his own advice if these are even
faintly educated.
423
Instead the pc is an Ethics type or the Auditor's Comm Cycle is
out.
If neither of these seem to be the case and things still go wrong
then the auditor just isn't running what he says he is or running
what he is supposed to run.
If all the above seems not to be the case, then the auditor is
seeking off-line advices and some screwball interpretation has been
added to the process.
A clever Case Supervisor marking folders, goes by the
text - case running well, continue the standard approach. Case
not running well, send to Review for analysis REGARDLESS OF ANY
AUDITING TIME LOST.
When a pc goes to Review, it is clever to send the auditor to the
Review Cramming Section to check over his Auditor's Code and Comm
Cycle with Tits.
If when auditor and pc still don't run well, send the pc to
Ethics. (Review may already have done so.)
ETHICS
If the Case Supervisor ever finds an auditor not following
instructions or seeking or taking off-line directions he must at
once send the auditor to Ethics. It is usually an Ethics Hearing
and a minor suspension.:
If a Case Supervisor doing the folders finds a false report has
been made, he must send the offender to Ethics.
WITHHOLDS
A pc is not sent to Ethics because of withholds gotten off in a
session. However, on the Invalidation button one commonly finds
suppressive persons around the pc and the auditor must send the pc
to Ethics at session end to get the matter disconnected or handled.
Sometimes one finds another person's offences than the pc's in
getting off withholds. These are reported to Ethics for
investigation.
TEXT BOOK
D of P work is completely text book. PC doing okay - get on
with it as per the process, the next process to be run, or the next
grade.
PC not doing okay - to Review to find out why.
If Review finds pc is an Ethics type, sends pc to Ethics.
It's all text book. It is so easy.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mh.bp.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
424
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex
Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 JULY 1965
Tech Div Hats
Qual Div Hats TECH DIVISION
Ethics Hats QUAL DIVISION
Executive Hats
ETHICS CHITS
This is a VERY important policy. When it is neglected the org
will soon experience a technical dropped statistic and lose income
and personnel.
The most attacked area of an org is its Tech and Qual personnel
as these produce the effective results which make Scientology seem
deadly to Suppressives.
The Suppressive is TERRIFIED of anyone getting better or more
powerful as he is dramatizing some long gone (but to him it is
right now) combat or vengeance. He or she confuses the old enemies
with anyone about and looks on anyone who tries to help as an
insidious villain who will strengthen these "enemies".
Thus Tech and Qual personnel are peculiarly liable to covert, off
line, off policy annoyances which in time turn them into PTSs.
Their cases will Roller Coaster and they begin to go off line, off
policy and off origin (see Dev-T Pol Ltrs) themselves.
This results in a technical breakdown and an apparency of
busyness in these divisions which does not in fact produce
anything, being Dev-T.
The policy then is: NO TECH OR QUAL PERSONNEL MAY OMIT GIVING
ETHICS CHITS TO ETHICS ON ANY INCIDENT OR ACTION COVERED IN THE
DEV-T POLICY LETTERS OR WHICH INDICATES SP OR PTS ACTIVITY.
This means they may not "be decent about it" or "reasonable" and
so refrain.
This means they must know their Ethics and Dev-T Pol Ltrs.
This means they may not themselves act like Ethics Officers or
steal the Ethics hat.
It means that they must chit students who bring a body and ask
for unusual solutions; they must chit all discourteous conduct;
they must chit all Roller Coaster cases; they must chit all
Suppressive actions observed; they must chit snide comments; they
must chit alter-is and entheta; they must chit derogatory remarks;
they must chit all Dev-T. Anything in violation of Ethics or Dev-T
Pol Ltrs must be reported.
Ethics will find then that only two or three people in those
areas are causing all the upset. This fact routinely stuns Tech and
Qual personnel when it is called to their attention - that only
two or three are making their lives miserable.
Ethics, seeing tech statistics drop, must investigate all this
and WHEN ETHICS FINDS the Qual and Tech personnel have not been
handing in Ethics chits, the Ethics Officer must report them to the
HCO Exec Sec for disciplinary action.
NON ENTURBULATION ORDER
What to do with the 2 or 3 students or pcs causing trouble?
Ethics issues a Non Enturbulation Order. This states that those
named in it (the SPs and PTSs who are students or preclears) are
forbidden to enturbulate others and if one more report is received
of their enturbulating anyone, an SP order will be issued
forthwith.
This will hold them in line until tech can be gotten in on them
and takes them off the back of Tech and Qual personnel.
NOT THEORETICAL
This is not a theoretical situation or policy. It is issued
directly after seeing tech results go down, Tech and Qual cases
Roller Coaster and results drop.
Ethics found that the entire situation came about through no
chits from Tech and Qual personnel about troublesome people which
resulted in no restraint and a collapse of Divisions 4 and 5 Comm
lines and results.
When Tech and Qual personnel try to take the law into their own
hands, or ignore issuing Ethics chits, chaos results, not case
gains.
Keep Tech Results UP.
LRH:mh.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright(~) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard 425
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 JULY 1965
Issue II
Remimeo
Ethics Hats
Tech Hats
Qual Hats HCO Division
Tech Div Qual Div
COMM CYCLE ADDITIVES
There are no additives permitted on the Auditing Comm Cycle.
Example: Getting the pc to state the problem after the pc has
said what the problem is.
Example: Asking a pc if that is the answer.
Example: Telling pc "it didn't react" on the meter.
Example: Querying the answer.
This is the WORST kind of auditing.
Processes run best MUZZLED. By muzzled is meant using ONLY TR 0,
1, 2, 3 and 4 by the text.
A pc's results will go to HELL on an additive comm cycle.
There are a hundred thousand tricks that could be added to the
Auditing Comm Cycle. EVERY ONE of them is a GOOF.
The ONLY time you ever ask for a repeat is when you couldn't hear
it.
Since 1950, I've known that all auditors talk too much in a
session. The maximum talk is the standard model session and the TR
0 to 4 Auditing Comm Cycle ONLY.
It is a serious matter to get a pc to "clarify his answer". It is
in fact an Ethics matter and if done habitually is a Suppressive
Act, for it will wipe out all gains.
There are mannerism additives also.
Example: Waiting for the pc to look at you before you give the
next command. (Pcs who won't look at you are ARC Broken. You don't
then twist this to mean the pc has to look at you before you give
the next command.)
Example: A lifted eyebrow at an answer.
Example: A questioning sort of ack.
The Whole Message is GOOD AUDITING OCCURS WHEN THE COMM CYCLE
ALONE IS USED
AND IS MUZZLED.
Additives on the Auditing Comm Cycle are ANY ACTION, STATEMENT,
QUESTION OR EXPRESSION GIVEN IN ADDITION TO TRs 0-4.
They are Gross Auditing Errors.
And should be regarded as such.
Auditors who add to the Auditing Comm Cycle never make Releases.
So, that's Suppressive.
Don't do it!
LRH:ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (I) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
426
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JULY 1965
Sthil Tech D* Qual Div
PRECLEAR ROUTING TO ETHICS
There is no direct routing of preclears to the Ethics Officer
except through the channels of the Qualification Division and
Review.
This, therefore, cancels the direct routing to Ethics as covered
in the Class VII, Confidential, HCO Bulletin of 28 June 1965.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
427
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 AUGUST 1965
Remimeo Ethics Hats Executive Hats
SUPPRESSIVE PERSONS, MAIN CHARACTERISTICS OF
It is interesting in the detection of Suppressive Persons that
they use "policy" to prevent purpose.
In one org which went into a serious decline a Suppressive Person
was in a high position.
Every time org personnel returned from Saint Hill and proposed
that the org get going, they were told by this SP that their
proposals were "against policy".
Not one of these people, hearing this, ever alerted to a glaring
fact. The SP in this case was renowned for never being able to pass
a bulletin, tape or policy letter!
So how would that person have known WHAT was against policy for
that person NEVER was known to pass a hat check!
So that person's statement that, "It's against policy" was
obviously false since the person was incapable of passing hat
checks or bulletins and wouldn't ever have known what any policy
was for or against anything.
Thus we see one of the characteristics of an SP is:
1. THE NEGATION OF POLICY WITHOUT KNOWING IT AND THE USE OF
"POLICY" TO PREVENT SUCCESS IN SCIENTOLOGY IS THE PRIMARY
TOOL OF THE SP AGAINST ORGS.
Dissemination is a prime target of the SP.
Magazines ordinarily have half a dozen SPs on their lines. These
people write in and complain about ads. If you don't watch it these
half dozen become "everybody"
and the mag is beaten down into not advertising.
"Soft sell" is another recommendation of the SP.
And "build it quietly" and "get only decent people" are all part
of this.
When somebody is demanding less reach, that person is an SP.
Therefore we have another characteristic:
2. SPs RECOMMEND INEFFECTIVE DISSEMINATION AND FIND FAULT WITH
ANY BEING DONE.
A Suppressive will try to sell off the property or buildings of
an org and in one case tried to give them away when temporarily in
charge.
3. A SUPPRESSIVE WILL TRY TO GET RID OF AN ORG.
Good staff members are a prime target for SPs. In one org where
an SP got a foothold 60% of the staff was gotten rid of and the org
almost crashed.
They do it by making people too dissatisfied to produce and so
make it impossible for the org to earn.
428
4. AN SP WILL SEEK TO UPSET AND GET RID OF THE BEST STAFF
MEMBERS.
Bad news, particularly if false, is the only comm line of the SP.
The executive who is getting bad news as a steady diet on his
lines has SPs about.
5. ENTHETA IS THE SOLE STOCK IN TRADE OF THE SP.
The triumph an SP feels in not getting rid of things the auditor
has tried to ease is quite malevolent.
6. AN SP IS SATISFIED WITH AUDITING ONLY WHEN HE GETS WORSE.
7. SPs are happy when their pcs get worse and sad when their pcs
get better.
8. AN SP IN AN EXAMINER POST WILL ONLY DECLARE RELEASED THE BAD
RESULT CASES AND WILL NOT PASS ACTUAL RELEASES BUT WILL ARC BREAK
THEM.
9. Covert invalidation is the level of an SP's social
intercourse.
An SP can only restimulate another, he has no power of his own.
10. An SP deals only in restimulation, never easing or erasing.
11. The persons around an SP get so restimulated they can't
detect the real SP.
The whole rationale of the SP is built on the belief that if
anyone got better, the SP would be for it as the others could
overcome him then.
He is fighting a battle he once fought and never stopped
fighting. He is in an incident. Present time people are mistaken by
him for past, long gone enemies.
Therefore he never really knows what he is fighting in present
time, so just fights.
12. The SP is sure everyone is against him personally and if
others became more powerful they would dispose of him.
The SP usually commits continuing averts. These are hidden.
I have had two or three SPs blow up and shout or snarl at me.
When I investigated I found, in these cases, they were committing
daily crimes of some magnitude.
13. An SP commits hidden overts continuously.
14. Back of a crime you will find SP characteristics.
15. Because an SP uses generalities in his speech, "everybody",
"they", etc. the SP is hard to detect.
SPs have an experiential track that is poor. SPs know how to
needle and commit overts and hold others back.
When released, the SP has so little decent background experience
that he or she has a very hard time.
16. Releasing an SP does not make a worthwhile person. It only
makes a person who can now learn to get along in life.
429
"A cleared cannibal is a cleared cannibal."
SPs don't get case gains. Sometimes they pretend them. They are
held back by their continuing averts. If we were found by them to
be decent, their past conduct would swell up and engulf them.
They are in a continued PTP of their fight with Mankind. And they
follow the rule that pcs with PTPs get no case gains.
Real SPs comprise about 2 1/2 per cent of the population. By
restimulating others they make another 17 1/2 per cent into
Potential Trouble Sources. Therefore about 20% of the population is
Ethics type.
We must not allow this 20% to prevent the 80% from crossing the
bridge.
We are no enemy of the SP. But he can't have friends, can he?
So we handle the SP and his PTSs and carry on with our job.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mh.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 AUGUST 1965 Issue II
Gen Non-Remimeo
COLLECTION FROM SPs AND PTSs
On any Declared Suppressive Person an additional condition for
return to status (Steps A to E of HCO Pol Ltr 1 March 1965) is Step
B(1) which is the requirement that the SP pay off all debts owed to
Scientology organizations.
Any Potential Trouble Source owing money to any Scientology
organization is handled the same as any other Scientologist.
Failure to discharge a financial obligation becomes a civil Ethics
matter after normal, within-org avenues of collection have been
exhausted.
Any PTS who fails to either handle or disconnect from the SP who
is making him or her a PTS is, by failing to do so, guilty of a
Suppressive Act.
Civil Court action against SPs to effect collection of monies
owed may be resorted to, as they are Fair Game.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :ml. eden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Note: See HCO P/L 21 October 1968, Cancellation of Fair Game,
page 489.]
430
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1965
Remimeo BPI Auditor 10
GENERAL AMNESTY
As there is enough misery in the world without contributing to
it, and as the sole purpose of Ethics is to get in technology:
To celebrate the fantastic gains following the discovery that
almost all persons earlier audited had attained a State of First
Stage Release and had then been run beyond it, and the wide success
of rehabilitation of the state:
A GENERAL AMNESTY is declared herewith, effective this date.
1. All Ethics Orders and findings of Committees of Evidence prior
to August 20, AD 15, are cancelled;
2. All Ethics Reports are cancelled;
3. Any person labelled suppressive or dead filed or whose
certificates have been suspended or cancelled is restored to full
status providing only that they have, without charge, a check out
for Former Release;
4. All overt or criminal or defiant acts before this date are
forgiven fully and freely.
By my hand and seal this 20th day of August AD15.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ml. eden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
431
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 AUGUST 1965
Gen Non Remimeo ETHICS E-METER CHECK
In a State of Emergency, the Ethics Officer may at any time call
in any staff member and do an Ethics E-Meter check. This consists
of setting the meter up, sensitivity 16, and handing the cans to
the staff member taking the check. No question is asked of the
staff member, and the staff member is not informed of readings. The
Ethics Officer records the position of the tone arm and the
condition of the needle and that is all. The entire check takes no
more than 5-15 seconds. The staff member's pc folder is at hand
during the check. As soon as the check is over, and before calling
another staff member in for a check (if more than one staff member
is being checked, as would be likely), the Ethics Officer examines
the auditor's reports for the past few sessions to see if there
have been no gains (or less than 10 Divs TA action per 21/z hour
session average) or roller-coaster gains.
Then the Ethics Officer takes action as follows:
If staff member has had gains and kept them, and TA is neither
very low (below 2.0) or very high (above 5.0) and needle is not
RS'ing or very tight, inform staff member he or she is passed on
the meter check.
If staff member has had roller-coaster case gains, order
suspended from staff and to report to Ethics. Ethics action is as
per PTS. When handled, return to staff.
If staff member has had no case gains (or inadequate TA as
above), order suspended from staff and to report to Ethics. Ethics
investigates staff member as possible SP and handles accordingly.
RS'ing or very tight needle, suspend from staff and order to
Ethics. Investigate for PTS or SP, and handle accordingly.
Very low or very high TA: order removed from any executive post
and transferred to minor duties or even off all duties (not off
payroll). If a Secretary, cable Exec Director with recommendations
and results of Meter Check. Do not handle otherwise.
Checks should be given to staff who continue to accumulate
reports in an Emergency. The Ethics Officer has the right to
examine any or all staff, if the Emergency appears to be continuing
and application of Emergency Formula has so far failed to get org
out of Emergency.
HCO Exec Sec may request a meter check on the Ethics Officer in
an Emergency.
The Office of LRH (local or WW) may be petitioned for a re-check,
the re-check being given by any properly qualified auditor, in the
presence of the Ethics Officer (HCO Exec Sec if it is the Ethics
Officer being checked).
As soon as the Emergency is over, all staff (except SPs found or
undisconnected PTSs) are returned to original post held, entering
the org again through Ethics, subject to okay of the appropriate
Exec Sec (Exec Dir in the case of a Secretary). All persons handled
this way (except PTSs who have disconnected and SPs who are no
longer on staff anyway) are warned that they should take action
swiftly (if they have not already done so) to improve their case
shape.
The above also applies to Division, Department, Section or Unit
Emergencies. Also, the Office of LRH (local or WW) may order an
Ethics E-Meter check, normally at the request of the Ethics
Officer, any time.
An Ethics E-Meter check should be given any new staff applicants.
Tech Note: High TA = 5.0 or above
Low TA = 1.9 or below
DN = Withholds
RS = Crimes
No Case Gain = Suppressive
Roller Coaster = PTS
LRH:ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard [Revised by HCO P/L 22 December 1970,
Ethics
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED E-Meter Check, in the 1970 Year Book.]
432
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 SEPTEMBER AD15 Issue VII
Remimeo All Hats
Div 1 ETHICS ETHICS PROTECTION
Ethics actions must parallel the purposes of Scientology and its
organizations.
Ethics exists primarily to get technology in. Tech can't work
unless Ethics is already in. When tech goes out Ethics can (and is
expected to) get it in. For the purpose of Scientology amongst
others, is to apply Scientology. Therefore when tech is in, Ethics
actions tend to be dropped. Ethics continues its actions until tech
is in and as soon as it is, backs off and only acts if tech goes
out again.
The purpose of the org is to get the show on the road and keep it
going. This means production. Every division is a production unit.
It makes or does something that can have a statistic to see if it
goes up or down. Example: a typist gets out 500 letters in one
week. That's a statistic. If the next week the same typist gets out
600 letters that's an UP statistic. If the typist gets out 300
letters that's a DOWN statistic. Every post in an org can have a
statistic. So does every portion of the org. The purpose is to keep
production (statistics) up. This is the only thing that gives a
good income for the staff member personally. When statistics go
down or when things are so organized you can't get one for a post,
the staff members' pay goes down as the org goes down in its
overall production. The production of an organization is only the
total of its individual staff members. When these have down
statistics so does the org.
Ethics actions are often used to handle down individual
statistics. A person who is not doing his job becomes an Ethics
target.
Conversely, if a person is doing his job (and his statistic will
show that) Ethics is considered to be in and the person is
protected by Ethics.
As an example of the proper application of Ethics to the
production of an org, let us say the Letter Registrar has a high
statistic (gets out lots of effective mail). Somebody reports the
Letter Registrar for rudeness, somebody else reports the Letter
Registrar for irregular conduct with a student. Somebody else
reports the Letter Registrar for leaving all the lights on. Proper
Ethics Officer action = look up the general statistics of the
Letter Registrar, and seeing that they average quite high, file the
complaints with a yawn.
As the second example of Ethics application to the production of
an org, let us say that a Course Supervisor has a low statistic
(very few students moved out of his course, course number growing,
hardly anyone graduating, a bad Academy statistic). Somebody
reports this Course Supervisor for being late for work, somebody
else reports him for no weekly Adcomm report and bang! Ethics looks
up the person, calls for an Ethics Hearing with trimmings.
We are not in the business of being good boys and girls. We're in
the business of going free and getting the org production roaring.
Nothing else is of any interest then to Ethics but (a) getting tech
in, getting it run and getting it run right and (b) getting
production up and the org roaring along.
Therefore if a staff member is getting production up by having
his own statistic
433
excellent, Ethics sure isn't interested. But if a staff member
isn't producing, shown by his bad statistic for his post, Ethics is
fascinated with his smallest misdemeanor.
In short a staff member can get away with murder so long as his
statistic is up and can't sneeze without a chop if it's down.
To do otherwise is to permit some suppressive person to simply
Ethics chit every producer in the org out of existence.
When people do start reporting a staff member with a high
statistic, what you investigate is the person who turned in the
report.
In an ancient army a particularly brave deed was recognized by an
award of the title of Kha-Khan. It was not a rank. The person
remained what he was, BUT he was entitled to be forgiven the death
penalty ten times in case in the future he did anything wrong. That
was a Kha-Khan.
That's what producing, high statistic staff members
are - Kha-Khans. They can get away with murder without a blink
from Ethics.
The average fair to poor statistic staff member of course gets
just routine ethics with hearings or courts for too many misdeeds.
The low statistic fellow gets a court if he sneezes.
Ethics must use all org discipline only in view of the production
statistic of the staff member involved.
And Ethics must recognize a Kha-Khan when it sees one - and
tear up the bad report chits on the person with a yawn.
To the staff member this means - if you do your job you are
protected by Ethics. And if you aren't so protected and your
statistic is high, cable me.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
434
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 OCTOBER 1965
All Staff I M P (c) R T A N T
Ethics Hat
Tech Hats
Qual Hats
Income Hats POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE ROUTING
The Ethics Officer, when receiving a person who has roller
coastered (case improved then dropped), must route that person to
Review. Review only must locate the correct Suppressive Person,
repeat the correct SP, the right SP.
Review then states:
1. Who the SP is (or who they are if more than one);
2. That good indicators came in and stayed in visibly when the SP
(or SPs) was
found.
Review then sends the person to Ethics.
Ethics must require the person as per policy to handle or
disconnect.
If the person will not handle or disconnect, the person is sent
again to Review as the right SP has NOT been found.
Further UNTIL THE PERSON HAS PAID IN CASH FOR THE REVIEW SEARCH
AND DISCOVERY Ethics may not declare the person no longer PTS. (The
reason for this is that the person will not pay if the wrong
suppressive is found.) HGC Auditors, similarly must send a PTS to
Review not Ethics.
Supervisors must send any student PTS only to Review.
Review always sends to Ethics but ONLY when the right SP has been
found and indicated.
REVIEW AUDITOR
The Review Auditor uses "Search and Discovery" as will be covered
in an HCO B. If this is not to hand, simply find the right SP,
indicate it to the person and watch the good indicators come in.
PTSs may not be handled in ANY other way.
The routing is not from Ethics to the Chaplain. Ethics does not
route to the Chaplain.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ml.cden Copyright(~) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
435
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 OCTOBER 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
Executive Division HCO Division ETHICS AUTHORITY SECTION OFFICE
OF LRH
The actual authority on which Ethics operates, no matter who
signs the order, is LRH. No matter what action is undertaken, any
and all errors rebound heavily on the Office of LRH. Therefore
there must exist a route of correction of Ethics actions where
needful.
In addition, there are several Ethics functions purely belonging
to the Office of LRH. These are:
1. The actual declaration of Suppressive Persons or groups, no
matter who signs the order. Cancellation of certificates may not be
done by any other than LRH as that is the issuing authority for all
certificates.
2. Comm Ev findings cannot be put into effect where they require
cancellations without an LRH okay of findings. In general Comm Ev
findings are usually okayed in practice by the Office of LRH.
3. Petitions which concern Ethics are handled by the Office of
LRH, usually by routing to Ethics for data and the Office of LRH
acting on that data or any other known data or policy.
4. The form and presentation of Ethics Orders are the concern of
the Office of LRH and when the form, wording or presentation is
incorrect the Office of LRH acts to remedy.
5. New Ethics policies or procedures are the concern of the
Office of LRH when required.
6. Amnesties and their points of interpretation are handled by
the Office of LRH.
7. Investigations concerning Ethics itself.
8. Although entirely under the HCO Area Secretary and in Div 1,
Dept 3, Ethics Officers are looked on by me as my Ethics Officers
and none may be appointed without my okay with a review of their
record by myself.
Therefore, for these eight reasons only, the Office of LRH has a
responsibility for Ethics. There is therefore an ETHICS AUTHORITY
SECTION in the Office of LRH that cares for the above 8 actions
only, not for general ethics actions.
No other post in Dept 21 may assume the authority of the Ethics
Authority Officer unless it is specifically designated as a hat.
Routing on the above eight matters is self evident.
Anyone holding the hat of Ethics Authority Officer, Office of LRH
must be checked out on all Ethics Policy Letters.
LRH:ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
436
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1965
Remimeo All Staff
REPORTING OF THEFT AND ACTION TO BE TAKEN
When a theft occurs in the Organisation, a routine set of actions
should occur. These actions are as follows:
1. The person discovering the theft goes immediately to the
Ethics Officer and makes a full verbal report of the
article/articles stolen, when they were last there - who was
responsible for their safety - and any further data that he has
on it.
2. The Ethics Officer writes down all details of the theft and
the articles stolen.
In the cases where large objects such as a machine, car, or the
building has been broken into and something taken, he calls the
Police immediately giving full details of the theft.
3. The Ethics Officer then makes a Xerox copy of the details of
the theft and takes it to the Insurance Of ricer, Dept of Records,
Assets and Materiel, Org Division.
4. The Insurance Officer takes the Report and immediately
notifies the Insurance Company with which the article was insured.
These actions should be done speedily as in some cases unless a
theft is reported immediately to the Police and the Insurance
Company, the Insurance is not collectable.
It is the responsibility of the Insurance Officer to see that all
articles of value are insured.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden Copyright(~) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
437
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 DECEMBER 1965
Remimeo
ETHICS CHITS
When anyone receives an Ethics Chit which the recipient feels is
incorrect, the answer is not to issue another chit naming the
person that issued the first chit. Such action merely sets up a
vicious circle of Ethics Chits going between two persons.
The purpose of Ethics is to get Technology and policy in and get
the org going, not to start clanging matches. Therefore if anyone
receives an Ethics Chit, he or she should first take a good look at
his or her actions and see what needs to be done in order to avoid
a repetition of the offence.
If, however, after careful consideration they consider the chit
really unjustified, they should politely despatch the Ethics
Officer, stating briefly their reasons, supported where possible
with data and ask for the chit to be withdrawn.
If, in light of the data received, Ethics is satisfied that the
chit was incorrectly issued, he/she can return the chit and
explanation to the originator asking for the chit to be withdrawn.
If the originator decides now to withdraw the chit after seeing the
explanation he returns it to Ethics requesting cancellation and
Ethics removes the chit from the file.
If the originator is dissatisfied with the explanation the chit
should not be withdrawn. The originator sends the despatch and chit
back to the Ethics Officer with 'To Ethics - File' written on
it. Ethics infos the receiver and files. In this case, the receiver
can if he wishes appeal by despatch to the Ethics Officer and ask
for a hearing. Thereupon, the Ethics Officer calls both the
originator and the receiver (unless the originator is a Secretary
or above) to his office and, taking only the facts set out in the
receiver's despatch to Ethics, makes a quick investigation.
The Ethics Officer then makes one of the following adjudications:
1. Have the Ethics Chit destroyed.
2. Have the Ethics Chit destroyed and if he finds that the Chit
was carelessly or incorrectly issued (bearing in mind what
information was available to the originator at the time of issue),
indicate the incorrectness to the originator and order any
necessary checkouts on the relevant Policy Letter/s violated to
correct the originator into future on-policy handling.
3. If he discovers the Chit to have been a willful and knowing
false report, convene an Ethics Hearing on the originator (not for
the fact of filing, only for the willful and knowing false report);
or if the originator is a Director or above, request an Executive
Ethics Hearing be convened by the Office of LRH via the HCO Area
Secretary.
4. Order the Ethics Chit to remain on the file.
5. Take up all the receiver's Ethics Chits and hold the hearing
accordingly.
If the originator is a Secretary or above the Ethics Officer and
the receiver visit the Secretary in his Office for the hearing on
appointment. But a Secretary or above need not grant the
appointment at all if so inclined. In such a case the hearing is
held without the originator in the Ethics Office.
No person may be penalized for issuing an Ethics Chit.
This policy letter is retroactive from this date. In other words
old chits may be
protested as above.
LRH: emp.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Note: The original issue of this Policy Letter contained errors
in the fifth paragraph which have been corrected in this edition.
Also, point 2 above, which was incomplete in the original mimeo,
has been corrected and completed, and a new item as point 3 has
been included. The corrections and additions are shown in italics.]
438
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 DECEMBER 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
PTS AUDITING AND ROUTING
A PTS CANNOT BE AUDITED OR TRAINED UNTIL THE PTS SITUATION IS
HANDLED.
The handling of PTS cases will remain with Ethics. Ethics may do
a casual location of SPs or may order a Stabilization Intensive in
the HGC. (See below.)
SEARCH AND DISCOVERY
In cases where a handle or disconnect does not resolve the PTS
situation, or in auditing a preclear to maintain stability of
Release Levels, the action follows Search and Discovery technology.
This will be called a Stabilization Intensive and may be ordered
by Ethics in severe cases or may be sold by the Registrar. This
intensive may be sold only as a five hour package, continued in 5
hour minimum amounts, delivered by the HGC as a special action and
sold for $100.00 or its Sterling equivalent. It will be done in the
HGC, and may not be done as part of Power Processing.
A Stabilization Intensive may not be concluded, whether bought
casually to assist reaching more Release Grades faster or ordered
by Ethics without the Ethics Officer passing upon the Suppressive
Person or Group located as being correct.
If Ethics declares the Suppressive Person or Group is incorrect,
the preclear must be sent to Review, not back to the HGC, and a
more basic (earlier) Suppressive or Group found, with Ethics
passing on the final result.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ml. eden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
439
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 MARCH 1966
Remimeo
Guardian Hat
Exec Secs Hat REWARDS AND PENALTIES
HCO Area Sec Hat
Dir I & R Hat HOW TO HANDLE PERSONNEL AND
LRH Comm Hat ETHICS MATTERS
The whole decay of Western government is explained in this
seemingly obvious law:
WHEN YOU REWARD DOWN STATISTICS AND PENALIZE UP STATISTICS YOU
GET DOWN STATISTICS.
If you reward non-production you get non-production.
When you penalize production you get non-production.
The Welfare State can be defined as that state which rewards
non-production at the expense of production. Let us not then be
surprised that we all turn up at last slaves in a starved society.
Russia cannot even feed herself but depends on conquest to eke
out an existence - and don't think they don't strip the
conquered! They have to.
Oddly enough one of the best ways to detect a Suppressive Person
is that he or she stamps on up statistics and condones or rewards
down statistics. It makes an SP very happy for everyone to starve
to death, for the good worker to be shattered and the bad worker
patted on the back.
Draw your own conclusions as to whether or not Western
Governments (or Welfare States) became at last Suppressives. For
they used the law used by suppressives: If you reward
non-production you get non-production.
Although all this is very obvious to us, it seems to have been
unknown, overlooked or ignored by 20th Century governments.
In the conduct of our own affairs in all matters of rewards and
penalties we pay sharp heed to the basic laws as above and use this
policy:
We award production and up statistics and penalize non-production
and down statistics. Always.
Also we do it all by statistics - not rumour or personality or
who knows who. And we make sure every one has a statistic of some
sort. We promote by statistic only. We penalize down statistics
only.
The whole of Government as government was only a small bit of a
real organization - it was an Ethics function Plus a Tax
function Plus a Disbursement function. This is about 3/100ths of an
organization. A 20th Century government was just these 3 functions
gone mad. Yet they made the whole population wear the hat of
government.
We must learn and profit from what they did wrong. And what they
mainly did wrong was reward the down statistic and penalize the up
statistic.
The hardworker-earner was heavily taxed and the money was used to
support the indigent. This was not humanitarian. It was only given
"humanitarian" reasons.
440
The robbed person was investigated exclusively, rarely the
robber.
The head of government who got into the most debt became a hero.
War rulers were deified and peacetime rulers forgotten no matter
how many wars they prevented.
Thus went Ancient Greece, Rome, France, the British Empire and
the US. This was the decline and fall of every great civilization
on this planet: they eventually rewarded the down statistic and
penalized the up statistic. That's all that caused their decline.
They came at last into the hands of Suppressives and had no
technology to detect them or escape their inevitable disasters.
Thus, when you think of "processing Joe to make a good D of P out
of him and get him over his mistakes" forget it. That rewards a
down statistic. Instead, find an auditor with an up statistic,
reward it with processing and make him the D of P.
Never promote a down statistic or demote an up statistic.
Never even hold a hearing on someone with an up statistic. Never
accept an Ethics chit on one - just stamp it "Sorry, Up
Statistic" and send it back.
But someone with a steadily down statistic, investigate. Accept
and convert any Ethics chit to a hearing. Look for an early
replacement.
Gruesomely, in my experience I have only seldom raised a
chronically down statistic with orders or persuasion or new plans.
I have only raised them with changes of personnel.
So don't even consider someone with a steadily down statistic as
part of the team. Investigate, yes. Try, yes. But if it stays down,
don't fool about. The person is drawing pay and position and
privilege for not doing his job and that's too much reward even
there.
Don't get reasonable about down statistics. They are down because
they are down. If someone was on the post they would be up. And act
on that basis.
Any duress levelled by Ethics should be reserved for down
statistics.
Even Section 5 investigates social areas of down statistic.
Psychiatry's cures are zero. The negative statistic of more insane
is all that is "up". So investigate and hang.
If we reverse the conduct of declining governments and businesses
we will of course grow. And that makes for coffee and cakes,
promotion, higher pay, better working quarters and tools for all
those who earned them. And who else should have them?
If you do it any other way, everyone starves. We are peculiar in
believing there is a virtue in prosperity.
You cannot give more to the indigent than the society produces.
When the society, by penalizing production, at last produces very
little and yet has to feed very many, revolutions, confusion,
political unrest and Dark Ages ensue.
In a very prosperous society where production is amply rewarded,
there is always more left over than is needed. I well recall in
prosperous farm communities that charity was ample and people
didn't die in the ditch. That only happens where production is
already low and commodity or commerce already scarce (scarcity of
commercial means of distribution is also a factor in depressions).
The cause of the great depression of the 1920s and 1930s in the
US and England has never been pointed out by Welfare "statesmen".
The cause was Income Tax and
441
government interference with companies and, all during the 1800s,
a gradual rise of nationalism and size of governments and their
budgets, and no commercial development to distribute goods to the
common people, catering to royal governments or only a leisure
class still being the focus of production.
Income tax so penalized management, making it unrewarded, and
company law so hampered financing that it ceased to be really
worthwhile to run companies and management quit. In Russia
management went into politics in desperation. Kings were always
decreeing the commoner couldn't have this or that (it put the
commoner's statistic up!) and not until 1930 did anyone really
begin to sell to the people with heavy advertising. It was Madison
Avenue, radio, TV and Bing Crosby not the Gre-e-eat Roosevelt who
got the US out of the depression. England, not permitting wide
radio coverage, never has come out of it and her empire is dust.
England still too firmly held the "aristocratic" tradition that the
commoner mustn't possess to truly use her population as a market.
But the reason they let it go this way and the reason the great
depression occurred and the reason for the decline of the West is
this one simple truth:
If you reward non-production you get it.
It is not humanitarian to let a whole population go to pieces
just because a few refuse to work. And some people just won't. And
when work no longer has reward none will.
It is far more humane to have enough so everyone can eat.
So specialize in production and everybody wins. Reward it.
There is nothing really wrong with socialism helping the needy.
Sometimes it is vital. But the reasons for that are more or less
over. It is a temporary solution, easily overdone and like
Communism is simply old-fashioned today. If carried to extremes
like drinking coffee or absinthe or even eating it becomes quite
uncomfortable and oppressive. And today Socialism and Communism
have been carried far too far and now only oppress up statistics
and reward down ones.
By the way the natural law in this Pol Ltr is the reason
Scientology goes poorly when credit is extended by orgs and when
auditors won't charge properly. With credit and no charge we are
rewarding down statistics with attention and betterment as much as
we reward up statistics in the society. A preclear who can work and
produces as a member of society deserves of course priority. He
naturally is the one who can pay. When we give the one who can't
pay just as much attention we are rewarding a down social statistic
with Scientology and of course we don't expand because we don't
expand the ability of the able. In proof, the most expensive thing
you can do is process the insane and these have the lowest
statistic in the society.
The more you help those in the society with low statistics the
more tangled affairs will get. The orgs require fantastic attention
to keep them there at all when we reward low society statistics
with training and processing. The worker pays his way. He has a
high statistic. So give him the best in training and
processing - not competition with people who don't work and
don't have any money.
Always give the best service to the person in society who does
his job. By not extending credit you tend to guarantee the best
service to those with the best statistics and so everyone wins
again. None is owed processing or training. We are not an Earthwide
amends project.
No good worker owes his work. That's slavery.
We don't owe because we do better. One would owe only if one did
worse.
442
Not everyone realizes how Socialism penalizes an up statistic.
Take health taxes. If an average man adds up what he pays the
government he will find his visits to medicos are very expensive.
The one who benefits is only the chronically ill, whose way is paid
by the healthy. So the chronically ill (down statistic) are
rewarded with care paid for by penalties on the healthy (up
statistic).
In income tax, the more a worker makes the more hours of his work
week are taxed away from him. Eventually he is no longer working
for his reward. He is working for no pay. If he got up to �50 a
week the proportion of his pay (penalty) might go as high as half.
Therefore people tend to refuse higher pay (up statistics) as it
has a penalty that is too great. On the other hand a totally
indigent non-working person is paid well just to loaf. The up
statistic person cannot hire any small services to help his own
prosperity as he is already paying it via the government to
somebody who doesn't work.
Socialisms pay people not to grow crops no matter how many are
starving. Get it?
So the law holds.
Charity is charity. It benefits the donor, giving him a sense of
superiority and status. It is a liability to the receiver but he
accepts it as he must and vows (if he has any pride) to cease being
poor and get to work.
Charity cannot be enforced by law and arrest for then it is
extortion and not charity.
And get no idea that I beat any drum for capitalism. That too is
old-old-old hat.
Capitalism is the economics of living by non-production. It by
exact definition is the economics of living off interest from
loans. Which is an extreme of rewarding non-production.
Imperialism and Colonialism are also bad as they exist by
enslaving the population of less strong countries like Russia does,
and that too is getting a reward for non-production like they did
in Victorian England from all the colonies.
Parasitism is Parasitism. Whether high or low it is unlovely.
All these isms are almost equally nutty and their inheritors, if
not their originators, were all of a stamp - suppressive.
All I beat the drum for is that the working worker deserves a
break and the working manager deserves his pay and the successful
company deserves the fruits of its success.
Only when success is bought by enslavement or rewards are given
to bums or thieves will you find me objecting.
This is a new look. It is an honest look.
Reward the up statistic and damn the down and we'll all make out.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :ml.rd Copyright Q) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
443
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 MARCH 1966
Remimeo
Exec Secs' Hats Exec - HCO - Tech - Qual
ES Comm Qual Hat Ethics
HCO Sec Hat
Dir I & R Hat
Ethics Hat URGENT
Tech & Qual Hats
LRH Comm Hat
HIGH CRIME
Effective I June 1966
In any instance of a heavily falling statistic in Tech or Qual or
a chronically low statistic in Tech or Qual in an org or in any org
which has chronically low statistics in all divisions:
The Ethics Officer must look for this policy violation which is
the highest crime in Tech and Qual:
TOLERATING THE ABSENCE OF, OR NOT INSISTING UPON STAR-RATED
CHECK OUTS ON ALL PROCESSES AND THEIR IMMEDIATE TECHNOLOGY AND ON
RELEVANT POLICY LETTERS ON HGC INTERNES OR STAFF AUDITORS IN THE
TECH DIV OR STAFF AUDITORS OR INTERNES IN THE QUAL DIV FOR THE
LEVELS AND ACTIONS THEY WILL USE BEFORE PERMITTING THEM TO AUDIT
ORG PCS AND ON SUPERVISORS IN TECH AND QUAL WHO INSTRUCT OR EXAMINE
OR FAILING TO INSIST UPON THIS POLICY OR PREVENTING THIS POLICY
FROM GOING INTO EFFECT OR
MINIMIZING THE CHECK OUTS OR LISTS.
If an Ethics Officer or any person in HCO Dept 3 discovers this
high crime to exist he must report it at once to the HCO Area
Secretary.
The HCO Area Secretary must at once order a thorough
investigation into any and all persons who might have instigated
this high crime and report the matter to the HCO Exec Sec.
The HCO Exec Sec must then convene a Committee of Evidence with
the persons accused as interested parties and must locate amongst
them the suppressive or suppressives by the "reasonableness" of
their defence, state of case and other signs.
The Committee of Evidence must declare the located S.P.
suppressive by HCO Ethics Order and dismiss.
If any Ethics Officer, Director of I & R or HCO Area Secretary
fails to obtain co-operation by superiors in carrying out this
Policy Letter quickly then he or she must inform the LRH
Communicator.
The LRH Communicator must then cable full particulars to
Worldwide.
The Worldwide AdCouncil must then carry out this policy letter
expeditiously and at any cost.
If the HCO personnel making this discovery cannot obtain action
in any other way he or she must go outside the org and cable LRH
Comm WW and his actions and costs in so cabling will be reimbursed
on claim to WW and his post will be fully protected.
444
If the AdCouncil WW suspects this policy not to be in full force
in any org despite assurances an HCO WW personnel must be sent to
that org to investigate and may be deputized to remove either or
both Exec Secs of that org by Comm Ev on the spot or at WW.
It has been discovered that failure to check out, Star Rated, the
Tech and Qual HCO Bs applying to levels being audited or taught or
examined and their processes and the data used in Review and
relevant policy on those using the material in orgs results in a
crashed Division 4 completion statistic, crashed income and low
statistics throughout and a failing org and was the reason through
1965 for struggling orgs - the public would not pay more for
service than it was worth to them and with this policy out, the
service was not worth very much.
It has been found that a suppressive person will discourage this
check out policy as one of his first actions.
This policy applies whether an auditor has been trained or not
with star-rated check outs. Staff and Review auditor and Supervisor
are special technical status grades and one cannot consider this
double training.
"Star-Rated" means = 100 percent letter perfect in knowing and
understanding, demonstrating and being able to repeat back the
material with no comm lag.
Org Exec Sec Communicator for Qual WW is the final authority for
any check sheets on this matter and is responsible for preparing
and standardizing them from time to time. But the lack of a check
sheet from ES Comm Qual WW does not set aside any provision or
penalty of this policy letter.
This policy letter is issued in the complete knowledge that the
absence of this policy in full effect is the primary reason for
orgs not growing and is based on actual experience.
The only higher crime I could think of would be to pretend to
have an org but have no technical personnel on staff in Tech or
Qual. That is suppressive also and will crash an org. Handle it
similarly to the above.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ml.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Added to by HCO P/L 21 November 1971, Scientology Courses
Examination Policy, Volume 5 - page 139, which made it firm
policy that anyone examining a student for certification on any
Scientology Course, including Admin, must have first star-rated
related Policies, HCO Bs or other issues before writing or grading
exams. ]
[Note: In the original issue of this Policy Letter the words "THE
ABSENCE OF" in the first line of the 3rd paragraph were omitted.
However, in a poster issued by Flag in 1971 quoting this
capitalized paragraph of the "High Crime" P/L, these words were
included, and accordingly have been added in this
printing. - Ed. ]
445
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 APRIL 1966
Gen Non-Remimeo St Hill Clearing Course Students
ETHICS: CLEARING COURSE
Whenever a Clearing Course Student is found guilty by Ethics of
serious noncompliance of Clearing Course instructions, blowing from
Course, misuse of Clearing Course material, communicating about the
Clearing Course to anyone (which includes Clearing Course students)
other than the Clearing Course Supervisor or a Review auditor
properly assigned to the case or of any action resulting in action
having to be taken by Ethics, an Ethics investigation is to be
ordered immediately by the HCO Exec Sec. St Hill to find who was
responsible for allowing such a security risk on to the Clearing
Course and make recommendations.
The Clearing Course Supervisor may demand of the HCO Exec Sec
that a Committee of Evidence be called if he/she is of the opinion
that the security of the Clearing Course is threatened and no
action is being taken.
LRH:lb-r.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Revised to include Advanced Courses by HCO P/L 12 August 1971,
Issue V, corrected & reissued 24 October 1971, Ethics: Advanced
Courses, in the 1971 Year Book.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 AUGUST 1966
Remimeo
ETHICS CLEARS, INVALIDATION OF
Spreading false tales to invalidate Clears is a High Crime.
Anyone found spreading libelous and slanderous statements about
the alleged behavior of Clears shall be declared Suppressive at
once by the first Ethics Officer so hearing of the matter.
Investigation should take the form of looking for a criminal
background on the person spreading such rumors.
For sixteen years I have been subjected to this type of attack.
Now it is being transferred to Clears by Suppressive Persons.
Such attacks are born out of terror of having anyone better or
stronger. This is the basic motivation of any SP.
It has been a hard task to bring the shreds of civilization to a
scientific barbarism known as "Western Culture".
Quite obviously it will require a long time to get Ethics in on
this society. We have not been tough enough.
So get tough.
LRH:lb-r.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
446
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 AUGUST 1966 Issue II
Remimeo Ethics Hats Clearing Course Super Clearing Course
Students
CLEARING COURSE SECURITY
If any Ethics Officer receives a report that a Clearing Course
Student is engaging in activities such as to indicate that he or
she is a potential security risk with regard to Clearing Course
materials, the Ethics Officer must immediately cable the Clearing
Course Supervisor at Saint Hill giving brief details, and airmail
full details immediately.
Any sort of squirrel activity, contact with declared SPs or
Suppressive Groups, entheta about or enturbulation of Scientology
Orgs, or failure to report or communicate promptly to the local
Ethics Officer when so requested, would be grounds for suspicion.
Unsolicited receipt of mailings from a Suppressive Group would not,
particularly if turned in unread to the Ethics Officer.
The Clearing Course Supervisor, on receipt of such a report,
immediately cables the Ethics Officer to collect the student's
materials and forward them to Saint Hill. The Ethics Officer may
deputize any person qualified to handle such materials, but must
comply immediately.
Meanwhile a full investigation into the allegations against the
Clearing Course student is done and speedily completed. The
findings are reported by airmail to the Clearing Course Supervisor.
If the allegations are found to be totally untrue, then the
person making them is subject to severe Ethics action, since he has
wasted a Clearing Course student's auditing time and slowed him
down on the road to Clear.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ec.cden Copyright Q) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
447
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 AUGUST 1966 Issue II
Remimeo Applies to HCO Div 1, Dept 3
ETHICS ORDERS
All Ethics Orders issued on staff members must state:
1. The executive ordering the order.
2. The Division, Department and any Section of the staff member.
An Ethics Order with a name only does not inform sufficiently.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: lb-r. eden Copyright(~) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 AUGUST 1966
Gen Non
Remimeo
HCO Exec Secs
HCO Secs
Dir I&R
Ethics Hats NUMBERING OF ETHICS ORDERS
Ethics Orders are henceforth to have the cable designation of the
issuing Org (HCO Policy Letter 4 January 1966 II, and as amended)
appended to the number of the Ethics Order.
Examples: 4SH, 20L, 1 AD etc.
The cable designation letters are to come at the end of the
number.
Numbering on this system will start again from I for all Orgs.
Present number sequences will not be continued.
Numbering does not start again from I at the beginning of each
year but continues up to 9,999 and then starts at I again.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: Ib-r. eden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
448
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO BULLETIN OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1966
Remimeo
THE ANTI-SOCIAL PERSONALITY THE ANTI-SCIENTOLOGIST
There are certain characteristics and mental attitudes which
cause about 20% of a race to oppose violently any betterment
activity or group.
Such people are known to have anti-social tendencies.
When the legal or political structure of a country becomes such
as to favour such personalities in positions of trust, then all the
civilizing organizations of the country become suppressed and a
barbarism of criminality and economic duress ensues.
Crime and criminal acts are perpetuated by anti-social
personalities. Inmates of institutions commonly trace their state
back to contact with such personalities.
Thus, in the fields of government, police activities and mental
health, to name a few, we see that it is important to be able to
detect and isolate this personality type so as to protect society
and individuals from the destructive consequences attendant upon
letting such have free rein to injure others.
As they only comprise 20% of the population and as only 2 1/2% of
this 20% are truly dangerous, we see that with a very small amount
of effort we could considerably better the state of society.
Well known, even stellar examples of such a personality are, of
course, Napoleon and Hitler. Dillinger, Pretty Boy Floyd, Christie
and other famous criminals were well known examples of the
anti-social personality. But with such a cast of characters in
history we neglect the less stellar examples and do not perceive
that such personalities exist in current life, very common, often
undetected.
When we trace the cause of a failing business, we will inevitably
discover somewhere in its ranks the anti-social personality hard at
work.
In families which are breaking up we commonly find one or the
other of the persons involved to have such a personality.
Where life has become rough and is failing, a careful review of
the area by a trained observer will detect one or more such
personalities at work.
As there are 80% of us trying to get along and only 20% trying to
prevent us, our lives would be much easier to live were we well
informed as to the exact manifestations of such a personality. Thus
we could detect it and save ourselves much failure and heartbreak.
It is important then to examine and list the attributes of the
anti-social personality. Influencing as it does the daily lives of
so many, it well behooves decent people to become better informed
on this subject.
ATTRIBUTES
The anti-social personality has the following attributes:
1. He or she speaks only in very broad generalities. "They say .
. ." "Everybody thinks ..." "Everyone knows ..." and such
expressions are in continual use, particularly when imparting
rumor. When asked, "Who is everybody ..." it normally turns out to
be one source and from this source the anti-social person has
manufactured what he or she pretends is the whole opinion of the
whole society.
449
This is natural to them since to them all society is a large
hostile generality, against the anti-social in particular.
2. Such a person deals mainly in bad news, critical or hostile
remarks, invalidation and general suppression.
"Gossip" or "harbinger of evil tidings" or "rumor monger" once
described such persons.
It is notable that there is no good news or complimentary remark
passed on by such a person.
3. The anti-social personality alters, to worsen, communication
when he or she relays a message or news. Good news is stopped and
only bad news, often embellished, is passed along.
Such a person also pretends to pass on "bad news" which is in
actual fact invented.
4. A characteristic, and one of the sad things about an
anti-social personality, is that it does not respond to treatment
or reform or psychotherapy.
5. Surrounding such a personality we find cowed or ill associates
or friends who, when not driven actually insane, are yet behaving
in a crippled manner in life, failing, not succeeding.
Such people make trouble for others.
When treated or educated, the near associate of the anti-social
personality has no stability of gain but promptly relapses or loses
his advantages of knowledge, being under the suppressive influence
of the other.
Physically treated, such associates commonly do not recover in
the expected time but worsen and have poor convalescences.
It is quite useless to treat or help or train such persons so
long as they remain under the influence of the anti-social
connection.
The largest number of insane are insane because of such
anti-social connections and do not recover easily for the same
reason.
Unjustly we seldom see the anti-social personality actually in an
institution. Only his "friends" and family are there.
6. The anti-social personality habitually selects the wrong
target.
If a tyre is flat from driving over nails, he or she curses a
companion or a non-causative source of the trouble. If the radio
next door is too loud, he or she kicks the cat.
If A is the obvious cause, the anti-social personality inevitably
blames B. or C or D.
7. The anti-social cannot finish a cycle of action.
Such become surrounded with incomplete projects.
8. Many anti-social persons will freely confess to the most
alarming crimes when forced to do so, but will have no faintest
sense of responsibility for them.
Their actions have little or nothing to do with their own
volition. Things "just happened".
They have no sense of correct causation and particularly cannot
feel any sense of remorse or shame therefore.
9. The anti-social personality supports only destructive groups
and rages against and attacks any constructive or betterment group.
450
10. This type of personality approves only of destructive actions
and fights against constructive or helpful actions or activities.
The artist in particular is often found as a magnet for persons
with anti-social personalities who see in his art something which
must be destroyed and covertly, "as a friend", proceed to try.
11. Helping others is an activity which drives the anti-social
personality nearly berserk. Activities, however, which destroy in
the name of help are closely supported.
12. The anti-social personality has a bad sense of property and
conceives that the idea that anyone owns anything is a pretense
made up to fool people. Nothing is ever really owned.
THE BASIC REASON
The basic reason the anti-social personality behaves as he or she
does lies in a hidden terror of others.
To such a person every other being is an enemy, an enemy to be
covertly or overtly destroyed.
The fixation is that survival itself depends on "keeping others
down" or "keeping people ignorant".
If anyone were to promise to make others stronger or brighter,
the anti-social personality suffers the utmost agony of personal
danger.
They reason that if they are in this much trouble with people
around them weak or stupid, they would perish should anyone become
strong or bright.
Such a person has no trust to a point of terror. This is usually
masked and unrevealed.
When such a personality goes insane the world is full of Martians
or the FBI and each person met is really a Martian or FBI agent.
But the bulk of such people exhibit no outward signs of insanity.
They appear quite rational. They can be very convincing.
However, the list given above consists of things which such a
personality cannot detect in himself or herself. This is so true
that if you thought you found yourself in one of the above, you
most certainly are not anti-social. Selfcriticism is a luxury the
anti-social cannot afford. They must be RIGHT because they are in
continual danger in their own estimation. If you proved one WRONG,
you might even send him or her into a severe illness.
Only the sane, well-balanced person tries to correct his conduct.
RELIEF
If you were to weed out of your past by proper search and
discovery those anti-social persons you have known and if you then
disconnected, you might experience great relief.
Similarly, if society were to recognize this personality type as
a sick being as they now isolate people with smallpox, both social
and economic recoveries could occur.
Things are not likely to get much better so long as 20% of the
population is permitted to dominate and injure the lives and
enterprise of the remaining 80%.
As majority rule is the political manner of the day, so should
majority sanity express itself in our daily lives without the
interference and destruction of the socially unwell.
The pity of it is, they will not permit themselves to be helped
and would not respond to treatment if help were attempted.
An understanding and ability to recognize such personalities
could bring a major change in society and our lives.
451
THE SOCIAL PERSONALITY
Man in his anxieties is prone to witch hunts.
All one has to do is designate "people wearing black caps" as the
villains and one can start a slaughter of people in black caps.
This characteristic makes it very easy for the anti-social
personality to bring about a chaotic or dangerous environment.
Man is not naturally brave or calm in his human state. And he is
not necessarily villainous.
Even the anti-social personality, in his warped way, is quite
certain that he is acting for the best and commonly sees himself as
the only good person around, doing all for the good of
everyone - the only flaw in his reasoning being that if one
kills everyone else, none are left to be protected from the
imagined evils. His conduct in his environment and toward his
fellows is the only method of detecting either the anti-social or
the social personalities. Their motives for self are
similar - self preservation and survival. They simply go about
achieving these in different ways.
Thus, as Man is naturally neither calm nor brave, anyone to some
degree tends to be alert to dangerous persons and hence, witch
hunts can begin.
It is therefore even more important to identify the social
personality than the anti-social personality. One then avoids
shooting the innocent out of mere prejudice or dislike or because
of some momentary misconduct.
The social personality can be defined most easily by comparison
with his opposite, the anti-social personality.
This differentiation is easily done and no test should ever be
constructed which isolates only the anti-social. On the same test
must appear the upper as well as lower ranges of Man's actions.
A test that declares only anti-social personalities without also
being able to identify the social personality would be itself a
suppressive test. It would be like answering "Yes" or "No" to the
question "Do you still beat your wife?" Anyone who took it could be
found guilty. While this mechanism might have suited the times of
the Inquisition, it would not suit modern needs.
As the society runs, prospers and lives solely through the
efforts of social personalities, one must know them as they, not
the anti-social, are the worthwhile people. These are the people
who must have rights and freedom. Attention is given to the
anti-social solely to protect and assist the social personalities
in the society.
All majority rules, civilizing intentions and even the human race
will fail unless one can identify and thwart the anti-social
personalities and help and forward the social personalities in the
society. For the very word "society" implies social conduct and
without it there is no society at all, only a barbarism with all
men, good or bad, at risk.
The frailty of showing how the harmful people can be known is
that these then apply the characteristics to decent people to get
them hunted down and eradicated.
The swan song of every great civilization is the tune played by
arrows, axes or bullets used by the anti-social to slay the last
decent men.
Government is only dangerous when it can be employed by and for
anti-social personalities. The end result is the eradication of all
social personalities and the resultant collapse of Egypt, Babylon,
Rome, Russia or the West.
You will note in the characteristics of the anti-social
personality that intelligence is not a clue to the anti-social.
They are bright or stupid or average. Thus those who are extremely
intelligent can rise to considerable, even head-of-state heights.
Importance and ability or wish to rise above others are likewise
not indexes to the anti-social. When they do become important or
rise they are, however, rather visible by the broad consequences of
their acts. But they are as likely to be unimportant people or hold
very lowly stations and wish for nothing better.
452
Thus it is the twelve given characteristics alone which identify
the anti-social personality. And these same twelve reversed are the
sole criteria of the social personality if one wishes to be
truthful about them.
The identification or labeling of an anti-social personality
cannot be done honestly and accurately unless one also, in the same
examination of the person, reviews the positive side of his life.
All persons under stress can react with momentary flashes of
anti-social conduct. This does not make them anti-social
personalities.
The true anti-social person has a majority of anti-social
characteristics.
The social personality has a majority of social characteristics.
Thus one must examine the good with the bad before one can truly
label the anti-social or the social.
In reviewing such matters, very broad testimony and evidence are
best. One or two isolated instances determine nothing. One should
search all twelve social and all twelve anti-social characteristics
and decide on the basis of actual evidence, not opinion.
The twelve primary characteristics of the social personality are
as follows:
1. The social personality is specific in relating circumstances.
"Joe Jones said . . ." "The Star Newspaper reported . . ." and
gives sources of data where important or possible.
He may use the generality of "they" or "people" but seldom in
connection with attributing statements or opinions of an alarming
nature,
2. The social personality is eager to relay good news and
reluctant to relay bad.
He may not even bother to pass along criticism when it doesn't
matter.
He is more interested in making another feel liked or wanted than
disliked by others and tends to err toward reassurance rather than
toward criticism.
3. A social personality passes communication without much
alteration and if deleting anything tends to delete injurious
matters.
He does not like to hurt people's feelings. He sometimes errs in
holding back bad news or orders which seem critical or harsh.
4. Treatment, reform and psychotherapy particularly of a mild
nature work very well on the social personality.
Whereas anti-social people sometimes promise to reform, they do
not. Only the social personality can change or improve easily.
It is often enough to point out unwanted conduct to a social
personality to completely alter it for the better.
Criminal codes and violent punishment are not needed to regulate
social personalities.
5. The friends and associates of a social personality tend to be
well, happy and of good morale.
A truly social personality quite often produces betterment in
health or fortune by his mere presence on the scene.
At the very least he does not reduce the existing levels of
health or morale in his associates.
When ill, the social personality heals or recovers in an expected
manner, and is found open to successful treatment.
6. The social personality tends to select correct targets for
correction. He fixes the tyre that is flat rather than attack the
windscreen. In the mechanical arts he can therefore repair things
and make them work.
453
7. Cycles of action begun are ordinarily completed by the social
personality, if possible.
8. The social personality is ashamed of his misdeeds and
reluctant to confess them. He takes responsibility for his errors.
9. The social personality supports constructive groups and tends
to protest or resist destructive groups.
10. Destructive actions are protested by the social personality.
He assists constructive or helpful actions.
11. The social personality helps others and actively resists acts
which harm others.
12. Property is property of someone to the social personality and
its theft or misuse is prevented or frowned upon.
THE BASIC MOTIVATION
The social personality naturally operates on the basis of the
greatest good.
He is not haunted by imagined enemies but he does recognize real
enemies when they exist.
The social personality wants to survive and wants others to
survive, whereas the anti-social personality really and covertly
wants others to succumb.
Basically the social personality wants others to be happy and do
well, whereas the anti-social personality is very clever in making
others do very badly indeed.
A basic clue to the social personality is not really his
successes but his motivations. The social personality when
successful is often a target for the anti-social and by this reason
he may fail. But his intentions included others in his success,
whereas the anti-social only appreciate the doom of others.
Unless we can detect the social personality and hold him safe
from undue restraint and detect also the anti-social and restrain
him, our society will go on suffering from insanity, criminality
and war, and Man and civilization will not endure.
Of all our technical skills, such differentiation ranks the
highest since, failing, no other skill can continue, as the base on
which it operates - civilization - will not be here to
continue it.
Do not smash the social personality - and do not fail to
render powerless the anti-social in their efforts to harm the rest
of us.
Just because a man rises above his fellows or takes an important
part does not make him an anti-social personality. Just because a
man can control or dominate others does not make him an anti-social
personality.
It is his motives in doing so and the consequences of his acts
which distinguish the anti-social from the social.
Unless we realize and apply the true characteristics of the two
types of personality, we will continue to live in a quandary of who
our enemies are and, in doing so, victimize our friends.
All men have committed acts of violence or omission for which
they could be censured. In all Mankind there is not one single
perfect human being.
But there are those who try to do right and those who specialize
in wrong and upon these facts and characteristics you can know
them.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright:) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
454
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 OCTOBER 1966
Unit Supers
Students
SH Only
Ad Council
Qual Sec
Tech Sec STUDENTS TERMINATING
LEAVE OF ABSENCE BLOWN STUDENTS
I. Students Terminating
Any student terminating the SHSBC, the Solo Audit Course, or the
Ministers Course is to get an end of course clean-up by a qualified
fellow student on a June 26 Form run as Auditing by List.
The D of T is responsible for seeing that this policy letter is
put into effect.
Any student routing form now in use should be modified to include
this step. The Unit Supervisor is to sign in the proper place.
In case of difficulty in the cleaning up of the form, the student
should be routed to the Dept of Review for a formal review session.
Ethics cannot OK the termination without the form signed by the
Unit Supervisor, whether a review session occurred or not in the
Dept of Review.
IL Leave of Absence
(a) Any student wanting to leave course should be treated as a
kind of blow and sent to Review. Only after a review can any leave
of absence be granted by the Tech Sec. on D of T's advice and after
an Ethics clearance. Valid evidence of the necessity for a leave
must be presented by the student. In no case can it exceed two
weeks - exceptional leave of absence exceeding a two week
period can only be granted by the Ad Council upon presentation of
strong evidence of the necessity for such and after the above
routine has been gone through.
(b) A short leave of absence of a day or so can be granted by the
Unit Supervisor without any further okay than by the Dir of
Training.
III. Blown Students
Blown students are handled as per HCO Pol Ltr of April 5, 1965,
HCO Justice Data re Academy & HGC - Handling the Suppressive
Person, Volume 1, page 381 - "The Blown Student", and any other
policy letters dealing with suppressive acts.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: lb-r.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
455
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 DECEMBER 1966
Remimeo
ADMIN KNOW-HOW PTS SECTIONS, PERSONNEL AND EXECS
An org has certain sections, units, personnel and executives who
go PTS to suppressive elements in the society.
If one knows this, one becomes less puzzled by non-compliances
and trouble in those quarters. One can also do something effective
if one realizes why.
Legal, accounts and construction and lesser units tend to go PTS
very easily.
A "P.T.S." is a Potential Trouble Source by reason of contact
with a suppressive person or group.
Suppression is "a harmful intention or action against which one
cannot fight back." Thus when one can do anything about it it is
less suppressive.
Thus Legal goes PTS being in contact with SP courts and with SP
or PTS attorney firms as well as confronting suppressives who are
seeking to injure the org through various suppressive actions.
Accounts goes PTS through various tax and government supervision
suppressions.
An Estate Branch listening to Town & Country Planning or zoning
suppressives tends to go PTS.
In a standard issue corporation the Labour Relations contact
point, continually messed up by labour agitators who could do the
company in and regulations protecting such, tends to go PTS.
An Ethics Officer may become PTS.
The Dead File Unit may go PTS on all the entheta letters.
As such PTS personnel impinges on top executives, these can also
go PTS and the org gets harmed to say the least.
HANDLING
As one cannot easily disconnect from suppressive society points
without leaving the society, it remains that an executive must
handle, if not the SP social groups, at least the situation
developing from them and into the org.
Ideally one removes the SPs in the social groups. But where that
is not possible one can do several things:
(a) Limit the number of org personnel such groups contact.
(b) Give such org personnel as do contact such suppressive
elements S & Ds occasionally.
(c) Change such personnel frequently.
456
(d) Develop a system to restrain the SP from easily influencing
such org personnel as may remain in contact.
(e) Work gradually but steadily into a position to be able to
remove suppressives from the social groups in question, such as
becoming more influential as an org, suing, exposing, public
education and other means.
INDICATORS
The first indicator an org executive has of a unit or staff
member going PTS is non-compliance. Such personnel are being
overwhelmed in various ways by the SP social groups and have no
energy left to undertake their duties or forward org programmers.
Another indicator is the amount of illness and lack of case
progress on the part of such PTS staff members.
A third indicator is an executive getting the hat of such a
personnel on his own plate.
An executive who doesn't notice such indicators and act is being
in turn PTS, or simply isn't of executive calibre.
METHODS OF BALKING
There are several methods by which a staff member acting as an
org contact point in connection with suppressives can balk the
agents of SP groups.
One is to always tape record visibly whatever the agent from such
a suppressive group says. "Ah. Mr. Figuretwist of the Tax Division?
Good. Now wait a moment so I can record whatever you say. Good.
It's now recording. Go ahead." We used to handle the Internal
"Revenue" Service of the US this way quite successfully. The org
contact point always stopping the IRS inspector they sent around,
turning on a portable recorder and then, and not until then,
letting the man speak. Quite effective. That org only got into tax
trouble when it stopped doing this. After the recording was dropped
out as drill the SP utterances of IRS agents were in full cry at
the staff and they went PTS and began to make crazy errors and
ignore org orders re tax.
Any time such agents come around they try to get as many staff
into it as possible. And yap and yap and threaten and enturbulate.
One must put them in Coventry (silence treatments from staff other
than the contact point. Staff members of a unit that could go PTS
must be ordered to walk off without a word whenever such an agent
shows up. No "bull sessions" or arguments with such a person. The
staff personnel who handles should point at the agent if other
staff is about and say some key word like "This is a government
man" at which all other staff in the unit turns its back or
pointedly walks off. If you do this such agents can't take offence
but they get very uneasy, transact quickly, forget their mission to
be enturbulative and go away soon. Don't ever think politeness will
help you. Tipping one's hat to snakes never stopped a person
getting bitten. Walking off has.
Staffs are so "reasonable" they think these SP group
representatives are there for necessary purposes or serve some
purpose, or can be reasoned with - all of which is nonsense.
There are no good reporters. There are no good government or SP
group agents. The longer you try to be nice the worse off you will
be. And the sooner one learns this the happier he will be.
Some staff member in such contact points in the org should be the
only one who handles and all other staff should be given chits for
talking to such a person.
This limits the area of enturbulation. The handling staff member
can become 457
expert. But even so watch for bad indicators in that staff
member, and the moment they show up, change the contact point.
Never give such persons access to persons high up in the
org - or unit. Turn such over to special personnel who can get
the business over with at once and get the agent off the premises
soon.
If you see a manager snapping terminals with such agents,
transfer him to another post in the org. Unless you do so, he'll
soon cease complying with policy and will soon have the place
falling apart.
When such agents act or sound very suppressive, get them
investigated, find the scandal and attack. It is a fortunate truth
that such people also have crimes in their background that can be
found. Find and expose them.
SPs are at war. Pleasant conduct, mean conduct, any conduct at
all is simply more war. So wage the back action as a battle.
In all the history of Scientology no interviewing reporter ever
helped. They all meant the worst when they acted their best and we
are always sorry ever to have spoken. Even if the reporter is all
right, his newspaper isn't and will twist his story. We have done
best when we have blocked off reporters and worst when we've been
nice, so the moral is, a person from an SP group will eventually
make an org or some part of it PTS regardless of the agent's
conduct.
These words may seem harsh and unreasonable, yet truth is truth
and only when we ignore it do we get fouled up. Agents from SP
groups lead to PTS staff, units or sections, leads to
non-compliance, leads to a mess.
It isn't just imagination that SPs attack Scientology. The
evidence has been around in plenty for 16 years.
We began to prosper the day we cut public SPs' correspondence off
the org lines and sent it to dead file. Our executives began to
function, policy began to be followed, and we began to grow.
So we'll attain new expansion just by applying what is in this
policy letter.
I personally find such agents rather pitiful in their attempts to
make trouble. I think the contemporary attempts to upset us and
accusations of things we never do quite prove the fact such mean us
no good. But many staff and executives try desperately to be nice
to them.
Handle the business they present as effectively as possible on
special channels. Don't be nice. Limit their reach. And have less
non-compliance and a far more effective and happier org. After all
real suppressives only constitute about 21/z percent of the total
population. Why spend more than 2 1/2 percent of your time on them?
The whole stunt is realizing that certain groups are SP and
recognizing them and then handling them.
Be alert and stay alive. It won't always be this way.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH :jp.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
458
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 DECEMBER 1966
Remimeo
HISTORICAL PRECEDENCE OF ETHICS
One of the early codes of regulations and right conduct is
contained in the following article (about 2500 years ago in India).
More importantly, the regulations quoted here are the direct
forerunner of our own Ethics system.
This is of interest in event of any challenge of the validity and
religious nature of our Ethics system.
This well written summary is taken from the 1965 Buddhist Annual.
Matters Judicial
T. H. Perera
The Vinaya Pitaka, in particular the Culla- did not
consider Himself as a Supreme Law
vagga, contains the rules of conduct for the giver, nor
did He entertain the suggestion of a
purity of the monk-life. The Buddha enacted successor. He
passed away leaving behind the
these rules only when a moral lapse on the part Teaching
and Discipline as successor, counsellor
of a disciple was brought to His notice. and guide.
These rules of conduct are intended for the After the
Buddha's demise, the Elder Ganaka
rehabilitation of an erring monk rather than to Moggallana
raised the question of a successor.
punish him. The rules (227) are known as: Ananda told him
that the Patimokkha rules
morality consisting in restraint, with regard to were the
successor and guide. It is interesting to
the monk-rules. Except for the four major note here that
the time-honoured custom of
offences called Parajika (defeated), which entail bhikkhus
meeting together, once a fortnight,
on the offender the expulsion forthwith from for the
recital of the Patimokkha rules in order
the Order, all the infringements of monastic to seek
remission for any infringements (lesser)
conduct could be atoned for in the manner of the monastic
rules, and thus establish their
prescribed in the Vinaya Pitaka. purification, dates back
to this reply.
These infringements of monastic rules are The Vinaya
Pitaka, apropos the rules of
classified according to their ascending order
of Discipline, permeates, is pregnant with and
gravity into: DuikatdJ Thullaccaya, Parajika. redolent of
the demands of democracy. Every
Ecclesiastical Act is reinforced with the spirit of
For instance, suppose bhikkhu A
entertains democracy - a very significant fact, which will
displeasure towards bhikkhu B. notices a new be
appreciated as the subject is developed here.
robe belonging to B. and maliciously hides it
causing pain of mind to B. then A has commit- One more
significant matter: the decisions of
ted a dulkatd. If he maliciously causes damage the
Ecclesiastical Court with regard to capital
to a new robe belonging to B. he has committed offences
such as Nissaya-kamma which carries a
a thullaccaya. If he steals a new robe belonging period of
surveillance on the offender, Pabba
to B. he has committed a pdrdjild. The same janzya kamma
which is temporary removal of
gradation applies to injury to person: simple the
delinquent monk from the arama, Pdrajild
hurt, grievous hurt, murder. which is instant expulsion of
the transgressor
from the Order - these decisions received the
It must be emphasized here that the Buddha fiat of the
King's Court, and were duly put into
459
MATTERS JUDICIAL
execution. character, one who is an accepted authority on
the Dharnma-Vinaya and one who has gained
The Ecclesiastical can be classified under the Jhanas.1 He
shall be a person who com
four categories: mends the respect and confidence of the
entire
Sangha resident in the aroma. The Chapter
Disciplinary action taken for theviolation of assemble and
select by voting one of their
one or more of the Patimokkha rules (monastic numbers
possessed of the above qualifications
etiquette). as the President of the Court. The voting is
either by show of hands, by secret ballot, or by
Procedure adopted at the hearing of an whispering.
alleged offence by a monk, and the passing of
sentence if the offender is found guilty. Charge Sheet
Conduct of monks while serving a sentence The information
regarding the alleged off
for moral delinquency. ence is brought to the notice of
the Court, in
the form of a resolution moved by a senior
The restitution of the rights and privileges monk. It is
then seconded and read a second
which a monk lost while under surveillance, or and a third
time. If the resolution fails to
removal from an drama. obtain the unanimous vote of the
assembled
monks, then a voile prosequi is entered, and the
Preliminary Procedure accused monk goes back to his
monk-friends
with no taint on his character.
Questions as regards the minimum number of
monks required for an Ecclesiastical Act are The Plea
raised and settled.
The offender has the right to defend himself,
Thereafter, the chapter of monks to form the dispute,
debate and argue the case. If the
Court is selected by the unanimous vote of the decision of
the Court goes against him, he has
monks resident in an drama. the right of appeal to a
higher corporate body
of the Sangha. All decisions are arrived at by a
The President of the Chapter of Monks is majority vote.
However, unanimity is striven
chosen by a unanimous vote. for.
Minima If a difference of opinion arises in regard to
the interpretation of a Vinaya rule or the
Four monks who are of the higher ordination relevancy or
otherwise of a particular piece of
(upasampadd) shall form this Chapter of Monks evidence, it
is referred to a special committee of
for all acts, except ordination, the concluding two or
more monks who are acknowledged
ceremony of Vassavasa(pavdrana), and recalling authorities
on the Vinaya. The committee,
a monk after probationary discipline (abbEdna). having
considered the matter in dispute in all its
aspects, reports back its decision to the Court,
Five upasampada monks for all acts except which decision
is final. The committee which
ordination and abbE&na. settled the matter in dispute is
called the
Ubbahika.
Ten upasampada monks for all acts, except
abbhana These are considered sufficient for an Some
Offences
ordination.
We may now proceed to discuss briefly some
Twenty upasampada monks for abbhana and of the offences,
which are not only repugnant
all other acts. to the moral well-being of the community
of
monks but also retard the spiritual progress of
(If any Ecclesiastical Act is transacted below the monk
who succumbs to moral turpitude.
the required Minima, then ipso facto it becomes Let us
first of all deal with the two major
invalid and ceases to be operative.) offences of Parajika
and Sanghadisesa.
The President Parajika
The President shall be a senior monk (senior- Parajika
means "defeated", that is, the of
ity in regard to upasampada), of unimpeachable L The last
is no longer observed - Ed
460
BUDDHIST ANNUAL 2509
fending monk has failed, beyond redemption, A monk who
speaks openly against the
to honour the pledge which he took to observe Buddha, the
Dhamma and the Sangha.
at the moment he entered the Order. A monk
who falls a victim to the demands of the
flesh Tajjaniya-kamma is pronounced on a monk
has fouled the Walk to the Supreme (brahma- who is found
guilty of any one of these
cariya). The Buddha would not compromise on offences'
which may take the form of a vote of
this grave lapse. censure on the delinquent monk, or the
monk
is asked to confess his error and seek expiation
The first recorded instance of an adulterer2 for it, or he
loses the rights and pr*ileges
was Sudinna, the monk. He admitted his enjoyed by a monk.
offence, explaining that he was persuaded to
commit the offence by his parents, who had Restoration of
Status
their own motives. The Buddha pardoned him
as a first offender. Thereafter, Sudinna led an A monk on
whom Tajjaniya-kamma is pro
exemplary life. pounced, wherein he loses certain rights
and
privileges of a monk, and who conducts himself
Stealing, murder and persuasion to commit thereafter in
keeping with the Vinaya rules, is
suicide, and pretending ultra-normal powers are afforded
the right to seek a revocation of the
the other three offences under Parajika. The punishment
passed on him, and also seek a
offender is liable to immediate dismissal from restoration
of the rights and privileges which he
the Order. If he so desires, he may return to the lost.
Order. In that event he can remain only as a
novice. Nissaya-Kamma
Sanghadisesa A monk is seen to associate with house
holders in a manner contrary to the bhikkhu
The thirteen Sanghadisesa offences - offences life. In
doing so, he participates in such acts as:
against person and property-are a degree less putting a
monk on probation, suspending a
than Parajik4, but they are more grievous than monk for a
Sanghadisesa offence, and recalling
Pacittiyas. Sahghadisesa offences are so called a monk who
is on probation.
because the Sahgha should assemble at the
beginning and at the end of this Sahgha-kamma. The
offender, if found guilty, is punished in
The Chapter to hear an offence of this nature this
manner: -
should not comprise less than twenty. The
offender, if found guilty, is suspended from the (a) He is
put under a senior monk who is to
Order, and is kept on probation for a specif1ed be his
teacher (b) He must devote himself to
period. During this period, if his conduct is the study of
the Tipitaka with his tutor's
found satisfactory, he is readmitted. guidance.
Some of the lesser offences of monastic Such restoration
of status is as prescribed for
misconduct will now be noted. Tajjaniya-kamma
Act of Censure (Tajjaniya-kamma) Pabbajaniya-Kamma
A monk who is prone to pick quarrels, is The following are
the violations cognizant of
vicious and is vindictive. this Act:
A monk who, by nature, delights in the i. A monk who
through his misbehaviour spoils
commission of offences. the faith of the
supporter-families in the monk.
A monk who is fond of the company of ii. A monk who is
fond of garlands, unguents,
householders (lay folk). music and dancing.
A monk who pays scant respect to monastic iii.A monk who
is frivolous and lacks manners.
etiquette.
Such a monk, if found guilty, is removed
from his arama to another arama till he makes
2. What is specificaUy meant is a sexual act
commit- amends. The restoration of monk rights is as
ted with anyone - Ed. provided for above.
461
MATTERS JUDICIAL
Patisaraniya-Kamma Pacittiya-dhamma. The offender is
brought
before the Sangha. He confesses his fault and is
A monk causes loss or attempts to cause loss reproved.
to a layman or reviles him. The offender is
brought before the Court, and asked to recant Other
Ecclesiastical Acts
his wrongs and beg pardon of the layman.
i Nissaran,a is the act of expelling a monk from
Ukkhepaniya- Kamma the Order.
This is the punishment imposed upon a u. Osaranais the act
of revocation of disabilities
recalcitrant monk, who is obdurate and refuses imposed
upon a monk by the Ecclesiastical
to acknowledge or confess a wrong act. It Acts (see
above).
involves the total segregation of a monk till he
realises his folly and becomes amenable to ui~bbhana is
the elaborate process of recalling
discipline. a monk who has fulfilled the Vinaya require
ments during the period he was under probat
Parivasa-Kamma ion. However, if the monk under probation
fails
to fulfill the necessary requirements expected of
There are four kinds of Pariodsa. One of him,thenheis
placed tinder:
them deals entirely with persons belonging to
non-Buddhist sects who are kept on
probation iv.Mulaya-patikassana which is a further period
for four months. The other three are punish- of Parivasa
or Manatta.3 This process is repeat
ments imposed on Sanghadisesa offences. The ed till the
monk is found fit to be recalled to
whole of the ParivasikakAhanda deals with the the Order.
procedure of keeping a delinquent monk under
surveillance for a specified period. Those notes should
provide a fair idea of the
disciplinary methods operating in the commu
Patikossana-Kamma nity of Buddhist monks.
3. Manatta-kamma i
This Ecclesiastical Act is prescribed for s also a form of
punishment for
minor offences (totalling 92) and are
called Parwasa-kamma: T.H.P.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
462
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 1 AUGUST 1967
Remimeo BPI
SECOND DYNAMIC RULES
It has never been any part of my plans to regulate or attempt to
regulate the private lives of individuals.
Whenever this has occurred it has not resulted in any improved
condition.
All I have been interested in, so far as Scientology law was
concerned, was in removing retarding elements or practices from the
path of progress toward freedom.
Man is aberrated. Otherwise we would not be here. He is hard to
rescue as he has been carefully "trained" to do himself harm.
I have no concern about the second dynamic activities of
Scientologists save only where they bring suffering to others and
so impede our forward progress.
Therefore ALL FORMER RULES, REGULATIONS AND POLICIES RELATING TO
THE SECOND DYNAMIC ACTIVITIES OF STUDENTS, PRECLEARS, STAFF AND
SCIENTOLOGISTS ARE CANCELLED.
In their place, any husband, wife or individual whose processing
or training has been impeded or interrupted beyond any reasonable
doubt by second dynamic activities on the part of staff or
associates or their husband or wife may have recourse to the
CHAPLAIN'S COURT, Division 6, of any Scientology organization, and
any case heard, if it be proven beyond reasonable doubt that,
without provocation, a person's training or processing has been
impeded by the irregular second dynamic actions of the defendant, a
fine of not less than �1000 sterling or greater than �5000 sterling
shall be awarded the plaintiff and until paid, the defendant shall
have no further training or processing.
This policy is not retroactive (occurrences before this date may
not be tried).
No Ethics order shall be issued by reason of second dynamic
activities. All Ethics orders now in force relating to the second
dynamic are cancelled.
No staff member may be punished, transferred or dismissed because
of second dynamic activities.
No student or preclear may be suspended or dismissed because of
second dynamic activities.
Nothing in this policy letter lays aside our actual knowledge of
the consequences of second dynamic overts against husbands and
wives being processed or the degree to which training or processing
can be impeded for someone because of another's acts.
We are also aware that those org staffs which are overactive on
the second dynamic seldom prosper.
We also retain any and all technology relating to the second
dynamic.
One of Man's primary areas of aberration is the second dynamic.
Processing, not discipline, is the only thing which eradicates
aberration of such
depth
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jp.cden Founder
Copyright() 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
463
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 AUGUST 1967
Remimeo
DISCIPLINE SPs AND ADMIN HOW STATISTICS CRASH
One of the ways an SP works to stop an activity or to halt an
affluence is to pick out key personnel and spread wild, false and
alarming stories about them.
Another way, often used in conjunction with the above, is to
pound a key executive with alarming entheta about staff, divisions
or activities. This urges the key executive to take uncalled for
action which upsets things and which may lead to the dismissal of
valuable staff.
Also it is a symptom of an org under external pressure to come
down on its own personnel rather than on the public or on real SPs.
SPs tend to vanish in memory since they speak in generalities.
"Always" "everyone" salt their language so that when you say, "Who
told you?" in tracing a rumor, it is hard to remember since
"everyone" seems to have said it. Actually the SP who did say it
used "everyone" in his comm so often as to become in memory
"everyone".
A GOOD MANAGER IGNORES RUMOR AND ONLY ACTS ON STATISTICS.
Had I heeded over the years any rumormonger, we would have no
orgs. I generally don't listen and if I do, only go so far as
inspecting stats.
It is easy to discipline staff and hard to discipline the public.
A LAZY executive only disciplines staff. It takes more confront to
tackle the public.
When an executive listens to rumor and bad things about his
fellow staff members without looking at the actual production
statistics, that executive can harm the org badly.
I have never tried to make staff members "be good". I have only
tried to make them produce and wear their hats.
Our whole statistic system exists to end excessive discipline of
valuable staff members.
To me a staff member whose stats are up can do no wrong.
I am not interested in wog morality. I am only interested in
getting the show on the road and keeping it there.
Also I detest having to discipline anyone for anything,
particularly a Scientologist. And the only discipline I use is to
hold the fort until people are clear enough to see the light. They
always do. All misconduct comes from aberration.
However if anyone is getting industrious trying to enturbulate or
stop Scientology or its activities I can make Captain Thigh look
like a Sunday school teacher. There is probably no limit on what I
would do to safeguard Man's only road to freedom against persons
who, disdaining processing, seek to stop Scientology or hurt
Scientologists.
464
I well know Man's fixation on trying to make "everybody good".
Which means, really, inactive. The best men I have had in wars
routinely have been continually arrested and generally frowned on
by "shore patrols", "military police", etc. To the body politic a
quiet person is the ideal. When the guns begin to go, these quiet
ones are all hiding and only the active ones are there to fight. I
often wonder what would happen to a state if it did achieve its
apparent goal of making one and all inactive little sheep.
So I don't care what men or women do if they just wear their hats
and keep their stats up. Only when Scientology is being slowed or
stopped do you find me rigging up the tools of discipline.
In actual fact I rather hold the person who is inactive because
he is afraid of punishment in contempt. I respect only those who
are strong enough to be decent without the "self protection" of
evil.
I use discipline to hold the edges of a channel, not to stop the
flow.
SPs LOVE to coax those with power to slay. As the basic ambition
of any SP is "EVERYBODY DEAD SO I CAN BE SAFE" he or she will use
all manner of lies and mechanisms to excite a thirst for discipline
in those in power.
If I ever heed any "Kill everybody" advice it is to put the
adviser up against a brick wall.
All evil stems from aberration. And it can be pretty evil. And
awfully aberrated. The only road out from evil is processing.
Therefore one must protect the road to freedom as the answer to
evil and must protect as well all those who are working to keep the
road in.
The world will never become good because of discipline or
oppression of evil. All discipline pre-supposes that the person
being disciplined wants to survive. The truly evil only want to
succumb so discipline threat is no answer. The truly evil LOVE pain
and suffering and deprivation. So it coerces nothing and improves
nothing when you seek to solve all evil with discipline. Only the
already decent can be disciplined. It only obliges the evil ones.
So all you can do really is to get the evil ones parked off the
lines.
The Executive in disciplining is concerned with those who would
stop or hinder the flow and those who are just plain idle or
stupid. So he severely leaves alone all up stats and only acts to
move the suppressives off the lines and not let the idle and stupid
slow the flow. An executive could never make the world reform by
discipline alone. He can by processing. So his only use of
discipline is to continue to make processing possible. It's as
simple as that.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.rd Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
465
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 SEPTEMBER 1967
Remimeo Ethics Officer's Hat Staff Training Officer's Hat
ETHICS OFFICER CHECK-OUTS (Any Ethics Of ricer who has not been
checked out on all Ethics Policies, must do so within one month on
receipt of this Policy Letter.)
On the appointment of any new Ethics Officer, the Ethics Officer
must be checked out on all Ethics Policy Letters within one month,
after having been appointed.
The check-outs are to be done by S.T.O. who must ensure that the
Ethics Officer thoroughly understands and can apply these Policies
and is able to demonstrate in clay, any point or duty of Ethics.
Failure to comply with this Policy Letter will result in instant
removal from Post.
Proposed by Board of Investigation
Philip Quirino - Chairman
Julia Watson - Secretary
Jane Kember - Member
Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:jp.rd The Guardian WW
Copyright (c) 1967 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1967
Remimeo All Tech & Qual Staff Ethics
CONFIDENTIAL DATA
1. No Ethics Chit written by anyone should contain data which is
classified as confidential.
2. Such material so classified is contained in Power Processes,
Clearing Course and Advanced Courses.
Qual Sec - Helen Pollen
HCO Area Sec - Irene Dunleavy
Exec Council SH - J.J. Delance
- Joan McNocher
- Ken Urquhart
Exec Council WW - Tony Dunleavy
- Eunice Ford
- Ken Delderfield
Guardian Comm WW - Corrie Ellis Mary Sue Hubbard The
Guardian WW
LRH:jp.rd for
Copyright (c) 1967 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
466
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 OCTOBER 1967
Remimeo
ADMIN KNOW-HOW USES OF ORGS
There are two uses (violently opposed to each other) to which Scn
orgs can be put. They are:
1 To forward the advance of self and all dynamics toward
total survival.
2. To use the great power and control of an org over others to
defend oneself.
When a decent being goes to work in an org he uses 1.
When a suppressive goes to work in an org he uses 2.
When you get in Ethics the decent one raises his necessity level
and measures up. The suppressive type blows (leaves).
It is of vital interest to all of us that we have orgs that serve
to increase-survival on all dynamics. And that we prevent orgs
being used as means to oppress others.
The answer, oddly enough, is to GET IN ETHICS exactly on policy
and correctly. And we will advance.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.cden Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
467
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 OCTOBER 1967 Issue II
Remimeo
ORG EXEC SEC AND DISTRIBUTION (Effective 1 Nov 67)
Any Org Exec Sec who does not have a full time Distribution
Secretary who has that post only and whose Div 6 is not fully
operating in all departments with all Dist Programmes is
automatically in NON-EXISTENCE and has no rights as his omission
amounts to a restriction of his org and nullification of the
efforts of his staff and a betrayal of humanity.
Failure to have a Distribution Division effectively operating in
all departments is a withhold of processing and salvation from the
human race.
LRH:jp.bp.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c)1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This Policy Letter was amended by HCO P/L 28 April 1968, same
title, bringing it into line with the 9 Division Org Board by
changing Distribution Secretary, Dip 6 and Distribution Division to
Public Executive Secretary and Public Divisions. A complete copy of
the amending P/L can be found in Volume 7, page 74.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER 1967
Remimeo
HCO EXEC SEC CONDITION
The HCO Exec Sec of any Org is automatically assigned a Condition
of Non-Existence if he or she does not have
1. A full time Communicator in Dept 2 who does nothing but look
after speeding the Org's comm and handling it, and
2. A full time Ethics Officer who does nothing else but keep the
Org's tech in and keeps Ethics in on staff.
And in an org of more than 100 staff members does not have
3. A second Ethics Officer for the public and an Ethics Interview
Officer for each Ethics Officer to care for routing, files, etc.
LRH :jp.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c)1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
468
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 OCTOBER 1967
Remimeo
Admin Know-How # 16 SUPPRESSIVES, AND THE ADMINISTRATOR HOW TO
DETECT SPs AS AN ADMINISTRATOR
There are three areas of detection which an Administrator can
utilize in the detection of a Suppressive Person.
These are:
1. No Ethics change
2. No Case change
3. No Admin change.
An SP (Suppressive Person) is unable to change because he cannot,
himself, confront. He is badly "out of valence". Therefore, not
being able to look at things directly he is unable to erase them or
even see what they are. Such people often have a curtain of
pictures they look at instead of the universe around them. They do
not see a building. They see a picture of a building in front of
the building. They are not at the point from which they view
things.
Thus they are peculiar in that they can't change.
The three principal zones in a Scientology org are
1. Ethics
2. Tech
3. Admin.
We have the natural laws of these subjects, each one.
If you can get in Ethics you can get in Scn technology. If you
can get in Scn technology you can get in Admin. If you can get all
three in you have an org and have expansion.
If you can't get in Tech, Ethics is out. If you can't get in
Admin, both Tech and Ethics are out.
The sequence that things have to be "gotten in" to make an org is
1st Ethics, 2nd Tech, 3rd Admin.
Where one of these goes out, the org contracts.
We have these three sciences. To really handle things one has to
be a master of all three, even to live a good personal life.
By "get in" we mean get it applied and effective.
We live in a very woggy world at this time. The wog is so
out-Ethics he is living in what amounts to a criminal society.
When we try to get Tech in on the planet we run into the
out-Ethics areas and this is the real source of our troubles where
we have any. We are getting in Tech before we get in Ethics. It can
be done (obviously, since we are doing it). But it is a heavy
strain at best.
Just because we do not at once get Ethics in on the planet does
not mean we can't get any Tech in.
By handling small sectors, beginning with self and Scn groups and
orgs, we can continue to repeat the cycles of three - Ethics,
Tech, Admin. Gradually we enlarge the numbers we have and gradually
our sphere of Ethics - Tech - Admin expands. And we one day
have Ethics in on the planet, Tech in on the planet, Admin in on
the planet.
The only stumbling block is the SP. This person (about 10% of the
population) is unable to change. We can process them if we can get
them to sit still.
But these are the hidden booby traps which make one's life, one's
family, one's org, one's nation, one's planet a rough-rough
proposition.
469
Ninety percent of the people say, "Ethics great, Tech great,
Admin great." And away we go.
Ten percent say, "Horrible horrible horrible." And cannot either
see or change. They are the true psychotics no matter how "sane"
they sound. The people in institutions are generally only their
victims.
This 10 percent, one must be able to detect and weed out so they
don't contaminate areas we are bringing up in ethics, tech and
admin.
Our policy is we don't waste time on them. To cater to them is to
betray 90% of the population. So we set them aside for another day.
We get them off lines, out of orgs and to one side.
The true character of these people is usually masked in many
ways. They are expert only in deception and can take on any guise.
To listen to them one would suppose he was talking to his best
friend sometimes. Except the knife in one's back is also driven in
by them.
We have much tech to describe them.
But one does not have to be an auditor with a meter to find these
people.
An administrator only needs to know the three things about them.
1. No change in Ethics.
2. No change in Case.
3. No change in Admin.
These people have
1. Thick Ethics files.
2. Thick (or no) case files.
3. Thick full (or no) comm baskets.
If you just dismissed anyone who had all three you would have
gotten rid of an SP.
It works this way. When you start to get in Ethics most people
"learn the ropes" fast. They may have a few down conditions and
chits or even courts or comm evs but you see the frequency dwindles
and eventually vanishes or nearly so.
When you start to get in tech on a person, it may be a hard haul
for a while and then it begins to level out and get easier.
When you start to get in Admin the confusion around some person
may be great but after a while the lines and policies straighten
out.
None are good little angels. But 90% make progress in these 3
fields of Ethics, Tech and Admin.
The SP does NOT make any consistent progress at all and lapses
every time.
As only 10% of the people then are making nearly all the tough
work in Ethics, Tech and Admin, the thing to do then is to get them
off the lines rather than betray 90%.
And the SP is detectable in ALL THREE AREAS. It needs no
microscope to find out who on a staff has the seniors working so
hard for so little gain.
Their ethics file is huge, their case file either doesn't exist
at all or is very fat, their comm lines are jammed, their policy is
out and their stats are on the bottom eternally.
So as an administrator you can detect SPs. You better had. YOUR
OWN STATS WILL BE DOWN TO THE DEGREE YOU FAIL TO DETECT THEM.
Just go to your files and look at the desks and sack whoever
satisfies all three conditions above and you can't miss and WILL be
able to breathe.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.cden Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
470
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 OCTOBER 1967 Issue III
Remimeo
POLICY AND HCOB ALTERATIONS HIGH CRIME
Recently, during the reorganization of WW, it came to light that
in some Continental orgs EXEC SECS and SECS had on occasion
actually ordered that certain Pol Ltrs and HCOBs were not to be
followed.
This order is an illegal order and any staff following it is
guilty of executing an illegal order.
Any executive issuing such an order shall hereafter be considered
as committing a high crime which on proof beyond reasonable doubt
constitutes a HIGH CRIME and can carry the assignment of the
Condition of TREASON for both the person issuing the order and the
person who receives and executes it.
All such instances MUST be reported at once to the International
Ethics Officer at WW.
Failure to report such an order to the Int E/O when one knows of
it carries with it the assignment of a Condition of Liability.
Lines for the amendment of Policy already exist as per other Pol
Ltr and until an amendment is legally and completely passed the old
policy must be followed.
HCOBs cannot be amended.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jp.cden Founder
Copyright (c) 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 NOVEMBER 1967
Remimeo Info Int E/O WW Local E/Os Info Int SPEOWW
OUT TECH
ANY AND ALL published mimeoed out tech processes or
"recommendations" or '`interpretations" not written or signed by
myself must be sent to the International Ethics Officer at WW with
any information on their authorship or origination so that
Conditions may be assigned and broad cancellation can be issued by
the International Ethics Officer.
The reason for this is the discovery of a process on page one of
the Org Exec Course checksheet of 21 Sept 67 which would ruin any
student's case, his interest in admin and which would deter
enrolment.
LRH: jp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
471
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 NOVEMBER 1967
Student Hat Remimeo
All Students All Courses
OUT TECH
If at any time a supervisor or other person in an org gives you
interpretations of HCOBs, Policy Letters or tells you, "That's old.
Read it but disregard it" or gives you a chit for following HCOBs
or tapes or alters tech on you or personally cancels HCOBs or
Policy Letters without being able to show you an HCOB or Policy
Letter that cancels it, YOU MUST REPORT THE MATTER COMPLETE WITH
NAMES AND ANY WITNESSES ON DIRECT LINES TO THE INTERNATIONAL ETHICS
OFFICER AT WORLD WIDE.
The only ways you can fail to get results on a pc are:
1. Not study your HCOBs and my books and tapes.
2. Not apply what you studied.
3. Follow "advice" contrary to what you find on HCOBs and Tapes.
4. Fail to obtain the HCOBs, books and tapes needed.
There is no hidden data line.
All of Dianetics and Scientology works. Some of it works faster.
The only real error auditors made over the years was to fail to
stop a process the moment they saw a floating needle.
Any supervisor or executive who interprets, alters or cancels
tech is liable to the assignment of a Condition of Enemy. All the
data is in HCOBs or Policy Letters or on tape.
Failure to make this mimeo known to every student carries a $10
fine for every student from which it is withheld.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.cden Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Revised and reissued on 18 July 1970, Volume 4 - page 215.
Revised for Standard Dianetics Course on 8 May 1969, Volume
4 - page 239.]
472
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 NOVEMBER 1967
Solo Course Students Level VI Students
R 6 MATERIALS
THE MATERIALS OF R 6 ARE TOTALLY CONFIDENTIAL. THEY ARE TO BE
KEPT SECURE AT ALL TIMES.
This means that the only people who may talk about or be talked
to about, or may see these materials are those people who are on
the Solo Course or Level VI and those people who are already Grade
VI or Class VI or above. No one else may see these materials. If
left at home, they are to be kept under lock and key.
Responsibility for these materials lies completely with the
students they belong to. Violation of this policy in any way, such
as losing any of these materials or leaving them lying around, will
incur severe Ethics action.
Chief Solo Course Sup : Malcolm Cheminais
Director of Training : Dalene Regenass
Tech Sec SH : Allan Ferguson
Qual Sec SH : Helen Pollen
HCO Area Sec SH : Bene Neal
Chairman, Ad Council SH : Helen Pollen Exec Council SH : J.J.
Delance Barbara Gentry Pub Exec Sec SH : Rosalie Vosper LRH Comm SH
: Irene Dunleavy Chairman, Ad Council WW: Mike Davidson Exec
Council WW : Lenka Marenko Tony Dunleavy LRH Comm WW : Ken
Delderfield D/Guardian WW : Joan McNocher
Mary Sue Hubbard The Guardian WW for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.cden Copyright (c) 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
473
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 FEBRUARY 1968
Remimeo
ETHICS
FAST FLOW AND ETHICS
It is an actual fact by actual test that
SOFT ETHICS IN COMBINATION WITH FAST FLOW GRADE
AND CLASS ATTESTATION WILL COLLAPSE AN ORG.
If false attestations are not met with savage ethics action an
area becomes filled up with people who have the overt of false
attestation and whose netter kills sign-ups.
It is sometimes easier for a pc to falsely attest than to face
his own bank. To escape, he falsely attests. If ethics action for
such false attestation is soft, it encourages him to falsely attest
as there is no real penalty. Where ethics action is savage, it is
easier for him to face his bank and so he actually makes it.
Only about 4 or 5 70 will falsely attest in the face of heavy
ethics. This is no reason to hold up 95 or 96 people every hundred.
Savage ethics such as a Condition of Liability enforced prevents
the number from getting any larger than 4 or 5%.
So don't go soft on ethics penalty for false attestations.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: adv.cden Copyright Q 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
474
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 FEBRUARY 1968
Remimeo
ETHICS AND ADMIN SLOW ADMIN
The secret of any executive success is the ability to Complete
Cycles of Action Quickly.
The operative word is COMPLETE.
Ability is the ability to complete a cycle of action, to handle
the matter so it does not have to be handled again.
Referral is irresponsibility. Executives who refer to others to
make a decision aren't executives. They are irresponsible or are
afraid of responsibility. People who are afraid of taking
responsibility are not executives. They are labourers.
An executive who doesn't handle but puts something on wait is
also irresponsible. Slowing an admin line by not acting NOW is also
suppressive.
Suppressives cannot complete cycles of action. They either act in
an altered direction or they continue an action beyond any possible
expectancy. In either case they do not COMPLETE.
THEREFORE this ethics policy is brought into being:
EXECUTIVES WHO DO NOT HANDLE MATTERS SO AS TO COMPLETE THEM, WHO
REFER OR SLOW ADMIN ARE LIABLE TO A COMM EV ON A CHARGE OF OUT
ADMIN.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: jc.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
475
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MARCH 1968
Remimeo
ADVANCED COURSE
SECURITY CHECK 1~ A A
All persons and students reporting aboard the Advanced Org Vessel
or to a Registrar who can sell Advanced Courses, must after
enrolment and before any issue of materials pass a full and
complete Security Check.
Persons leaving the AO vessel or an Org giving Advanced Courses
must be given a Security Check to make sure that they have no
copies of materials and have actually attained their grades.
This includes Sea Org vessels where Advanced materials have been
used and in this case includes all Non Scientology personnel
signing on or departing from the vessel.
There are no exceptions.
Persons who have a history of carelessness with materials or bad
or suppressive group connections are debarred from all Advanced
Courses unless given a Board of Investigation which clears their
record BEYOND ALL DOUBT.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: jc.rd Copyright (I) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
476
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 MARCH 1968
(HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1966 Issue II Amended and
reissued)
Remimeo Staff Status I Check Sheet
ADMINISTRATIVE KNOW-HOW GENERAL FOR ALL STAFF JOB ENDANGERMENT
CHITS
If you are given orders or directions or preventions or denied
materials which makes it hard or impossible for you to raise your
statistics or do your job at all, you MUST file a job endangerment
chit on your next highest superior.
If you are admonished or ordered to a hearing for NOT doing your
job and having low statistics and have NOT previously filed a job
endangerment chit at the time it occurred, you have no defense.
You should not come to a hearing as a defendant and say you were
prevented or inhibited from doing your job. Unless you have filed a
job endangerment chit previously when your job was endangered the
statement MAY NOT BE ACCEPTED by the Hearing Officer or the Comm
Ev.
POLICY
Most people who have trouble with policy or admin do so simply
because they don't know it or can't or don't use it.
Such a person can be told anything and tends to take it as fact.
Policy exists to speed the wheels and make a job do-able.
But sometimes one has a senior who continually says this or that
is "against policy".
Always respectfully ask for the date of the Policy Letter and to
see a copy of it.
Then you will know that what you propose is or is not against
policy. If no policy letter can be produced or if what you proposed
is NOT against policy and is still refused, you must file a job
endangerment chit.
WHERE TO FILE FORMERLY ONLY ONE COPY WAS WRITTEN. THIS IS NOW
MODIFIED.
USING CARBON PAPER, MAKE AN ORIGINAL AND TWO COPIES. SEND ONE
COPY TO THE PERSON BEING FILED ON.
SEND TWO COPIES TO THE ETHICS OFFICER.
THE ETHICS OFFICER WILL FILE ONE IN THE FILE OF THE PERSON NAMED
AND ONE IN THE FILE OF THE PERSON WRITING THE CHIT. THESE COPIES
MUST BE CAREFULLY PRESERVED IN EVENT OF A COMM EV OR HEARING AS
THEY ARE NECESSARY DEFENSE PAPERS.
WHAT TO FILE
Full details, without rancor or discourtesy, must be given in the
report, including time, places and any witnesses.
477
VEXATIONS FILING
Anyone filing job endangerment chits on superiors or equal or
juniors must be able to back them up.
One cannot be given an Ethics Hearing or Comm Ev for a false job
endangerment chit unless it contains a willful and knowing false
report which endangers somebody else?s job. But even so, no Ethics
Hearing may be ordered for the fact of filing, only for a willful
and knowing false report.
So if your facts are straight there is no slightest risk in
filing a job endangerment chit. On the contrary, it is dangerous
NOT to file one. For then one has NO defense.
PERSONAL MATTERS
Sometimes a staff member is imposed on in such a way as to
prejudice his job such as having to do off line favours.
This is an occasion for a job endangerment chit.
If one is threatened with punishment if one files a job
endangerment chit, one must then file a second chit based on the
threat.
If an org as a whole seems to refuse job endangerment chits or
ignore them, one can be filed with Worldwide simply by sending it
direct to "HCO Ethics Worldwide, Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex."
WRONGFUL DISMISSAL
Dismissal without following proper procedure of a Hearing may be
sued in the Chaplain's Court, Division 6. If no Chaplain's Court
exists in the local org then one surely does in the Continental Org
and one can file such a suit there or at Saint Hill.
CHITS BY SENIORS
Seniors let down by juniors had better file job endangerment
chits before calling a lot of Ethics actions. Staff members are
seldom willful, they are just unknowing. Senior chits on juniors
should carry a copy to the junior on channels as well as Ethics.
FALSE REPORTS
When one finds he has been falsely reported upon he should file a
job endangerment chit.
HEARINGS ON CHITS
Ethics action is not necessarily taken because a chit has been
filed on one. But if too many chits occur in a staff member's file,
an investigation should be ordered and only if the Board so
recommends does Ethics action then occur.
STATE OF MIND Don't sit around muttering because you are being
kept from doing your job.
And don't be timid about filing a job endangerment chit.
Don't accept orders you know are against policy or at least
unworkable. File a job endangerment chit.
There is no vast THEY weighing you down. There is only ignorance
of policy or misinterpretation or arbitrary interference.
If you are willing to do your job, then know your job and do it.
And if you are being shoved off so you can't do it you MUST file a
job endangerment chit.
You have a right to do your job, you know.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jc.rd
Copyright (~)1 966, 1 968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Note: The reissue expanded the
section under "Where to File".]
478
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 MARCH 1968
Remimeo
(HCO Policy Letter of 20 October 1967 Issue II re-issued with
amendment) CONDITIONS PENALTIES NEW EMPLOYEES AND PERSONS NEWLY ON
POST (Refers to HCO Pol Ltrs on Conditions Penalties)
Persons newly employed
ARE NOT SUBJECT TO CONDITIONS PENALTIES OR AWARDS FOR SEVEN DAYS
FOR THAT POST.
It is noted that all posts are begun in Non-Existence but it is
without penalty for 7 days. If in that time (for a newly employed
or new appointee) the post has not risen to Normal Operation the
penalties are applied for the Condition it has risen to.
A person assigned a low condition in a post or as a member of a
part of the org or the org assigned a low condition who is then
transferred to a new post carries to the new post the penalties of
the old post for 7 days or until the old post's condition is
upgraded, whichever is earlier. He then assumes the condition to
which he has risen on the new post.
Persons newly appointed (not newly employed) or transferred into
a new appointment who are in Normal or above at time of transfer
are subject to the Awards of their previous post for 7 days after
which time they then assume the Awards and Penalties of the current
condition of their new post.
Amended by: Billy King Casey
Issue Authority WW
LRH:jc.cden Ken Delderfield
Copyright (c) 1968 LRH Comm WW
by L. Ron Hubbard Joe van Staden
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Cmdr. Sea Org
Irene Dunleavy
[See also HCO P/Ls 6 October 1970, Issue III, Ethics
Penalties, Flag LRH Comm
19 October 1971R 22 October 1971, Ethics Penalties
Rein- for
stated 16 November 1971, Conditions, Awards and Penances
and 16 November 1971R 16 November 1973, Conditions L.
RON HUBBARD
Awards and Penances, in the Year Books.] Founder
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT COLOUR FLASH RED ON WHITE HUBBARD
COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex HCO
BULLETIN OF 12 MARCH 1968 Remimeo
MISTAKES, ANATOMY OF
In the presence of Suppression, one makes mistakes.
People making mistakes or doing stupid things is evidence that an
SP exists in that vicinity.
LRH :jc.nt.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
479
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1968
Remimeo Flag Order
ETHICS
The Purpose of Ethics is
TO REMOVE COUNTER INTENTIONS FROM THE ENVIRONMENT.
And having accomplished that the purpose becomes
TO REMOVE OTHER INTENTIONNESS FROM THE ENVIRONMENT.
Thus progress can be made by all.
Many mechanisms can exist to mask a counter intention.
One has an intention to expand the org. An "expert" says it is
difficult as "The building society ....". The impulse is to then
handle the problem presented by the "expert", whereas the correct
ETHICS action is to remove his Counter Intentionedness or Other
Intentionedness. If he were an EXPERT he would simply say "OK. I'll
handle my end of the expansion".
There are many ways to handle counter and other intentionedness.
There is a fine line between Ethics and Tech.
The point where a thetan goes mad is very exact. It is the point
where he begins to obsessively stop something. From this the effort
becomes generalized and he begins to stop lots of other things.
When this includes anyone who or anything that would help him as
well as those people and things that help, the being is
suppressive. His intentions counter any other intention,
particularly good intentions.
Other intentionedness comes from unawareness or dispersal. By
removing things which disperses others. Offering bottled medicine
to cure "the blues" is a direct distraction. It is the purveyor of
the distraction who is the target.
The person who enters on Scn groups to then sell other-answer is
of course an enemy.
However we go about accomplishing the above is the action of
Ethics. The above is the purpose.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:js. eden Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
480
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JUNE 1968 (Issued from Flag Order
919)
Remimeo
ETHICS TRAINING
Ethics Officers are not just appointed. They are trained.
A prospective Ethics Officer must star rate checkout on the two
packs of Ethics Policies on Org Exec Course.
The Ethics Officer I/C breaks in a new Ethics Officer by having
him do leg work. He goes throughout the Org checking points that
must be decided from incoming admin. He makes investigations. He
acts with the Ethics Officer hearing all people who come to the
desk. The Ethics Officer I/C filters out the light admin, i.e.,
upgradings and passes it on to the Ethics Officer, increasing the
amount of admin until the new Ethics Officer can rapidly handle a
full basket.
New Ethics Officers should sit frequently on Boards of
Investigation and Comm Evs.
Ethics Officers should realize that they deal mainly in entheta;
they listen to it and when it runs down put in Ethics.
An Ethics Officer should be fearless and relentlessly devoted to
his task. His or her job deals in harsh realities. Do not be
reasonable, Ever.
We are putting Ethics in on a planet. Each day someone else
agrees.
CS-5 for
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:BB:mc.js.cden Copyright(~) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
481
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JUNE 1968
Remimeo
ETHICS OFFICERS
By recent experience and tests in the Sea Org it requires a ratio
of one Ethics Officer for every 20 people being handled in or by an
org. This at first glance is incredible. But by actual test this
got in tech and Admin in an area for the first time.
Tech can't be gotten in unless Ethics is in. We've proved that by
actual stats. Admin can't be gotten in until our 3 techs are in
(tech of Ethics, tech of processing and training, tech of Admin
itself).
So if Admin is out, then Ethics and Tech are out. If Ethics is
out then Tech is out.
Thus TO START AN ORG OR KEEP IT THERE, Ethics MUST BE GOTTEN IN
AND KEPT IN.
As far as a PC goes Ethics is the beginning. As far as a student
goes Ethics is the beginning. As far as an Org goes, ETHICS IS THE
BEGINNING and behind every org sag there is out ethics.
The reason Franchises fold, they have no Ethics Officers.
So if it's that important to stats, beef it up!
To hold Ethics in on an org it took 1 Ethics personnel for every
20 on staff or handled as the MINIMUM.
Thus we get a minimum Ethics roster for the SH org (not including
WW or Pubs).
1 - Chief Ethics Officer 1 - Staff Ethics Officer in
Charge 4 - Asst Staff Ethics Officers 1 - Student/PC
Ethics Officer In Charge 1 - Asst Student Ethics Officer 1
- Asst PC Ethics Officer 1 - Public Ethics Officer In
Charge 3 - Asst Public Ethics Officers 1 - Ethics
Receptionist 1 - Ethics Receptionist/Typist 1 - Ethics
Clerk In Charge 1 - Asst Ethics Clerk
This makes a 17 person Ethics section for SH, having 3 units of
Staff, students/ pcs and Public with office personnel for reception
and filing.
Then the SH Evening Foundation requires 3 E/Os, 1 for staff, 1
for students/pcs, 1 for public.
Then the Weekend Foundation with 3 more.
Then for WW there would be
1 - International Chief Ethics 1 - Asst Int Staff E/O 1
- Asst Int Stu/pc E/O 1 - Asst Int Public E/O
And an International Clerk/Typist and 1 International files
clerk.
482
Then for WW there would be
1 - Chief Ethics Officer WW 1 - Staff Ethics Of dicer
WW 1 - Public Ethics Officer WW 1 - Guardian's Office
Staff Ethics Officer 1 - Pubs Org Ethics Officer In Charge 1
- Pubs Org Staff Ethics Officer
In the SH - WW - Pubs areas there would then be 35 Ethics
Personnel.
So what about a Continental Org?
Obviously it needs 1 Chief E/O and 3 for Assistant E/Os. And the
Org to which it is attached needs about 1 in 20 as at SH.
Note that there are 3 zones. These are STAFF, STUDENTS/PCS, and
PUBLIC.
The Staff E/O handles the staff only and their familial
connections.
The Student/PC E/O handles Students/PCs and their familial
connections.
The Public E/O handles the public, of course.
So what happens in a little org. Obviously it can't afford 3
E/Os. But it can't afford to go broke or vanish either, and 3 E/Os
are required if one is to expand.
So it is firm policy that:
NO ORG MAY EXIST WHICH HAS LESS THAN 3 ETHICS OFFICERS, and THE
HCO ES GOES INTO NONEXISTENCE IF SHE HAS LESS THAN 3 E/Os AND ONE
E/FILE CLERK FULL TIME
The policy that says E/Os must do their own filing is cancelled.
As filing is vital to Ethics one files/reception personnel must
exist for every 3 E/Os. One can have 4 or 5 E/Os with one file
clerk but 6 E/Os require 2 file clerks.
The title Chief Ethics Officer is used when he has 3 full time
(or in foundations, foundation time) Ethics Officers.
The title Ethics Officer In-Charge is used when one has a Chief
Ethics Officer over him and at least one other below him.
The title Ethics Officer is used to denote single occupancy of a
section.
The title Assistant Ethics Of dicer is used to indicate E/Os who
have an In Charge over them.
The Senior Ethics Officer on the planet is the International
Chief Ethics Officer WW.
Over the Int Chief E/O are the Masters at Arms of the Sea Org.
The "badge" of a Chief Ethics Officer is a brass capped bamboo
baton. The badge of an Ethics Officer is a swagger stick.
ALL E/Os of whatever kind or wherever in the org or public are
part of Dept 3 Ethics Section Only. Divisional heads, etc. are not
given E/Os except HCO.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :js. eden Founder
Copyright (c) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
483
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor' East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 JUNE 1968
Remimeo
Ethics Officer Div 1 - Dept 3 - Ethics Section
Hat
Registrar Hat
Address Hat
Franchise ENROLLMENT IN SUPPRESSIVE GROUPS
City Offices (Amends HCO PL 28 Dec 1965
of Same Title)
Any person found to be connected to a Suppressive Group may not
thereafter be enrolled in the Saint Hill Solo Audit Course or the
Clearing Course.
Suppressive Groups are defined as those which seek to destroy
Scientology or which specialize in injuring or killing persons or
damaging their cases or which advocate suppression of Mankind.
It does not matter whether the person so connected disconnects or
handles, or whether the connection has been previously severed.
The reason for this policy letter is to make it extremely
difficult for suppressive groups to acquire data they could then
pervert and use to harm others.
If a person was a member and left, it still remains such a person
must have had some basic agreement with the motives of the
suppressive group.
If we do not hold this rule we may find our task made harder by
the abuse of data. We do not want, ever again, the epidemics of
implantation to recur and will do all in our power to deny data to
any who might pervert it to such use.
A person so denied access to upper level data may not receive it
ever unless the group of which he is or has been a member is
completely abolished and dispersed.
Ethics files in all orgs must contain the names of such persons.
Neither may such a person ever become a staff member of a
Scientology organization without special clearance from LRH Ethics
Authority Section, Dept 27, WW. Anyone on staff found to have been
a member of a suppressive group must be sent to this section for
clearance.
NAMES PERSONS ENROLLED IN SP GROUPS OR DECLARED SP MUST BE
CIRCULATED TO ALL FRANCHISE HOLDERS, SCN OFFICES AND ORGS AS AND
WHEN DISCOVERED. THEY ARE NOT COVERED BY ANY AMNESTY AND MAY NOT
HAVE ADVANCED COURSES UNTIL GROUP DISBANDED. SUCH PERSONS MAY NOT
BE EMPLOYED BY ORGS OR OFFICES AND IF FOUND EMPLOYED IN ANY CENTRE
THAT FRANCHISE WILL BE CANCELLED. PERSONS OF SP GROUP MEMBERSHIP OR
DECLARED SP MAY NOT BE FSMS.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.cden Founder
Copyright(~) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Note: The 29 June 1968 amendment was the addition, sent by
telex, of the paragraph in full caps.] 484
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 JULY 1968 Remimeo Ethics Hat PCO Hat
A TIGER (Reissued from Flag Order 872, 12 June 1968)
A TIGER is a pretended staff member who has been repeatedly
associated with goofed departments, sections, projects, operations
and inspections and one who actually has caused such to occur. He
is a person who is a continual out-ethics person. He has failed to
get ethics in on himself and he is in a group of people, as a TIGER
would be, DANGEROUS.
So this label is now brought officially into being. It can be
assigned only by COMM EV and serves to warn Executives to keep such
a person off Exec posts.
Persons on the TIGER LIST may not go on missions or hold major
Exec posts.
The label will be lifted by the HCO Exec Sec when such a person
has contributed well and consistently.
It has been found by correlating lists of people in goofed
projects that a continual recurrence of several names occurs.
So this way we have these people labelled and we will have the
trouble sources isolated.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: ei. eden Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 AUGUST 1968
Remimeo (Reissued from Flag Order 1187)
SEA ORGANIZATION ETHICS POWER
Only a Sea Org member, contracted, experienced and specifically
assigned to a Mission or Project, has Sea Org Ethics Power in the
field. This Power cannot be delegated to anyone else.
Org Ethics are administered with penalties and rewards per
policy.
Sea Org Ethics are administered per Flag Order within the Sea
Org.
In truth, any Exec Council which is-enforcing Ethics penalties
without applying Ethics rewards is liable to a charge of wilful
misapplication.
Wilful misapplication (Ethics or Tech) is a High Crime.
W/O Nate Jessup
LRH:NJ:bb.js.cden CS - 1
Copyright (c) 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
485
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 AUGUST 1968
BPI Auditor
SECURITY I ABOLISHED
The practice of security checking from security check lists like
the "Joburg" has been abolished.
There are several reasons for this:
1. We have no interest in the secrets and crimes of people and no
use for them.
2. Security checking is often done without regard to the point
where the person feels better and so became overrun.
3. Security checking is often done in disregard of the state of a
person's case.
4. Low level cases do not react on actual crimes and so the
"security" furnished is often a false security.
5. There is public criticism of security checking as a practice.
6. The existence of lists of crimes in folders often makes it
necessary to destroy the folders which may contain other technical
data which is constructive and valuable.
7. If a person is a criminal or has overt acts which affect his
case, and speaks of them to an auditor of his own volition, the
auditor is bound by the Auditor's Code not to publish, use or
reveal them.
Nothing in this policy letter alters standard grade processing or
rudiments.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:js.cden Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
486
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
SEA ORG
As of this date the Sea Org only will be conducting Ethics
Missions.
It has been proven that this responsibility can only be run from
an outfit mobile and extremely effective. This is not to say WW
cannot be effective. They can. At this time however the Sea Org
will take back the Mission hat.
WW can run inspections on orgs for the purpose of checking
compliance on WW orders. This can also be done by ECUS and other
Continental Orgs. Both these areas can utilize the OTLs for advices
on conducting these inspection tours or parties.
The Efficiency Expert School should continue at the same pace at
WW. This training is invaluable for just the org functions.
The Sea Org is the only group who can really run Ethics Missions.
WW now then has no Ethics power with regard to orgs other than is
decided by ECWW in full council meeting. All WW Ethics must come
from full council. No Member may be delegated this authority, or no
member of an inspection party or tour.
The Sea Org will take back now this field, which in trial phase
was given to WW. WW is to be commended for its action to carry the
Mission hat.
There is only one group who can effectively run Missions. This
group is now putting Scientology technology into a realm which will
soar the stats by 3 in as many months. These are the Class VIIIs.
The Sea Org does come back.
The word MISSION may now be used to designate only a Sea Org
official Mission. It has unlimited Ethics Powers. Their members are
called "Missionaires".
The word INSPECTION shall be used to designate WW or Continental
org parties sent out. Their members are "Efficiency Experts". They
have no Ethics powers but may recommend action to ECWW or EC
Continental on their return.
No EC including WW may send out Efficiency Experts who are not
trained by the SO and who are not graduates of the Org Exec Course.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH :jp.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
487
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 OCTOBER 1968 (Reissued from Flag
Order 1432)
Remimeo
ETHICS PRESENCE
The reason an executive can get compliance is because he has
Ethics presence. If you haven't got it, you won't.
When you issue orders you are using power and force.
If you are also right in what you get compliance with and your
programmes are clear, correct and beneficial - boy do you win.
But it is not the rightness of a programme that gets compliance.
It is Ethics Presence.
Rightness does not get compliance because there are always
counter intentions in the way. If you go on the assumption that one
and all want things to go right you are going to make a dog's
breakfast out of it.
There are only a few with a good forward look and who are
relatively unaberrated.
Men will keep the accounts straight only because you can muster
bayonets to enforce that they do.
Ethics presence is an X quality made up partly of symbology,
partly of force, some "now we're supposed to's" and Endurance.
One of the reasons the press now print what we say is that we
have endured the biggest shellackings anybody could muster up.
We've gained Ethics presence publicly by it.
Endurance asserts the truth of unkillability. We're still here,
can't be unmocked. This drives the SP wild.
Because of the Sea Org we appear to have unlimited reach and in
some mysterious ways unlimited resources. The ability to appear and
disappear mysteriously is a part of Ethics presence.
As an Executive you get compliance because you have Ethics
presence and persistence and can get mad.
The way you continue to have Ethics presence is to be maximally
right in your actions, decisions and dictates. Because if you're
wrong the other fellow gets wrapped around a pole for complying.
And the pain of that starts to outweigh your own Ethics presence.
So, when you issue orders you are using force and power. You can,
however, get in such a frame of mind you cease to use the softer
arts as well. Against non-compliance you add ferocity with the aim
of continuing your comm line.
Wrath is effective but used in moderation and only in moments of
urgency.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:e~.cden Copyright (c) 1968 by L. Ron
Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
488
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
CANCELLATION OF FAIR GAME
The practice of declaring people FAIR GAME will cease. FAIR GAME
may not appear on any Ethics Order. It causes bad public relations.
This P/L does not cancel any policy on the treatment or handling
of an SP.
L RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH :ei.cden Copyright (c) 1968 by I,. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1968
Remimeo
CANCELLATION OF DISCONNECTION
Since we can now handle all types of cases disconnection as a
condition is cancelled.
L RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH :rw.cden Copyright (I) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
489
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1968 Issue III
Remimeo (Reissued from Flag Order No. 1667, same date and title)
SECURITY DIV I
If any person in the AO, SO or in any Org is found to be
insecure, any infiltration occurs, anything stolen, such as,
materials, money or documents, the local MAA, 3rd Mate and
Supercargo (if any) (in an Org, EO, HCO Area Sec and HCO Exec Sec),
plus the MAA, 3rd Mate, Supercargo and CS-1 on the Flag Ship are
promptly comm-eyed inevitably.
Div I is responsible for Security in Orgs - this doesn't
relieve Legal, Tech or Qual in securing their materials, but Div I
can, should, and MUST come down hard in hitting anyone for
insecurity.
These are invariable rules.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: sdp.rw.cden Copyright(~) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
490
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 JANUARY 1969 Issue II
Remimeo
UNUSUAL FAVOURS
The Condition for an Executive or Staff member who is using his
position in the Org to give unusual favours to the detriment of Org
solvency is TREASON.
Using one's position to order Class VIIIs to C/S or audit
personal friends, giving away Org services to non paying pcs,
obtaining free auditing for friends, letting students procure their
pcs off Org lines, giving out or permitting use of Org materials or
property, all just to be a "good fellow" and to the detriment of
the Org all come under this policy.
An Org was once used by a small clique to "get the latest
information". They let the poor staff go broke. This was Joburg in
the early 60's.
Recently the Case Supervision of Class VIIIs was extended in many
places to students' free pcs, students coauditing and even
Franchise pcs. This was accompanied by plunging graphs.
This comes under the heading of selling out the Org just to be a
good fellow.
It costs an Org money to furnish service.
When an Org starts giving away its highest services, it then does
not have the time or personnel to really give paying students and
pcs top grade service. And it goes broke.
This policy also includes standing about and doing nothing when
somebody is flagrantly violating it.
This policy specifically and only covers giving away or
permitting the use of Org services to the detriment of Org value
and income while on post as an executive or staff member.
It also applies retro-actively, i.e. using one's Org connections
to obtain special service or material favours for field or friends
after departure from Org staff.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH :bw.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
491
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 FEBRUARY 1969
Remimeo Issued as an FO
ETHICS PROTECTION CONDITIONS, BLUE STAR, GREEN STAR, GOLD STAR
(Modifies, clarifies any earlier FO on Ethics Protection)
BLUE STAR
A Class II Auditor who has his Staff Status II may assign his or
her own ethics conditions when requested to do so.
He or she may be given Ethics Hearings or removed from post
pending an ordered Comm Ev for crimes or high crimes.
GREEN STAR
Scientologists who are CLASS IV Auditors or above and who have
graduated from an Org Exec Course may NOT be assigned arbitrary
Ethics Conditions but may be required by seniors to assign
themselves a Condition. There is no penalty if they do not.
Such may not be given a Court of Ethics.
They may be Comm Eved for HIGH CRIMES only as per earlier Pol
Ltrs. These include failure to take Responsibility and failure to
act with initiative in circumstances which, not handled, bring
damage to others or serious overwork.
Such a person duly appointed to a post or duty who then, by
absence from it, neglect of it or failure to show initiative on it,
brings about a decline of the post and damage to it or areas around
it or HIGH CRIMES may be Comm Eved, but must be Comm Eved in order
to remove him or her from the post.
Such a person is called a GREEN STAR.
A CLASS VIII Auditor who has completed the Org Exec Course has
all the above Ethics Protection and also may not have any Comm Ev
finalised on him until the Comm Ev held and all evidence is
forwarded to the Sea Org for Review on his request.
He is called a GOLD STAR.
CERTS AND AWARDS
May issue an appropriate cert for the above awards when attested
to by an HCO Area Sec in any org.
NOTE
None of these Ethics protections are valid and none can be
claimed unless actually applied for and awarded by Blue, Green and
Gold Star certificates. These can be awarded in any official org
and can be applied for also by mail.
The certificate must be explicit and quote the actual lines of
this Pol Ltr.
LRH:sdp.ei.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright(~) 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
492
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1969
Remimeo ECs E/Os
ORG REDUCTION OR ERADICATION
It is an act of Treason to reduce, combine or close an org.
We in Scientology are the only ones who have ever been able to
reduce or close an org. The enemy has never in actual fact done so.
There are several ways an org can be collapsed or closed. While
these get a lesser condition they are important. Amongst these are:
1. Leave the EC unfilled as posts.
2. Assign it or its EC or principals an unreal and vicious
condition.
3. Combine the Day org with its foundation.
4. Deny it the right to promote.
5. Involve it in insolvency such as running up huge debts.
6. Use policy to stop.
7. Inhibit initiative.
8. Reward downstate and punish upstate.
9. Give Scientology and Dianetics a hard sell and then let tech
go out and fail to deliver so that the org gets attacked.
10. Pretend that "we don't entirely agree with Hubbard" at which,
by actual test, the public leaves it alone in droves.
11. Extend heavy credit and leave cash paying pcs to struggle to
get service in a tech div overloaded with freeloaders.
12. Change prices on the public.
13. Fail to give service in general.
14. Use the org just to get materials and WW service for use by a
small clique.
15. Let somebody hang around who is trying to get the staff to
engage in some other "remunerative" action.
16. Fall for the line that it should be run as a business on
business methods instead of Scientology policy.
17. Violate the tech - admin ratio.
18. Use ethics suppressively.
19. Use hard ethics on the public.
493
20. Accept false reports on the org or its staff members from the
public and act against the org before a thorough investigation is
done.
21. Permit wide and general 2D activities by the higher
principals of the org.
22. Accept the insane for processing in the org without
institutional facilities.
23. Fail to run a precisely scheduled, instructor on time,
standard curriculum academy or college.
24. Fail to clean up staff cases and keep them cleaned up.
25. Fail to get the staff trained by regular and enforcedly
attended programmes.
26. Fail to eject hecklers and enturbulative persons from the PE
Course.
27. Let town auditors haunt the org to get its pcs.
28. Fail to act as a helpful, responsible public body regardless
of attacks, press entheta or field 3rd partying.
29. Call Dianetics, Scientology something else "more acceptable".
Before assigning treason, or any low condition, for gross
offenses of this nature a thorough investigation should be
undertaken and a Comm Ev held which obtains evidence beyond any
reasonable doubt. One never assigns such conditions without Comm Ev
and never assigns them over a long line. It takes personal
representation from a higher body and great care should be taken
(see How to Find a 3rd Party Pol Ltr 15 March 1969) in locating any
3rd party not to then shoot the only leader there who was trying to
straighten it up.
Of these offenses, simply ordering an org closed or to combine
Day and Foundation or to drop its status lower are directly
treasonable acts as a little work and better planning and attention
to policy and service has always been able to lift up stats.
We are the only ones who can actually close or reduce orgs as
proven in 19 years of constant battle even with large governments
at the behest of older criminal practices. We alone have ordered
orgs closed. And even when it occurred they tended to survive or
revive.
Thus we must also take heavy care that our own executives do not
do it in any shape or guise as it betrays the whole planet.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: cp.ei.cden Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
494
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 APRIL 1969 Issue V
Remimeo Ethics Hats Review Hats
DUMBNESS
The standard way to locate dumbness is to look for a stop, or a
flap.
The first thing to do is unstop the stop or settle the flap.
There are gradients of stops and of flaps. They stem from the guy
who was not quite with it and somehow got others caught up in his
confusion, unnoticed by them or others.
The way to find this person is to find by observation or
questioning, what are the data being operated on by whoever is
doing the stopping or the flapping.
You then ask him who he got the data from, or who was it that
raised the question in the first place.
He may have difficulty in recalling it - he went into
agreement with it without inspecting it - but if you persist he
will tell you. Follow it down to the person who can't tell you
where it all came from, and there's your source of dumbness.
Do it enough times and you'll come up with the same name or
names. There's the org's Dev-T artist!
You could handle it by finding the guy's confusions,
misunderstoods, misduplications, identifications, etc., using
Standard Tech. At his own expense
Ken Urquhart CS-7 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:KU:ei.cden Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
495
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 APRIL 1969
Remimeo
DEATH WISH
Old Schopenhauer the German philosopher used to talk about a
condition or state of mind known as the "Death Wish".
We have noted this in Dianetic days as Succumb Postulates.
Anyone who doesn't wear his hat in a group and doesn't do his job
is obviously dramatizing a death wish for the group.
What would you think of a bus driver who with 32 passengers under
his care, drove with his feet up, hands off the wheel and not
watching the road. It is obvious that he would be dramatizing a
Death Wish for the group.
Where a person in a group, whether a government, a society or an
org, does not make any intelligent effort to wear his hat he
threatens his own and the group's survival to greater or lesser
degree.
We could figure out and correct all this by auditing but that is
not the point. The point is that a person has his nerve pretending
to be a part of a group, accepting a post and then running a Death
Wish by not doing his job.
Such a person is covertly murdering his fellows.
Only this phenomenon prevents a group from becoming a true group.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:ldm.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
496
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 NOVEMBER 1969
Remimeo
FORMER STAFF MEMBERS
Any former staff member who has not completed the contract he or
she signed when coming on staff, is to repay the Org in full for
any services taken free, or at reduced rates, before being allowed
to have any further services at any Scientology Organization.
This applies to former staff members of the Sea Org, St Hill Orgs
and the Churches of Scientology.
In all cases where a contract is broken an Ethics Order is to be
written and distributed to Ethics WW, all St Hills, all AOs and all
Orgs. The Master at Arms or Ethics Officer will keep a folder of
this type of Ethics Order.
Under no circumstances whatever will any services be allowed for
a former staff member with an unpaid debt to a Scientology
Organization. The HCO Executive Secretary of the Organization at
which a contract is broken must ensure that an Ethics Order is
written and distributed within 24 hours of the contract breach. The
Ethics Order is to include the amount of money owed to the Org.
A further Ethics Order is written and distributed as above when
the debt is paid in full.
W/O Larry Krieger Mission Boom I/C for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:LK:nt.cden Copyright Q) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
497
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1969
Remimeo
All Exec Hats
HCO Area Hat
I & R Hat ETHICS, THE DESIGN OF
It is very easy for a staff member and even an Ethics Officer to
completely misunderstand Ethics and its functions. In a society run
by SPs and controlled by incompetent police the citizen almost
engramically identifies any justice action or symbol with
oppression.
Yet in the absence of true Ethics no one can live with others and
stats go down inevitably. So a justice function must exist to
protect producers and decent people.
To give you an example, when a little boy this life, the
neighborhood a block around and the road from home to school were
unusable. A bully about five years older than I named Leon Brown
exerted a very bad influence over other children. With extortion by
violence and blackmail and with corruption he made the area very
dangerous. The road to school was blocked by the 5 O'Connell kids,
ranging from 7 to 15 who stopped and beat up any smaller child. One
couldn't go to school safely and was hounded by the truant officer,
a hulking brute complete with star, if one didn't go to school.
When I was about six I got very tired of a bloody nose and
spankings because my clothes were torn and avidly learned
"lumberjack fighting" a crude form of judo from my grandfather.
With this "superior tech" under my belt I searched out and found
alone the youngest O'Connell kid, a year older than I, and
pulverized him. Then I found alone and took on the next in size and
pulverized him. After that the O'Connell kids, all 5, fled each
time I showed up and the road to school was open and I convoyed
other little kids so it was safe.
Then one day I got up on a 9 foot high board fence and waited
until the 12 year old bully passed by and leaped off on him boots
and all and after the dust settled that neighborhood was safe for
every kid in it.
So I learned about justice. Kids would come from blocks away to
get help in their neighborhood. Finally for a mile around it was a
safe environment for kids.
From this I learned two lessons:
1. Strength is nothing without skill and tech and reversely,
without skill and tech the strength of brutes is a matter of
contempt.
2. Strength has two sides, one for good and one for evil. It is
the intention that makes the difference.
On further living I found that only those who sought only peace
were ever butchered. The thousands of years of Jewish passivity
earned them nothing but slaughter.
So things do not run right because one is holy or good. Things
run right because one makes them run right.
Justice is a necessary action to any successful society. Without
it the brute attacks the weak, the decent and the productive.
There are people who suppress. They are few. They often rise up
to being in charge and then all things decay. They are essentially
psychopathic personalities. Such want position in order to kill.
Such as Ghenghiz Khan, Hitler, psychiatrists, psychopathic
criminals, want power only to destroy. Covertly or overtly they pay
only with death. They arrived where they arrived, in charge of
things, because nobody when they were on their way up said "No".
They are monuments to the cowards, the reasonable people who didn't
put period to them while they were still only small bullies and
still vulnerable.
Ethics has to get there before tech can occur. So when it doesn't
exist or goes out then tech doesn't occur and suppression sets in
and death follows.
49e
So if someone doesn't hold the line, all become victims of
oppression.
TWO SECTIONS
The Ethics Section is in Department 3. This department is called
Inspection and Reports.
In small orgs there is only one person in that department.
Primarily his duties consist of Inspecting and Reporting to his
divisional head and the Executive Council.
That is the first section's function.
WHEN inspection reveals outness and reports (such as graphs or
direct info to the EC) do not result in correction THEN it is a
matter for the second section.
The second section of Department 3 is Ethics.
Now it is an Ethics matter. If correctly reported outnesses that
threaten the org are NOT corrected then one assumes that
suppression exists.
Because he has files of damage reports and chits and because he
can see and investigate, the Ethics Officer locates WHO is causing
outnesses and suppressing the org. By condition assignments,
publication and Comm Evs he gets in Ethics.
It occasionally happens that it is someone high up in the org. It
sometimes happens his seniors or the EC scold him for daring to
report on things or to them. Then he knows the suppression is high
up and he is delinquent in duty if he does not report it to the
next highest org and if no action there right on up to the Sea Org.
Anyone removing him for daring to report the factual results of his
inspections can be severely handled by upper organizations. The
Ethics Officer can only be in trouble if he fails to do his job and
keep in Ethics.
Hitting people with conditions is such a small part of Ethics
that it is almost an abandonment of post. Letting people be hit
with wrong conditions is a Comm Ev offense.
Letting an SP collapse stats or an org is a shooting offense.
An Ethics Officer uses Ethics to protect Ethics upstate and keep
the stats up and to smoke out crimes that push people and stats
down. It is a simple function.
The basic duties of Dept 3 are what it says. Inspection and
Reports. These alone usually work. When they don't and stats fall
or people fall off the org board, one goes into Ethics actions.
You don't let incompetent and suppressive people on staff in the
first place and you crowd Ethics in on them if they're found to be
there.
You DON'T confuse an executive's effort to get the stats up with
suppression.
The E/O is making the environment safe so that production can
occur and service can be given. He is making it unsafe for those
who by neglect or continual errors or suppression push stats down
and get good staff members to leave.
If none of this is well understood and yet someone is making it
impossible to work, find a 9 foot high board fence......
The E/O must know his Ethics policy. He must understand why he is
there.
And the rest of the people in the org should understand it too.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:rs.ldm.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
499
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 DECEMBER 1969
Issue II
Remimeo
HCO ES Hat
HCO Hats
DirI&RHat
Ethics Hat THE ETHICS OFFICER,
HIS CHARACTER
If a staff has no confidence in their Ethics Officer, their
morale is difficult to sustain.
A staff member has his head down, doing his job. Suddenly he
finds out that nobody has mailed any letters or magazines for a
month. This is a shock, an ARC Break. He was doing his job, so he
natters a bit and resolves to keep his eye open after this. He may
even do some investigation on his own. In other words he's
distracted from his post and duties. The environment is not safe.
WHERE was the E/O? Who didn't notice there was nothing going out?
A few weeks later the staff member hears that the address plates
are full of duplicates, wrong addresses and half missing. This is a
shock. It means the magazine never reached anyone really despite
all the work. The staff member says to hell with it. There couldn't
be an Ethics Officer worth anything and the org must be full of
SPs. So the staff member goes out and has a cigarette and sneers.
So do I.
A safe environment is a productive environment. An unsafe
environment is an empty hall.
ETHICS FUNCTIONS
Now this would appear that the E/O runs the org. Or that he gets
in everyone's way. Or that he is a whip that forces people to work.
Or any other silly idea borrowed from a wog world where the police
make things about as safe as a snake pit full of assorted reptiles.
The TECH fact is the data we have about SPs. There are very few
of these in proportion to decent people. That one fact is something
this society's police don't know. According to extant social tech
ALL people are basically bad and are only made "good" through
punishment. So everyone everywhere has to be threatened. That's
extant wog tech. It doesn't work. The crime rate soars so obviously
the know-how isn't to be found out "there". People are all animals,
"they" say and must be herded. Well that's the "modern social
scientist's" nutty idea. Society does not know that all they'd have
to do is round up their few SPs and they'd have no crime. Instead
whenever they arrest criminals they prove to these that society is
brutal and crime justified and just let them loose again. They
don't straighten SPs up because the "social scientist", the
psychologist and psychiatrist are at this writing at least mainly
SPs themselves and haven't any tech but the club.
So the E/O must understand at once that he is dealing with a new
highly precise tech. It is the tech of Ethics. A meter, a case
folder, a course study record, a knowledge of the HCOBs on SPs and
case types and PTS phenomena and you can identify an SP promptly.
He makes things go wrong, hurts people, oppresses. Around him all
the right actions vanish and the wrong actions appear.
Now because he or she can make others go PTS, then THEY make
mistakes.
500
So you get a whole group making things go wrong.
The E/O, knowing his Ethics Tech, can sort out the group, find
the real SP, remove him or depower him and zingo the group will
rebound and do great.
If an E/O finds himself having to assign lots of conditions,
finds as he inspects the org that the HCO Pol Ltr on promotions of
the org or the old org rudiments list when checked against the org
demonstrates too many outnesses, he knows that he is dealing with
one or more SPs in the org or around its area.
Careful investigation by the E/O (and he has very exact
procedures all to be found in the OEC Ethics pack) discloses the
source or sources of the trouble. He verifies all against the
person's stats, study and case record and his meter and then he
acts.
If he is right the org straightens right out. If the E/O is wrong
in his investigation and action things will get worse - i.e.,
stats will go down. So he can do it all over again, exhume the body
he incorrectly shot, apologize and now find the real SP!
So Ethics has its own tech, very superior tech indeed.
Ethics could clean up a whole nation and make it boom, using its
tech correctly.
As Ethics is a powerful tech, an uninformed E/O who thinks he is
a sort of KGB - Local cop - FBI - Scotland Yard sure has
missed the point. They are (or are at this writing) total failures
as witness the condemnation of crime stats in their areas. They are
simply oppressive terror symbols. They take psychiatric advice and
get psychiatric results. The end product is mutiny and revolution
by the population.
When you threaten the whole population you get riot and civil
commotion. When you have riot and civil commotion the police are
threatening (because of lack of Ethics tech) the whole population
whereas less than 10%, even as little as 1~, are bad hats.
SUPPRESSIVE REASONABLENESS
The greatest enemy of the E/O is the reasonable person. There are
no good reasons for any outness except
(a) Natural catastrophes (such as earthquakes, lightning, etc)
(b) Suppressive persons
(c) Persons who are PTS to suppressive persons.
When an exec starts to explain the "reasons" for low stats
instead of working to get high stats he is being reasonable.
When Joe Blow has just smashed his 5th typewriter and the Dissem
Sec starts to explain how he's just a good boy gone a bit ARC
Breaky she is being "reasonable". He's either an SP or he's PTS to
someone.
The explanation is the answer to the E/O's WHO, not the Dissem
Sec's why.
The ECs of 3 orgs are at violent war with each other. Somebody
explains how reasonable this is. Their E/Os had better meet quietly
and find out WHO is an SP and WHO is PTS in that battle royal and
ACT.
Reasonableness is suppressive since it lets oppression continue
without action being taken.
Suppressive reasonableness is a common trait. It comes from THE
INABILITY TO CONFRONT EVIL.
Evil takes a bit of confronting.
501
People who want desperately to "have no trouble" often won't
confront and handle trouble.
Murder is murder. It occurs. A murder is not a frightened wish it
had not occurred. It occurred. Somebody did it. There's the body.
Psychiatrists, for instance, have two major types in their ranks,
both psychopathic. One is a theetie weetie who thinks all criminals
are poor abused things and the other is himself a criminal
psychopath who turns criminals loose on the society just to get
even with people for his own fancied wrongs. Tracing several major
crimes it can be found that the violent criminal was in the hands
of a psychiatrist earlier and told him his intentions yet was let
loose on society.
Such a criminal - a rapist, a murderer - can't be helped by
psychiatry. But that isn't the point. Decent people died and some
died horribly. That doesn't make a very safe environment does it?
It is true that we could straighten this criminal out if we could
keep him out of circulation for a while. It is true the criminal is
in trouble, BUT IT IS ALSO TRUE THAT HE COMMITS CRIMES.
So an E/O doesn't want somebody in circulation in a group or a
society who commits crimes.
The job of the E/O is to disconnect and de-power the criminal and
so protect the group.
The criminal, the SP (same thing) is TRYING TO GET EVEN WITH
PEOPLE. That's his common denominator. He does it by covert
omissions or overt violence. It all amounts to the same thing.
The E/O works for from 90% to 99% of the group, not for the 1~.
When the E/O has done his duty to the group he can then take up
the individual. I always handle things in that order:
1. Safeguard the group.
2. Rehab the individual.
You will have a mess if you only do one or the other or try to
rehab the individual criminal without safeguarding the group.
In actual practice you safeguard the group by removing or
isolating the individual. Then you see what can be done for the
individual to rehab him without endangering the group in any way.
An E/O can be used by an SP (with false reports or stupid orders)
to needle and hurt a group. The duty of the E/O is plain. Follow
policy.
An E/O can be paralyzed when seniors will not let him do his job
either because they don't understand it or because they are
suppressive. The stats tell which one.
But the E/O has an action in this case.
I recall that the first two E/Os ever appointed, did their job,
tried to clean up the org where two criminals and a spy were in
full bloom and were clobbered by the OES (then Assoc Sec) and
removed. The same executive carried the org over Niagara Falls
within a year. He was having homosexual relations with the spy! The
fault here was a lack of investigation or investigatory skill and
Ethics tech not yet developed fully. If these two E/Os had found
that they couldn't work and couldn't function despite
502
crashing org stats they should have located who was blocking any
action by simple investigation and they would have found the crime,
and with that in hand they could
have said, "See here "
E/O CONDUCT
An E/O should never discuss staff members who are merely under
investigation or act in a way to 3rd party people. An E/O gets the
facts and then acts.
An E/O should himself be an Ethics upstat. E/Os who aren't don't
last long.
An E/O should act like a shepherd not a wolf. When the facts are
in plain view he or she should act like a panther with one straight
pounce.
An E/O who is an efficient E/O is very popular with a staff. If
he or she knows his business and carries it out effectively the E/O
easily becomes a local hero.
An E/O shouldn't permit a staff to be nagged, threatened or given
floods of conditions. When he sees these things occurring he knows
it's time to investigate for WHO has got people PTS and handle
without other orders.
An E/O's rehab actions should be limited to re-investigation on
request, correcting actions based on false reports and seeing that
Qual does any case handling that comes up.
When an E/O sees big efforts being spent on trying to get
ex-wolves back into the fold he investigates for the source of the
effort and having found it finds out WHO and WHY. One E/O never
could get an org going but sure worked to get ex-wolves painted
white. One head of an org had a staff in virtual mutiny but worked
continuously to get reinstated to grace three people who over the
years had done nothing (on clear evidence) but shoot upstate for
outside pay - yet the E/O of that org didn't even try to find
out why the head of that org was so constantly PTS as to worry only
about rehabbing and reinstating SPs. And to this day (the situation
is current) the E/O of that org has sent no report or appeal to a
higher org.
An E/O can get so irresponsible as to assign his whole function
to just Ethics conditions assignments. Never enforced, no sort out
of staff ever attempted, no real confront at all, just a weary
round of conditions and threats of conditions. Been removed of
course. Lots of threats and conditions mean only somebody is SP and
a lot of others are PTS.
An E/O trying to handle a long org history of down stats and
trouble should look first only at those who have been in the org
throughout the trouble period. One or more will be SP or PTS but
good.
An E/O who has had an area all calm but suddenly sees it roughed
up should look only at those who came into it since it went bad.
An E/O is only trying to make a safe environment in which staff
members can work happily and good service is being given to the
public.
An E/O in the final analysis is answerable to me that all is well
and secure with his area.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:rs.ei.cden Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
503
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 DECEMBER 1969 (REVISED 12 DEC 1969
THE ORIGINAL BEING CANCELLED)
Remimeo
HOW TO PREVENT AN ETHICS OFFICER FROM DOING HIS JOB
The LRH Comm is Ethics Authority and should prevent Ethics
Officers from abusing their post. However, seniors to the Ethics
Officer often make it difficult unintentionally for the E/O to do
his job. The following are some of the ways it has been done.
In all of these 12 ways, it is assumed the E/O knows his hat and
is doing his job well. If this is not the case it is up to the LRH
Comm to advise him correctly, get him checked out on Ethics policy
and failing this to report him with all facts to the higher org.
Given a well trained Ethics Officer he can be prevented from
Inspecting, Reporting and Adminstering Ethics by one or more of the
following.
1. Overloading the Ethics Officer's lines with unnecessary orders
to do needless investigations. Such orders being labelled "URGENT"
and carrying a penalty for the Ethics Officer if not immediately
complied with.
2. Allowing bypass orders to go directly to the Ethics Officer
from seniors, thus not only leaving him prone to overload but also
putting him in a position where he can be "chopped" by others for
not complying with every order immediately.
3. Not passing on or acting on the data contained in reports made
by the Ethics Officer, destroying or losing them.
4. Giving the Ethics Officer orders and then refusing to abide by
these yourself. E.g., "Every staff member who comes to work late in
the morning must be assigned non-existence." Roll up at 10 a.m.
yourself and refuse the condition.
5. Ordering the Ethics Officer to assign someone a stated
condition and then adding that the Ethics Officer will be assigned
that condition if he doesn't make it stick.
6. Making the Ethics Officer wrong for cancelling a condition
which was unjust.
7. Violating Ethics Policies and telling the Ethics Officer that
it doesn't apply here. E.g., Senior violates justice policy in
handling of an individual then tells Ethics Officer not to worry as
the policy doesn't apply to Joe Smith who has a bad record anyway.
8. Using senior powers to lumber the Ethics Officer with
conditions and stiff ethics, leaving him with no one to appeal to
or back him up in his work.
9. Putting the Ethics Officer into lower condition for "not
wearing his hat" when he refused to comply with an illegal order.
10. Ordering the Ethics Officer to do an investigation, but
telling him what he must find and what conditions must be assigned
to whom, before the investigation has even started.
11. Refusing to accept an Ethics Officer's actual evidence on
misdemeanors, crimes or high crimes concerning a senior, but
instead reprimanding the Ethics Officer for attempting to
"undermine a senior executive".
12. Refusing to accept the Ethics Officer's findings,
invalidating his administration of justice and evaluating and
invalidating his application of Ethics actions in a matter where
the Ethics Officer was applying standard Ethics Tech and attempting
to get him or actually ordering him to lower or raise the
conditions or change the findings which the Ethics Officer knows to
be true, just and correct.
This list was submitted by an Ex-E/O.
LRH:rs eg.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright(~) 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
504
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo A/G Hats Reg Hats RAP Hats Ethics Hats Tech Hats
MINORS - LEGAL ON, STUDENTS AND STAFF
1. A Minor (person under 21 years of age) must have a parent or
legal guardian signature on his or her contract.
2. A Minor must either live with a parent or have a legal
guardian appointed if parent is outside city. The legal guardian
appointment must include a statement of parent's permission for
Minor's guardian to obtain emergency medical care for Minor if
needed.
3. In California, a Minor over 16 and under 18 who is not a high
school graduate, must attend an accredited school for a minimum of
3 hours per day during the school year.
4. Minors must obey curfew laws. DTS to see that curfew
regulations are posted on student board and the age they apply to.
5. Staff Members who are Minors must comply with 1, 2 and 4
above. They must also get a work permit from the local school. In
California, with public school permission, a Minor between the ages
of 15 and 18 may work full-time and attend the Continuation School
for 4 hours per week on Saturday.
6. A/Gs, Registrars, Tech Secs, Dirs of RAP and Ethics Officers
are to see that their organizations are in compliance with this
policy as the law requires in each of their areas.
Natalie Fisher Assistant Guardian ASHO Joel Kreiner D/Guardian
Legal US Bob Thomas D/Guardian US Leif Windle Policy Review Section
WW Jane Kember The Guardian WW for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:NF:ei.rd Copyright (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
505
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 FEBRUARY 1970
Remimeo
All Orgs
AOs
SHs
E/O's Hat
T/Sec Hat
PES Hat
Dir Success Hat
ARC Br Reg Hat
PRO Hat
PRO Crse Checksheet ETHICS
QUALITY OF SERVICE
ARC Breaks bring about and restimulate a desire to get even.
An ARC broken person attacks.
Criminals, revolutionaries, great generals are simply dramatizing
the effects of an ARC Break of long duration.
Madmen seldom attack that which ARC broke them but choose wrong
targets.
Any and all attacks suffered by orgs are from ARC broken persons.
Even when such persons were really ARC broken with some other
activity, they instantaneously attack us.
Most ARC breaks are caused by by-passed charge. This charge is
usually the restimulation of some earlier ARC break not caused by
us.
WITHHOLDS ARE ONE PRIMARY CAUSE OF BY-PASSED CHARGE.
When persons are poorly processed or poorly trained they can
restimulate a great deal of by-passed charge.
When persons are permitted to take higher grades without really
attaining lower grades, by-passed charge is inevitable; hence we
see refunds, attacks and upsets in orgs and the field.
The true cause of ARC Breaks of long duration which transfer to
us is when we permit technical goofs.
ETHICS exists primarily to see that people honestly make their
grades and are trained as they should be and that no-one is
permitted to prevent good auditing and good training or to
enturbulate the org so that it cannot occur and to make sure the
org is there to give service in volume.
Ethics is not concerned with "acceptable social behaviour" only
insofar as it impedes the training or processing of others.
THEREFORE: Accepting for higher levels of processing persons who
have not made their lower levels shall be classified as a crime.
Processing persons at higher levels who have not made lower
levels shall be classified as a crime.
506
Training persons at higher levels who have not proven themselves
as competent Dianetic auditors shall be classified as a crime.
Admitting a famous person or notable writer to higher level
processing who has not fully attained lower level processing shall
be classified as a HIGH CRIME. This applies in particular to Power
and Clearing Courses.
Administering Power to anyone who has not had Dianetic Triples,
Scientology Triples and adequate gains or who needs further
auditing or Review shall be deemed a crime.
Permitting an ARC broken person to leave an org unhandled shall
be deemed for the last auditor to audit him and for the PES and
Director of Success a crime.
Failure to strenuously act to clean up an "ARC broken field"
shall be deemed a high crime for the Executive Council.
ALL ETHICS OFFICERS are to regulate their conduct of duty so as
to safeguard good auditing and training in the organization and to
create a calm atmosphere where these can occur in volume.
This Policy Letter has first priority and claim on the duties and
attention of the Ethics Officer.
In interpreting the above in technical matters, the Ethics
Officer should consult the opinion of competent auditors not
connected to any charge in progress.
Nothing in this Policy Letter shall prevent Scientology Grades
before Dianetic Grades.
Nothing in this Policy Letter shall limit the amount of auditing
that a person car. be given at any one grade.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jz.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
507
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 APRIL 1970
Remimeo To All Franchise Holders F/O WW F/O ASHO
ETHICS AND FRANCHISE
Strong Ethics actions by org E/Os and MAAs against Franchises and
Franchise holders are forbidden.
Franchise is a Public Divisions Function. Public Divisions run on
Public Relations tech and rules.
There are several technologies. Handling people with Dianetics
and Scientology tech, handling them with Ethics tech, handling them
with PR tech.
Franchises are essentially PR activities. When you use Ethics you
mix practices.
There is already a protective mechanism in Franchises. If they
hold to Dn and Scn and stay true to source they prosper. When they
don't they go broke as their PR value loses its Reality factor.
If something is seriously wrong in a Franchise area then
Franchise Officer WW should handle and, if he can't, request top
level help. This is not a field where org E/Os and MAAs function
well as they have too little data on remote offices or their
problems.
Just once top level had to act in recent years when the SO name
was being abused.
It is not our policy to harshly handle Franchises.
Auditors are bound by the Auditor's Code.
Almost without exception Franchise holders are fine, willing
people and we trust them to do right.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:nt.rd Copyright(~) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
508
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 APRIL 1970
Remimeo Pub Dive E/Os HCO
FIELD ETHICS
It has come to attention that at least one org was not prospering
because it was being suppressed by its own field.
One or more SPs operating in its neighbourhood were active in
making the Ethics Officer and the Execs wrong and enturbulating
staff.
Whereas one should go lightly in handling a Franchise or group
with Ethics (these are PR areas not Ethics areas), there is an
entirely different sort of condition where an SP can be active in
the neighbourhood of an org and all but crash it.
Field influence on a large org is best handled by having a Public
Ethics Officer (Div 1 Dept 3) to whom the public can apply and to
whom Public Divisions can appeal or to whom Public Divisions can
direct persons.
There have been many upsets of this kind over the years and they
have almost destroyed the org in each case.
Some examples follow:
1. A rich pc corrupted org Execs with large loans. The org
disintegrated.
2. Execs were persuaded to give personal outside service which
knocked out their integrity.
3. A staff was constantly worked on to work outside the org as
they weren't making enough money (and ignoring their jobs in the
org they of course didn't make enough money).
4. An SP hung about an org invalidating its Execs to staff until
the Execs caved in.
5. An SP who had been sacked corrupted other staff with 2D and
kept the org upset.
6. An SP hung about spreading false rumors which caved in Execs.
7. A fool, not necessarily an SP, handed out money in the field
around the org (not to staff members) and suddenly said the sums
were "loans to Scientologists" who "didn't repay them" and got the
org involved in trying to patch it all up.
8. An SP so worked over Ethics personnel they no longer did their
job and the org went into a decline.
Any way you look at it, when you ignore Ethics tech and fail to
handle an SP the org and its staff will eventually suffer.
The prime targets are the Execs of an org and its HCO personnel.
When these are made ineffective the rest of the staff catches it
heavily.
Like it or not, staff needs to be protected from such capers.
Sweetness and light and reasonableness by HCO and Execs wind staff
members and the org up in a ball of trouble.
This is a loony-bin planet. If it weren't we wouldn't be working
at making it sane.
Protect the org! So the staff can do its job!
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:kjm.cden Founder
Copyright(~) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
509
H.A.S.I. South Africa FOUNDING CHURCH POLICY LETTER OF 6 OCTOBER
1958
WHO CAN BE PROCESSED WHO CAN BE TRAINED
It has been board policy since the day the Founding Church was
established in Washington, D.C., that certain persons are
ineligible for processing.
According to the long standing policy of the Founding Church:
No person who is insane or who has an institutional background,
nor any person who is chronically ill may be accepted for
processing by the H.G.C.
There is no restriction on whom we can train. We can train anyone
so long as we do not teach academic subjects or issue academic
degrees, by Board Minutes of the 1 5th October 195 5.
We can train anyone in non-academic subjects.
However, we must not, even inadvertently, withhold a child from
his legal schooling by reason of religious counseling or for any
other reason without express permission from the authorities and we
must not substitute our ministerial training for academic
schooling.
Even a student cannot be entered into H. G. C. processing if he
in any way violates our standards of eligibility for processing at
the H.G.C.
The Registrar may not sign and neither the Director of Processing
nor an H.G.C. auditor may accept for processing any person who is
insane or who has an institutional background. The purpose of the
Guidance Center is to improve ability and intelligence and is not a
psychiatric clinic and should not act as one. This is without
regard to law since there is no law on the subject and we can
legally give spiritual guidance to the insane by District law. This
regulation is our own law. We are not in the business of
psychotherapy. Further, we will not accept for processing the
chronically ill. Even though we may by law treat the ill by
spiritual means it is still policy that we send the chronically ill
to medical care and confine ourselves to increasing ability and
intelligence.
In short:
1. WE MAY NOT AND MUST NOT ACCEPT PSYCHOTIC PERSONS FOR
PROCESSING by long standing policy, even if the person is a
student.
2. WE MAY NOT AND MUST NOT ISSUE DEGREES OF AN ACADEMIC
NATURE.
3. WE MAY NOT WITHHOLD A PUPIL FROM SCHOOL FOR OUR TRAINING
OR PROCESSING WITHOUT A LETTER FROM THAT SCHOOL SO AUTHOR
IZING HIS ABSENCE AND STATING HE IS TO COME TO US, NOT AN
UN-NAMED AGENCY.
4. WE MAY NOT DISBAR A PERSON FROM TRAINING BUT WE MAY NOT
PROCESS IN THE H.G.C. ANY STUDENT WITH PSYCHOTIC OR INSTITU
TIONAL BACKGROUND.
510
You must understand that these stable data are not arrived at
lightly. There are many good reasons behind them.
It is not illegal to give spiritual guidance to the insane: it is
against our board policy. It is forbidden.
It is illegal to issue academic degrees.
It is probably illegal by reason of Supreme Court decisions
(anti-segregation) to bar people from training.
If we have trouble, remember:
We make our own trouble. Only we can make our own trouble.
The Registrar, the Director of Processing and any assigned staff
auditor are personally responsible to the board for any action
taken which contravenes board resolutions or the broader law of the
land.
Definitions:
INSANE: Having been pronounced insane by a psychiatrist or being
incapable of any responsibility for social conduct.
INSTITUTIONALIZED: Having been committed to a public or private
institution for the insane.
ILL: Being medically diagnosed as suffering from a known, well
defined physical illness susceptible to medical care and relief.
For your information and guidance.
L. RON HUBBARD Chairman of the Board
Founding Church of Scientology of Washington, D.C.
LRH:rd Copyright (c) 1958 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
511
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 AUGUST 1960
Fran Hldrs Ds of T Registrars Assn Secs HCO Secs
TRAINING RESTRICTIONS
For the first time in our history, I am placing restrictions on
the acceptance of students for training in Dianetics and
Scientology.
It is important that these restrictions be placed in effect and
kept in effect.
We are becoming too successful to take stupid risks as an
organization.
Several recent instances in various parts of the world showed
that we were accepting security risks for training. In most cases
our people stood around all sweetness and light and wouldn't
believe as usual but in these cases they suddenly alerted to the
fantastic liability of standing by a security risk.
Therefore, no student may be accepted for training by the
Director of Training until he has been given a solid security check
by the D of T personally. If the student fails to pass the test he
is to be sent to the HGC for processing using the money deposited
for training. When entirely cleared he may then be accepted for
training and only then. Thus he is not refused training. But he may
not be trained before he is cleared if he is a security risk.
State of case shall be used for rejection only when it is such
that he or she is impossible to security check by reason of a
stalled or wild needle that will not register.
These three reasons only may be used for rejection in addition to
the above.
1. Has a criminal record;
2. Is studying Scientology to procure data or evidence for
another organization; and
3. Is a member of a subversive organization that might use
Scientology to overthrow a government by force.
See that we get careful about this now.
Validation seals may not be placed on existing certificates
without security checking for above.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.cden Copyright (c) 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
512
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 OCTOBER 1964
Remimeo
Franchise
Sthil Students POLICIES ON PHYSICAL HEALING, INSANITY
AND "TROUBLESOME SOURCES"
It has been the long standing policy of Central Organizations to
handle physical illness and insanity in the following manner.
HEALING
Any process labelled "healing", old or new refers to healing by
mental and spiritual means and should therefore be looked upon as
the relief of difficulties arising from mental and spiritual
causes.
The proper procedure in being requested to heal some complained
of physical disability is as follows:
1. Require a physical examination from whatever practitioners of
the physical healing arts may be competent and available;
2. Clearly establish that the disability does not stem from
immediately physical causes;
3. If the disability is pronounced to be curable within the skill
of the physical practitioner and is in actual fact a disease or
illness which surrenders to contemporary physical treatment, to
require the person to be so treated before Scientology processing
may be undertaken;
4. If, however, the physical practitioner's recommendation
includes surgery or treatment of an unproven nature or the illness
or disease cannot be accurately diagnosed as a specific physical
illness or disease with a known cure, the person may be accepted
for processing on the reasonable assumption that no purely physical
illness is proven to exist, and that it is probably mental or
spiritual in origin.
POLICIES REGARDING THE INSANE
With insane persons or persons with a proven record of insanity,
do the following:
1. Establish to the best of your ability within reasonable
administrative limits and known tests that any HGC pc accepted for
processing does not have a history of deserved institutionalization
in an insane asylum or similar place;
2. Process only those persons who have no such history;
3. Do not recommend any other treatment by practitioners in the
field of insanity where there exists any evidence that such
practitioners injure, disable or maltreat patients by violently
reacting drugs, by painful shocks, surgery or other barbaric and
outdated means of "mental treatment";
4. If no recommendation is possible under (3) above, recommend
only rest and a change of environment, but not in a professional
capacity.
THREATENING; SOURCES
Policies similar to those regarding physical illness and insanity
exist for types of persons who have caused us considerable trouble.
These persons can be grouped under "Threatening Sources". They
include:
(a) Persons intimately connected with persons (such as marital or
familial ties) of known antagonism to mental or spiritual treatment
or Scientology. In practice such persons, even when they approach
Scientology in a friendly fashion, have such pressure continually
brought to bear upon them by persons with undue influence over them
that they make very poor gains in processing and their interest is
solely devoted to proving the antagonistic element wrong.
They, by experience, produce a great deal of trouble in the long
run as their own condition does not improve adequately under such
stresses to effectively combat the antagonism. Their present time
problem cannot be reached as it is continuous, and so long as it
remains so, they should not be accepted for auditing by any
organization or auditor.
513
(b) Criminals with proven criminal records often continue to
commit so many undetected harmful acts between sessions that they
do not make adequate case gains and therefore should not be
accepted for processing by organizations or auditors.
(c) Persons who have ever threatened to sue or embarrass or
attack or who have publicly attacked Scientology or been a party to
an attack and all their immediate families should never be accepted
for processing by a Central Organization or an auditor. They have a
history of only serving other ends than case gain and commonly
again turn on the organization or auditor. They have already barred
themselves out by their own overts against Scientology and are
thereafter too difficult to help, since they cannot openly accept
help from those they have tried to injure.
(d) Responsible-for-condition cases have been traced back to
other causes for their condition too often to be acceptable. By
Responsible-for-condition cases is meant the person who insists a
book or some auditor is "wholly responsible for the terrible
condition I am in". Such cases demand unusual favours, free
auditing, tremendous effort on the part of auditors. Review of
these cases shows that they were in the same or worse condition
long before auditing, that they are using a planned campaign to
obtain auditing for nothing, that they are not as bad off as they
claim, and that their antagonism extends to anyone who seeks to
help them, even their own families. Establish the rights of the
matter and decide accordingly.
(e) Persons who are not being audited on their own determinism
are a liability as they are forced into being processed by some
other person and have no personal desire to become better. Quite on
the contrary they usually want only to prove the person who wants
them audited wrong and so do not get better. Until a personally
determined goal to be processed occurs, the person will not
benefit.
(f) Persons who "want to be processed to see if Scientology
works" as their only reason for being audited have never been known
to make gains as they do not participate. News reporters fall into
this category. They should not be audited.
(g) Persons who claim that "if you help such and such a case" (at
great and your expense) because somebody is rich or influential or
the neighbours would be electrified should be ignored. Processing
is designed for bettering individuals, not progressing by stunts or
giving cases undue importance. Process only at convenience and
usual arrangements. Make no extraordinary effort at the expense of
other persons who do want processing for normal reasons. Not one of
these arrangements has ever come off successfully as it has the
unworthy goal of notoriety, not betterment.
(h) Persons who "have an open mind" but no personal hopes or-
desires for auditing or knowingness should be ignored, as they
really don't have an open mind at all, but a lack of ability to
decide about things and are seldom found to be very responsible and
waste anyone's efforts "to convince them".
(i) Persons who do not believe anything or anyone can get better.
They have a purpose for being audited entirely contrary to the
auditor's and so in this conflict, do not benefit. When such
persons are trained they use their training to degrade others. Thus
they should not be accepted for training or auditing.
(1) Persons attempting to sit in judgement on Scientology in
hearings or attempting to investigate Scientology should be given
no undue importance. One should not seek to instruct or assist them
in any way. This includes judges, boards, newspaper reporters,
magazine writers, etc. All efforts to be helpful or instructive
have done nothing beneficial as their first idea is a firm "I don't
know" and this usually ends with an equally firm "I don't know". If
a person can't see for himself or judge from the obvious, then he
does not have sufficient powers of observation even to sort out
actual evidence. In legal matters, only take the obvious effective
steps - carry on no crusades in court. In the matter of
reporters, etc. it is not worth while to give them any time
contrary to popular belief. They are given their story before they
leave their editorial rooms and you only strengthen what they have
to say by saying anything. They are no public communication line
that sways much. Policy is very definite. Ignore.
To summarize troublesome persons, the policy in general is to cut
communication as the longer it is extended the more trouble they
are. I know of no case where the types of persons listed above were
handled by auditing or instruction. I know of many cases where they
were handled by firm legal stands, by ignoring them until they
changed their minds, or just turning one's back.
In applying such a policy of cut-communication one must also use
judgement as there are exceptions in all things and to fail to
handle a person's momentary upset in
514
life or with us can be quite fatal. So these policies refer to
non-Scientology persons in the main or persons who appear on the
outer fringes and push toward us. When such a person bears any of
the above designations we and the many are better off to ignore
them.
Scientology works. You don't have to prove it to everyone. People
don't deserve to have Scientology as a divine right, you know. They
have to earn it. This has been true in every philosophy that sought
to better man.
THE STRESS OF POLICY
All the above "Troublesome Sources" are also forbidden training
and when a person being trained or audited is detected to belong
under the above headings (a) to (j) he or she should be advised to
terminate and accept refund which must be paid at once and the full
explanation should be given them at that time. Thus the few may
not, in their own turmoil, impede service to and the advance of the
many. And the less enturbulence you put on your lines, the better,
and the more people you will eventually help.
Scientology is an applied philosophy designed and developed to
make the able more able. In this sphere it is tremendously
successful.
Efforts to involve philosophy with medical imperialism,
psychiatric sadism, the bigoted churchman, bring about a slowing of
our progress.
These people are sick spiritually because of their own continuous
harmful actions against patients and the society and are beyond our
normal means to help.
These policies will continue in existence until such time as
those interested care to invest the time and treasure necessary to
build the institutions and re-eaucate the professions which now
practice medical and physical mental healing, and this is
definitely not within our time, but would belong to some remote
future when more men are sane.
However, such a programme would depend upon the continued existence
of the medical imperialist and the psychiatrist and as their more
reprehensible activities are rather new and very radical they may
be abandoned by public and government long before Scientology could
help them. This is probably the more likely occurrence as even in
Russia, the Communist has now foresworn all violent treatments of
the insane according to their delegates to the London Medical
Conference of this year, and Russian practitioners look with
contempt and scorn upon the Western psychiatrist. The medical
doctor of England, taken over by Socialism, has lost his ambition
for medical imperialism and has no contest with Scientology. In the
United States the American Medical Association has become locked in
mortal combat with the government and probably will be socialized
entirely in a few years due to fee abuses and lack of gains. The
medical doctor remains strong only in more backward small nations
such as Australia where world trends are late in arriving.
Even the Church in Rome is considering a surrender of principles
and amalgamation with other faiths in an effort to save a dwindling
religious membership.
Thus there may be no medical practitioner as we know him left in
a few decades. Membership in the psychiatric profession is
declining.
In the place of these institutions, if we ever get around to
them, we may find ourselves dealing with completely different
practices in the fields of physical healing and the treatment of
the insane. All we ask of them is that they are competent in their
treatments and less greedy for monopoly than their predecessors.
And if this is so, then our policies will then remain fully in
force, but in a spirit of co-operation, not with the desire to
protect ourselves and the public from them and the products of
their
bungling.
LRH :jw.cden
Copyright (c) 1964 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[See also HCO P/Ls 5 November 1964, Corrections to HCO Policy
Letters, next page, 27 October 1964 (reissued 23 June 1967),
Policies on Physical Healing, Insanity and Potential Trouble
Sources, page 517; 7 April 1965, Issue 11, Healing Policy in Field,
page 521, 21 February 1969, Cancellation of "Corrections to HCO
Policy Letters"-Pol Ltr of November 5, 1964, page 523; 13 March
1969 Addition to HCO Pol Ltr of 23 June 1967 "Policies on Physical
Healing, Insanity and Potential Trouble Sources"-Potential Trouble
Sources {b), page 523, and 7 May 1969, Policies on "Sources of
Trouble' page 525.]
515
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 NOVEMBER 1964
Remimeo
Franchise
Sthil Students
Sthil Staff CORRECTIONS TO HCO POLICY LETTERS
HCO POL LTR OCT 27 '64: Policies on Healing, Insanity, etc.
Throughout, change "Threatening Sources", "Troublesome Sources"
and "Troublesome Persons" to SOURCES OF TROUBLE, in title and in
3rd section.
Add to the end of the HCO Policy Letter - "Ours are the
powerful communication lines. They are powerful because they are
theta lines. Entheta (enturbulated theta) obtains all its apparent
power by being parasitic on theta lines. Only when you add the
power of our lines to the weakness of entheta lines can they then
have strength.
"Example: It was the FCDC communication to its own field about
that government raid that (a) cost the most in cash and (b) did the
most damage. You can actually ignore an entheta line in almost all
cases without the faintest consequence. It only has power when we
let it have power by answering it."
HCO POL LTR OCT 31 '64: Issue II. Current Policies Orgs and
Franchise.
Under Membership Sales, page one, add "and Central Orgs" to the
first sentence.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :jw.cden
Copyright Q) 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [See footnote at the bottom of page
515.1
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY AD14
Remimeo (Reissued on 23 June 1967)
Tech Sec's Hat
Qual Sec's Hat
D of T Hat
D of P Hat
Registrar Hat
Franchise
Field
BPI ENROLMENT ON SELF DETERMINISM
No applicant will be accepted at Saint Hill, or should be
accepted by any Organization for training or processing, who is not
there on his or her own self determinism, but who has been ordered
to training or processing by an Organization, or who has been
compelled to undergo training or processing by a manager, judge,
relative or anyone other than the applicant.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:gljp.cden Copyright (c) 1964, 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED
516
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 OCTOBER 1964
Remimeo (Re-issued on 23 June 1967)
Franchise (Replaces HCO Pol Ltr 5 Nov 1964)
All Students
All Staff
Registrars' Hats
Tech Hats
Qual Hats
HCO Hats
POLICIES ON PHYSICAL HEALING, INSANITY
AND POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCES
It has been the long standing policy of Central Organizations to
handle physical illness and insanity in the following manner.
HEALING
Any process labelled "healing", old or new refers to healing by
mental and spiritual means and should therefore be looked upon as
the relief of difficulties arising from mental and spiritual
causes.
The proper procedure in being requested to heal some complained
of physical disability is as follows:
1. Require a physical examination from whatever practitioners of
the physical healing arts may be competent and available;
2. Clearly establish that the disability does not stem from
immediately physical causes;
3. If the disability is pronounced to be curable within the skill
of the physical practitioner and is in actual fact a disease or
illness which surrenders to contemporary physical treatment, to
require the person to be so treated before Scientology processing
may be undertaken;
4. If, however, the physical practitioner's recommendation
includes surgery or treatment of an unproven nature or the illness
or disease cannot be accurately diagnosed as a specific physical
illness or disease with a known cure, the person may be accepted
for processing on the reasonable assumption that no purely physical
illness is proven to exist, and that it is probably mental or
spiritual in origin.
POLICIES REGARDING THE INSANE
With insane persons or persons with a proven record of insanity,
do the following:
1. Establish to the best of your ability within reasonable
administrative limits and known tests that any HGC pc accepted for
processing does not have a history of deserved institutionalization
in an insane asylum or similar place;
2. Process only those persons who have no such history;
3. Do not recommend any other treatment by practitioners in the
field of insanity where there exists any evidence that such
practitioners injure, disable or maltreat patients by violently
reacting drugs, by painful shocks, surgery or other barbaric and
outdated means of "mental treatment";
4. If no recommendation is possible under (3) above, recommend
only rest and a change of environment, but not in a professional
capacity.
517
POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCES
Policies similar to those regarding physical illness and insanity
exist for types of persons who have caused us considerable trouble.
These persons can be grouped under "Potential Trouble Sources".
They include:
(a) Persons intimately connected with persons (such as marital or
familial ties) of known antagonism to mental or spiritual treatment
or Scientology. In practice such persons, even when they approach
Scientology in a friendly fashion, have such pressure continually
brought to bear upon them by persons with undue influence over them
that they make very poor gains in processing and their interest is
solely devoted to proving the antagonistic element wrong.
They, by experience, produce a great deal of trouble in the long
run as their own condition does not improve adequately under such
stresses to effectively combat the antagonism. Their present time
problem cannot be reached as it is continuous, and so long as it
remains so, they should not be accepted for auditing by any
organization or auditor.
(b) Criminals with proven criminal records often continue to
commit so many undetected harmful acts between sessions that they
do not make adequate case gains and therefore should not be
accepted for processing by organizations or auditors.
(c) Persons who have ever threatened to sue or embarrass or
attack or who have publicly attacked Scientology or been a party to
an attack and all their immediate families should never be accepted
for processing by a Central Organization or an auditor. They have a
history of only serving other ends than case gain and commonly
again turn on the organization or auditor. They have already barred
themselves out by their own overts against Scientology and are
thereafter too difficult to help, since they cannot openly accept
help from those they have tried to injure.
(d) Responsible-for-condition cases have been traced back to
other causes for their condition too often to be acceptable. By
Responsible-for-condition cases is meant the person who insists a
book or some auditor is "wholly responsible for the terrible
condition I am in". Such cases demand unusual favours, free
auditing, tremendous effort on the part of auditors. Review of
these cases shows that they were in the same or worse condition
long before auditing, that they are using a planned campaign to
obtain auditing for nothing, that they are not as bad off as they
claim, and that their antagonism extends to anyone who seeks to
help them, even their own families. Establish the rights of the
matter and decide accordingly.
(e) Persons who are not being audited on their own determinism
are a liability as they are forced into being processed by some
other person and have no personal desire to become better. Quite on
the contrary they usually want only to prove the person who wants
them audited wrong and so do not get better. Until a personally
determined goal to be processed occurs, the person will not
benefit.
(I) Persons who "want to be processed to see if Scientology
works" as their only reason for being audited have never been known
to make gains as they do not participate. News reporters fall into
this category. They should not be audited.
(g) Persons who claim that "if you help such and such a case" (at
great and your expense) because somebody is rich or influential or
the neighbours would be electrified should be ignored. Processing
is designed for bettering individuals, not progressing by stunts or
giving cases undue importance. Process only at convenience and
usual arrangements. Make no extraordinary effort at the expense of
other persons who do want processing for normal reasons. Not one of
these arrangements has ever come off successfully as it has the
unworthy goal of notoriety, not betterment.
(h) Persons who "have an open mind" but no personal hopes or
desires for
518
auditing or knowingness should be ignored, as they really don't
have an open mind at all, but a lack of ability to decide about
things and are seldom found to be very responsible and waste
anyone's efforts "to convince them".
(i) Persons who do not believe anything or anyone can get better.
They have a purpose for being audited entirely contrary to the
auditor's and so in this conflict, do not benefit. When such
persons are trained they use their training to degrade others. Thus
they should not be accepted for training or auditing.
(j) Persons attempting to sit in judgement on Scientology in
hearings or attempting to investigate Scientology should be given
no undue importance. One should not seek to instruct or assist them
in any way. This includes judges, boards, newspaper reporters,
magazine writers, etc. All efforts to be helpful or instructive
have done nothing beneficial as their first idea is a firm "I don't
know" and this usually ends with an equally firm "I don't know". If
a person can't see for himself or judge from the obvious, then he
does not have sufficient powers of observation even to sort out
actual evidence. In legal matters, only take the obvious effective
steps - carry on no crusades in court. In the matter of
reporters, etc., it is not worthwhile to give them any time
contrary to popular belief. They are given their story before they
leave their editorial rooms and you only strengthen what they have
to say by saying anything. They are no public communication line
that sways much. Policy is very definite. Ignore.
To summarize potential trouble sources, the policy in general is
to cut communication as the longer it is extended the more trouble
they are. I know of no case where the types of persons listed above
were handled by auditing or instruction. I know of many cases where
they were handled by firm legal stands, by ignoring them until they
changed their minds, or just turning one's back.
In applying such a policy of cut-communication one must also use
judgement as there are exceptions in all things and to fail to
handle a person's momentary upset in life or with us can be quite
fatal. So these policies refer to nonScientology persons in the
main or persons who appear on the outer fringes and push toward us.
When such a person bears any of the above designations we and the
many are better off to ignore them.
Scientology works. You don't have to prove it to everyone. People
don't deserve to have Scientology as a divine right, you know. They
have to earn it. This has been true in every philosophy that sought
to better man.
THE STRESS OF POLICY
All the above "Potential Trouble Sources" are also forbidden
training and when a person being trained or audited is detected to
belong under the above headings (a) to (j) he or she should be
advised to terminate and accept refund which must be paid at once
and the full explanation should be given them at that time. Thus
the few may not, in their own turmoil, impede service to and the
advance of the many. And the less enturbulence you put on your
lines, the better, and the more people you will eventually help.
Scientology is an applied philosophy designed and developed to
make the able more able. In this sphere it is tremendously
successful.
Efforts to involve philosophy with other practices bring about a
slowing of our progress.
These people are sick spiritually because of their own continuous
harmful actions against patients and the society and are beyond our
normal means to help.
These policies will continue in existence until such time as
those interested care to invest the time and treasure necessary to
build the institutions and re-educate the professions which now
practice medical and physical mental healing, and this is
519
definitely not within our time, but would belong to some remote
future when more men are sane.
However, such a programme would depend upon the continued existence
of the medical practitioner and the psychiatrist and as their more
reprehensible activities are rather new and very radical they may
be abandoned by public and government long before Scientology could
help them. This is probably the more likely occurrence as even in
Russia, the Communist has now foresworn all violent treatments of
the insane according to their delegates to the London Medical
Conference of this year, and Russian practitioners look with
contempt and scorn upon the Western psychiatrist. The medical
doctor of England, taken over by Socialism, has lost his ambition
for medical imperialism and has no contest with Scientology. In the
United States the American Medical Association has become locked in
mortal combat with the government and probably will be socialized
entirely in a few years due to fee abuses and lack of gains. The
medical doctor remains strong only in more backward small nations
such as Australia where world trends are late in arriving.
Even the Church in Rome is considering a surrender of principles
and amalgamation with other faiths in an effort to save a dwindling
religious membership.
Thus there may be no medical practitioner as we know him left in
a few decades. Membership in the psychiatric profession is
declining.
In the place of these institutions, if we ever get around to
them, we may find ourselves dealing with completely different
practices in the fields of physical healing and the treatment of
the insane. All we ask of them is that they are competent in their
treatments and less greedy for monopoly than their predecessors.
And if this is so, then our policies will then remain fully in
force, but in a spirit of co-operation, not with the desire to
protect ourselves and the public from them and the products of
their bungling.
Ours are the powerful communication lines. They are powerful
because they are theta lines. Entheta (enturbulated theta) obtains
all its apparent power by being parasitic on theta lines. Only when
you add the power of our lines to the weakness of entheta lines can
they then have strength.
Example: It was the FCDC communication to its own field about
that government raid that (a) cost the most in cash and (b) did the
most damage. You can actually ignore an entheta line in almost all
cases without the faintest consequence. It only has power when we
let it have power by answering it.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jw.jp.cden Copyright (c) 1964, 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED
[See also HCO P/Ls 7 April 1965, Issue II, Healing Policy in
Field, page 521; 21 February 1969, Cancellation of "Corrections to
HCO Policy LetteN"-Pol Ltr of November 5, 1964, page 523; 13 March
1969, Addition to HCO Pol Ltr of 23 June 1967 "Policies on Physical
Healing, Insanity and Potential Trouble Sources"-Potential Trouble
Sources (b), page 523; and 7 May 1969, Policies on "Sources of
Trouble', page 525.]
520
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1965 Issue II
Gen Non-Remimeo A future Issue of The Auditor
HEALING POLICY IN FIELD
The HCO Policy Letter of October 27, 1964 is now binding on all
field auditors and field staff members.
Many field auditors do not realize that they damage their own
dissemination and usefulness by becoming involved with the very ill
and the insane.
The only thing a field auditor can do, really, without going
down, is to promote, run meetings and do short assists as field
staff members of their nearest org. But whether they are or not,
all Field Auditors including HBA, HAS and HQS must abide carefully
by this policy and inform those persons who seek to persuade them
to help the insane or very ill that "it is a Committee of Evidence
offense to break HCO policy" and thus get themselves free. I have
seen too many field auditors fail by their becoming entangled with
psychos and chronically sick cases to fail to protect them from
such a mistake.
Excerpt from HCO Pol Ltr Oct 27 '64:
"HEALING
"Any process labelled 'healing', old or new refers to healing by
mental and spiritual means and should therefore be looked upon as
the relief of difficulties arising from mental and spiritual
causes.
"The proper procedure in being requested to heal some complained
of physical disability is as follows:
1. Require a physical examination from whatever practitioners of
the physical healing arts may be competent and available;
2. Clearly establish that the disability does not stem from
immediately physical causes;
3. If the disability is pronounced to be curable within the skill
of the physical practitioner and is in actual fact a disease or
illness which surrenders to contemporary physical treatment, to
require the person to be so treated before Scientology processing
may be undertaken;
4. If, however, the physical practitioner's recommendation
includes surgery or treatment of an unproven nature or the illness
or disease cannot be accurately diagnosed as a specific physical
illness or disease with a known cure, the person may be accepted
for processing on the reasonable assumption that no purely physical
illness is proven to exist, and that it is probably mental or
spiritual in origin."
LRH:jw.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[See also HCO P/Ls 21 February 1969, Cancellation of "Corrections
to HCO Policy Letters"-Pol Ltr of November 5, 1964, page 523; 13
March 1969, Addition to HCO Pol Ltr of 23 June 1967 "Policies on
Physical Healing, Insanity and Potential Trouble Sources"-Potential
Trouble Sources (b), page 523; and 7 May 1969, Policies on "Sources
of Trouble", page 525.]
521
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JULY 1965
Remimeo Tech Hats Qual Hats
Tech Div Qual Div RELEASE DECLARATION RESTRICTIONS HEALING
AMENDMENTS
The following three policies emerged from a Comm Ev conducted at
Saint Hill 23 July 1965.
RELEASE RESTRICTED
No person who is dependent for his or her livelihood upon a
Suppressive Person or Group, may be awarded any Release award
declaration or pin as such a person is not released in his
environment.
No person who is dependent for his or her livelihood upon
compensation being paid for physical or mental disability, may be
awarded any Release award declaration or pin as there is too much
vested interest in remaining disabled.
HEALING AMENDED
All students of any course are debarred from visiting any medical
or healing practitioner unless they are given an Ethics clearance
first and all possibility of "roller-coaster" (sudden case decline)
has been looked into and any suppressives or bad auditing precisely
isolated. The exception is an emergency involving severe injury or
infectious disease, but in this case the student must be cleared by
Ethics to be permitted back on course or even in the org. This
includes all accidents.
Course Supervisors are subject to Comm Ev in not so routing
students requesting to see a doctor.
All students must have permission to see a medical doctor except
in cases of severe emergency.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.bp.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
522
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 FEBRUARY 1969
Remimeo
CANCELLATION OF "CORRECTIONS TO HCO POLICY LETTERS" POL LTR OF
NOVEMBER 5, 1964
The Policy Letter of November 5, 1964 "Corrections to HCO Policy
Letters" is
cancelled.
HCO POL LTR OCT 27 '64 "Policies on Healing, Insanity, etc."
remains as
re-issued on 23rd June 196 7, "POLICIES ON PHYSICAL HEALING,
INSANITY AND
POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCES", as approved by The Founder.
Written by
Donat B. Perbohner
Director Policy Safeguard CIC WW
for
Kevin Kember
Policy Safeguard Chief WW
for
Jane Kember
The Guardian WW
LRH:MSH:dbp.ei.cden As directed by
Copyright (c) 1969 Mary Sue Hubbard
by L. Ron Hubbard Controller
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED for
[See also HCO P/L 7 May 1969, Policies on L. RON HUBBARD
"Sources of Trouble", page 525.] Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MARCH 1969
Remimeo
ADDITION TO HCO POL LTR OF 23 JUNE 1967 "POLICIES ON PHYSICAL
HEALING, INSANITY AND POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCES" POTENTIAL TROUBLE
SOURCES (b)
A criminal record means one with the police for the commission of
and imprisonment for felony. The fact of a crime is irrelevant if
not seen as a crime by law.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jk.ei.cden Copyright (I) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
523
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 APRIL 1969 Remimeo
DIANETICS
The policy on Dianetics is that it was and is intended to make a
happy, well human being and that it can now be used in conjunction
with purely medical (not political psychiatric) treatment.
Any person not recovering his health and sense of well being by
use of Dianetic auditing should be given by competent medical and
clinical doctors or technicians a thorough physical examination to
locate the illness, structural or pathological (disease), which is
troubling him and introverting him.
Scientology healing and mental treatment policies apply to
Scientology.
Dianetics is fully excepted from these policies.
This is in view of the strong and increasing interest and
co-operation of individual medical doctors over the world which
should be continued and promoted.
This policy does NOT include turning any person over to
institutions or practitioners engaged in political treatment and
expressly does not allow the use of such political treatment as
electric shock, lobotomies, brain "operation" or drugs producing
convulsions.
This policy does permit surgical and structural operations
including the alleviation of concussion or skull fractures or the
removal of brain tumors but only after they are proven to exist
beyond any doubt by competent clinical examination. It does not
include exploratory operation.
The severance of nerves to "end psychosis" is expressly condemned
and the use of produced convulsion by any means to "alleviate
psychosis" and the practice of euthanasia (mercy killing) or any
barbaric torturous or murderous or terrifying treatment or approach
are not only not condoned but should be actively fought due to the
non-therapeutic results, the immediate or early demise of the
"patient" and to the efforts to use these "treatments" to effect
political ends. The persons using these means actively financed and
fought Dianetics and Scientology over the world and were the sole
source of repression of a valuable sincere and vital breakthrough
in the field of healing as consistently demonstrated.
This HCO Pol Ltr amplifies as policy HCOB 6 April 1969 and HCOB
12 March 1 969.
Dianetics is a healing practice supplementing medical treatment.
Scientology is a religious practice applying to Man's spirit and
his spiritual freedom.
In areas, mainly America, where the freedom to heal is subject to
attempted monopoly, all Dianetic auditing of physically ill persons
(not as student practice) must be in conjunction with competent
medical practitioners who must be informed why a medical
examination is requested for the preclean "This is a member of the
Church of Scientology. As he may be physically ill we wish a full
medical examination and diagnosis and any medical treatment which
will resolve the illness found. With the leave of the medical
doctor and with the patient under his care we will employ Dianetic
auditing as well to assist his recovery. Until healed this person
is not eligible for Scientology auditing. We cooperate fully with
the medical profession and expect in our turn that our trust in it
will not be betrayed. Under no circumstances will we permit this
person to be brutalized with psychiatric political treatments."
In other countries any variation of this statement or its lack
may be employed,
depending on the legal position of healing.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:cp.ei.cden Founder
Copyright(~) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
524
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MAY 1969
Remimeo (Revises HCO Policy Letter of 27 Oct. 1964)
Franchise
Sthil Students
Sthil Staff
Dianetic Course
POLICIES ON "SOURCES OF TROUBLE"
SEE ALSO HCO PL 6 APRIL 69 ISSUE II "DIANETIC REGISTRATION"
Policies similar to those regarding physical illness and insanity
exist for types of persons who have caused us considerable trouble.
These persons can be grouped under "sources of trouble". They
include:
(a) Persons intimately connected with persons (such as marital or
familial ties) of known antagonism to mental or spiritual treatment
or Scientology. In practice such persons, even when they approach
Scientology in a friendly fashion, have such pressure continually
brought to bear upon them by persons with undue influence over them
that they make very poor gains in processing and their interest is
solely devoted to proving the antagonistic element wrong.
They, by experience, produce a great deal of trouble in the long
run as their own condition does not improve adequately under such
stresses to effectively combat the antagonism. Their present time
problem cannot be reached as it is continuous, and so long as it
remains so, they should not be accepted for auditing by any
organization or auditor.
(b) Criminals with proven criminal records often continue to
commit so many undetected harmful acts between sessions that they
do not make adequate case gains and therefore should not be
accepted for processing by organizations or auditors.
(c) Persons who have ever threatened to sue or embarrass or
attack or who have publicly attacked Scientology or been a party to
an attack and all their immediate families should never be accepted
for processing by a Central Organization or auditor. They have a
history of only serving other ends than case gain and commonly
again turn on the organization or auditor. They have already barred
themselves out by their own averts against Scientology and are
thereafter too difficult to help, since they cannot openly accept
help from those they have tried to injure.
(d) Responsible-for-condition cases have been traced back to
other causes for their condition too often to be acceptable. By
Responsible-for-condition cases is meant the person who insists a
book or some auditor is "wholly responsible for the terrible
condition I am in". Such cases demand unusual favours, free
auditing, tremendous effort on the part of auditors. Review of
these cases shows that they were in the same or worse condition
long before auditing, that they are using a planned campaign to
obtain auditing for nothing, that they are not as bad off as they
claim, and that their antagonism extends to anyone who seeks to
help them, even their own families. Establish the rights of the
matter and decide accordingly.
(e) Persons who are not being audited on their own determinism
are a liability as they are forced into being processed by some
other person and have no personal desire to become better. Quite on
the contrary they usually want only to prove the person who wants
them audited wrong and so do not get better. Until a personally
determined goal to be processed occurs, the person will not
benefit.
(f) Persons who "want to be processed to see if Scientology
works" as their only reason for being audited have never been known
to make gains as they do not participate. News reporters fall into
this category. They should not be audited.
(g) Persons who claim that "if you help such and such a case" (at
great and your expense) because somebody is rich and influential or
the neighbours would be electrified should be ignored. Processing
is designed for bettering individuals, not
525
progressing by stunts or giving cases undue importance. Process
only at convenience and usual arrangements. Make no extraordinary
effort at the expense of other persons who do want processing for
normal reasons. Not one of these arrangements has ever come off
successfully as it has the unworthy goal of notoriety, not
betterment.
(h) Persons who "have an open mind" but no personal hopes or
desires for auditing or knowingness should be ignored, as they
really don't have an open mind at all, but a lack of ability to
decide about things and are seldom found to be very responsible and
waste anyone's efforts "to convince them".
(i) Persons who do not believe anything or anyone can get better.
They have a purpose for being audited entirely contrary to the
auditor's and so in this conflict, do not benefit. When such
persons are trained they use their training to degrade others. Thus
they should not be accepted for training or auditing.
(j) Persons attempting to sit in judgement on Scientology in
hearings or attempting to investigate Scientology should be given
no undue importance. One should not seek to instruct or assist them
in any way. This includes judges, boards, newspaper reporters,
magazine writers, etc. All efforts to be helpful or instructive
have done nothing beneficial as their first idea is a firm "I don't
know" and this usually ends with an equally firm "I don't know". If
a person can't see for himself or judge from the obvious, then he
does not have sufficient powers of observation even to sort out
actual evidence. In legal matters, only take the obvious effective
steps - carry on no crusades in court. In the matter of
reporters, etc., it is not worth while to give them any time
contrary to popular belief. They are given their story before they
leave their editorial rooms and you only strengthen what they have
to say by saying anything. They are no public communication line
that sways much. Policy is very definite. Ignore.
To summarize troublesome persons, the policy in general is to cut
communication as the longer it is extended the more trouble they
are. I know of no case where the types of persons listed above were
handled by auditing or instruction. I know of many cases where they
were handled by firm legal stands, by ignoring them until they
change their minds, or just turning one's back.
In applying a policy of cut-communication one must also use
judgement as there are exceptions in all things and to fail to
handle a person's momentary upset in life or with us can be quite
fatal. So these policies refer to nonScientology persons in the
main or persons who appear on the outer fringes and push toward us.
When such a person bears any of the above designations we and the
many are better off to ignore them.
Scientology works. You don't have to prove it to everyone. People
don't deserve to have Scientology as a divine right, you know. They
have to earn it. This has been true in every philosophy that sought
to better man.
All the above "Sources of Trouble" are also forbidden training
and when a person being trained or audited is detected to belong
under the above headings (a) to (j) he or she should be advised to
terminate and accept refund which must be paid at once and the full
explanation should be given them at that time. Thus the few may
not, in their own turmoil, impede service to and the advance of the
many. And the less enturbulence you put on your lines, the better,
and the more people you will eventually help.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: cs.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
526
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JUNE 1969
Remimeo
DIANETIC REGISTRATION (Revises HCO Policy Letter of April 6, 1969
Issue II Mainly in reference to Paragraphs two, seven and ten)
A sign should be prominently displayed in all orgs servicing the
general public as follows:
"If you have come here to be cured of a physical illness, SEE THE
REGISTRAR and so inform her so that she can arrange for a competent
medical examination and treatment and for Dianetic auditing while
under the care of a doctor. When you are physically well, you can
begin Scientology training and processing on your road to total
freedom."
And another sign,
"This organization will not recommend or condone political mental
treatment such as electric shocks or brain operations or convulsive
drugs and condemns utterly this Fascist approach to 'mental health'
by extermination of the insane. Because we will not agree to
brutality and murder under the guise of mental healing or to the
easy and lawless seizure of persons in the name of 'mental health'
for political reasons, we are fought ceaselessly by those who seek
domination of this country through 'mental treatment'. You are safe
so long as we live."
The registrar is to sign the person up as he or she would any
preclean
The org must make a liaison with a medical clinic which has
diagnostic equipment and obtain a flat rate charge.
Legally and ethically it is all right to send a person to a
doctor for a physical examination, but it will cause an ARC break
with the doctor to specify what he is to do in that examination.
It is best to say merely: "Would you please do a complete medical
examination to include any acute or chronic illness and any effects
from past injury or illness."
It should be made clear to the medical doctor who pays his fee.
"Your fee for this examination and for any special investigation
will be paid by the bearer."
It should end by saying, "Would you please give a note of your
findings to the bearer."
Note that it would be unethical for the medical doctor to treat
any curable disease found unless the person examined specifically
asked him to treat it, otherwise he would refer the person to his
own doctor.
A doctor cannot be asked to supervise a person while he is having
auditing because he cannot professionally be asked to join in a
non-medical attempt to cure some illness, for if he did he would be
subject to discipline, charged with "covering", and if found
guilty, struck off the Medical Register.
The org should make their position very clear to the
clinic - that they are trying to co-operate with the medical
profession and that Scientology is a religion. However, after or in
the absence of medical treatment if none is needed, the persons
sent will be given Dianetic auditing after such medical examination
and treatment, if given, or under medical [supervision]. A clean
cut difference should be made between Dianetics as an assist done
under a physician's care or after his treatment and Dianetics as a
religious function of pastoral counselling or Scientology as a
religious practice.
If contempt or hostility is met, write a letter of complaint to
the medical
527
association and try another doctor or clinic. In such a letter of
complaint make it very plain that you are not engaged in physical
healing, that you have always tried to co-operate with medicine and
that your only quarrel is with psychiatric casualties and their
perversion of the medical profession.
If the clinic shows clear cut evidence of the need of an
operation, the D of Processing should give the preclear the
verdict. If the preclear will not have it, arrange a meeting
between the preclear and the doctor and discuss it.
It is possible to engage in Dianetic processing even when a
medical verdict is for an operation, but if the preclear will not
have it, then undertake Dianetic processing only under the doctor's
care and with his consent, and insist upon the preclear being
re-examined during processing.
The cost of the examination and any operation is in addition to
processing fees and any such charges are paid directly to the
clinic by the preclear, the org not taking responsibility for the
costs of these.
After any medical treatment, the entire treatment is run as an
engram or chain as the first action. Lingering symptoms are also
run down to their basics as per Dianetic Auditing Assists given in
the Dianetic Course.
Policy is not to engage on auditing sick pcs without medical
advice or treatment as required.
Insane pcs are handled in this same fashion as they are mainly
physically ill, need rest and no harassment. Insane pcs are a lot
of trouble unless one has an institution to hand, but institutions
cannot be trusted. Until an org has some means or connection by
which the insane preclear will not be brutalized, shocked or
operated on with brain "operations", it is better to refuse them.
By insane pc is meant one who is subject to highly irrational and
destructive behavior. If not, they are regarded as physically ill.
The senile and mentally retarded are also handled as per
physically ill pcs as above.
Waivers in all cases are required.
A new clause, "Will not hold the organization or its principals
responsible for medical costs or errors", must be included in
signing persons up for Dianetics.
Complete files of all such should be kept in Division 6 to show
in case of need
(a) that the org does not engage in physical healing and
(b) success stories with full records, X-rays, etc for Dianetics.
Where this policy letter is fully in force, earlier policies on
healing and the insane are cancelled.
This change of policy is due to (1 ) our wish to cease to
individuate from the other social groups of the society and (2) our
refusal to leave the field of mental healing in the hands of public
enemies.
This is also part of our campaign to Revitalize Western Society.
"A well society is a sane society."
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:fas.ei.cden Founder
Copyright (I) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Note: The word "principles" has been corrected to "principals"
in the fifth last paragraph, per HCO PL 2 September 1969, Issue
III, Correction to HCOPL 12 June 1969.]
528
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 MAY 1970 Remimeo LRH Comms' Hats HCOs To
be included in any answer to such petitions
INSTITUTIONAL AND SHOCK CASES, PETITIONS FROM
A survey has revealed recently that when a person who has been
institutionalized or shocked is given the right to be processed, in
70% of the cases the person did not arrange enough auditing to be
helped.
If one has spent a whole lifetime becoming aberrated, it is not
reasonable to expect it to be all undone in an hour.
Such persons often remain connected to people who have an
interest in continuing them in an aberrated state. Such things make
them difficult to handle as cases.
I do not want to be placed in a position where I would be
refusing help to anyone who needed it.
The history of institution and shock cases is that they can be
helped but that they do not continue long enough in processing to
be helped. They become subjected to pressure in their surroundings
to end off processing.
After causing considerable work by auditors, many such cases
leave before anything effective can be done and ask for refunds
which the organization is bound by its code to then make.
Anyone with institutional or shock history would have to
guarantee to continue in processing long enough to be helped and to
waive any right to refund.
It is not mandatory that either an organization or an auditor
help them even when permission is granted.
Help is a two way flow. One has to help others to be helped
himself.
Our organizations have the only successful record in this field.
However, they reserve the right to require cooperation.
A petition from anyone with a shock or institutional record may
be granted only with the stipulations that:
1. They obtain the consent of an org and an auditor to help them.
2. They continue in processing for enough time to actually be
helped.
3. They waive any right of refund.
4. They follow instructions given by the org.
5. That they do not attack any auditor, org or Scientology during
or after processing and post a bond not to do so.
6. That they help Scientology and help others.
7. That they sign and have any guardian sign a document
containing these stipulations.
We can help those who have been injured in earlier practices. But
it often takes a great deal of hard work on the part of the auditor
and the organization.
Such applicants are special cases and have to be handled as such.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.ei.cden Founder
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Clarified by HCO P/L 26 October 1970, Institutional and Shock
Cases-Posting of Bonds, Volume 2 - page 348.1
529
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 DECEMBER 1968
Remimeo
(Note: This data is turned out as an HCOB and a Pol Ltr [issued
as each one] as may apply very broadly in both the OEC and Level IV
or above Courses.)
THE THIRD PARTY LAW
I have for a very long time studied the causes of violence and
conflict amongst individuals and nations.
If Chaldea could vanish, if Babylon turn to dust, if Egypt could
become a badlands, if Sicily could have 160 prosperous cities and
be a looted ruin before the year zero and a near desert ever
since - and all this in SPITE of all the work and wisdom and
good wishes and intent of human beings, then it must follow as the
dark follows sunset that something must be unknown to Man
concerning all his works and ways. And that this something must be
so deadly and so pervasive as to destroy all his ambitions and his
chances long before their time.
Such a thing would have to be some natural law unguessed at by
himself.
And there is such a law, apparently, that answers these
conditions of being deadly, unknown and embracing all activities.
The law would seem to be:
A THIRD PARTY MUST BE PRESENT AND UNKNOWN IN EVERY QUARREL FOR A
CONFLICT TO EXIST.
Or
FOR A QUARREL TO OCCUR, AN UNKNOWN THIRD PARTY MUST BE ACTIVE IN
PRODUCING IT BETWEEN TWO POTENTIAL OPPONENTS.
Or
WHILE IT IS COMMONLY BELIEVED TO TAKE TWO TO MAKE A FIGHT, A
THIRD PARTY MUST EXIST AND MUST DEVELOP IT FOR ACTUAL CONFLICT TO
OCCUR.
It is very easy to see that two in conflict are fighting. They
are very visible. What is harder to see or suspect is that a third
party existed and actively promoted the quarrel.
The usually unsuspected and "reasonable" third party, the
bystander who denies any part of it is the one that brought the
conflict into existence in the first place.
The hidden third party, seeming at times to be a supporter of
only one side, is to be found as the instigator.
This is a useful,law on many dynamics.
It is the cause of war.
One sees two fellows shouting bad names at each other, sees them
come to blows. No one else is around. So they, of course, "caused
the fight". But there was a third party.
Tracing these down, one comes upon incredible data. That is the
trouble. The incredible is too easily rejected. One way to hide
things is to make them incredible.
Clerk A and Messenger B have been arguing. They blaze into direct
conflict. Each blames the other. NEITHER ONE IS CORRECT AND SO THE
QUARREL DOES NOT RESOLVE SINCE ITS TRUE CAUSE IS NOT ESTABLISHED.
One looks into such a case THOROUGHLY. He finds the incredible.
The wife of Clerk A has been sleeping with Messenger B and
complaining alike to both about the other.
Farmer J and Rancher K have been tearing each other to pieces for
years in continual conflict. There are obvious, logical reasons for
the fight. Yet it continues and does not resolve. A close search
finds Banker L who, due to their losses in the fighting,
530
is able to loan each side money, while keeping the quarrel going,
and who will get their lands completely if both lose.
It goes larger. The revolutionary forces and the Russian
government were in conflict in 1917. The reasons are so many the
attention easily sticks on them. But only when Germany's official
state papers were captured in World War II was it revealed that
Germany had promoted the revolt and financed LENIN to spark it off,
even sending him into Russia in a blacked out train!
One looks over "personal" quarrels, group conflicts, national
battles and one finds, if he searches, the third party, unsuspected
by both combatants or if suspected at all, brushed off as
"fantastic". Yet careful documentation finally affirms it.
This datum is fabulously useful.
In marital quarrels the correct approach of anyone counseling, is
to get both parties to carefully search out the third party. They
may come to many reasons at first. These reasons are not beings.
One is looking for a third party, an actual being. When both find
the third party and establish proof, that will be the end of the
quarrel.
Sometimes two parties, quarreling, suddenly decide to elect a
being to blame. This stops the quarrel. Sometimes it is not the
right being and more quarrels thereafter occur.
Two nations at each other's throats should each seek conference
with the other to sift out and locate the actual third party. They
will always find one if they look, and they can find the right one.
As it will be found to exist in fact.
There are probably many technical approaches one could develop
and outline in this matter.
There are many odd phenomena connected with it. An accurately
spotted third party is usually not fought at all by either party
but only shunned.
Marital conflicts are common. Marriages can be saved by both
parties really sorting out who caused the conflicts. There may have
been, in the whole history of the marriage several, but only one at
a time.
Quarrels between an individual and an organisation are nearly
always caused by an individual third party or a third group. The
organization and the individual should get together and isolate the
third party by displaying to each other all the data they each have
been fed.
Rioters and governments alike could be brought back to agreement
could one get representatives of both to give each other what they
have been told by whom.
SUCH CONFERENCES HAVE TENDED TO DEAL ONLY IN RECRIMINATIONS OR
CONDITIONS OR ABUSES. THEY MUST DEAL IN BEINGS ONLY IN ORDER TO
SUCCEED.
This theory might be thought to assert also that there are no bad
conditions that cause conflict. There are. But these are usually
REMEDIAL BY CONFERENCE UNLESS A THIRD PARTY IS PROMOTING CONFLICT.
In history we have a very foul opinion of the past because it is
related by recriminations of two opponents and has not spotted the
third party.
"Underlying causes" of war should read "hidden promoters".
There are no conflicts which cannot be resolved unless the true
promoters of them remain hidden.
This is the natural law the ancients and moderns alike did not
know.
And not knowing it, being led off into "reasons" whole
civilizations have died.
It is worth knowing.
It is worth working with in any situation where one is trying to
bring peace.
LRH: ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (~)1 968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
531
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 FEBRUARY 1969
Remimeo
AN ETHICS POLICY LETTER JUSTICE
In an extension of 3rd Party technology (see HCOB of THIRD PARTY
LAW) I have found that false reports and suppression are very
important in 3rd Party Technology.
We know as in the above HCOB that a Third Party is necessary to
any quarrel. Basically it is a 3 Terminal Universe.
In reviewing several org upsets I have found that the 3rd Party
can go completely overlooked even in intensive investigation.
A 3rd Party adds up to suppression by giving false reports on
others.
In several cases an org has lost several guiltless staff members.
They were dismissed or disciplined in an effort to solve
enturbulation. Yet the turbulence continued and the area became
even more upset by reason of the dismissals.
Running this back further one finds that the real 3rd Party,
eventually unearthed got people shot by FALSE REPORTS.
One source of this is as follows:
Staff Member X goofs. He is very furious and defensive at being
accused. He blames his goof on somebody else. That somebody else
gets disciplined. Staff Member X diverts attention from himself by
various means including falsely accusing others.
This is a 3rd Party action which results in a lot of people being
blamed and disciplined. And the real 3rd Party remaining
undetected.
The missing point of justice here is that the disciplined persons
were not faced with their accusers and were not given the real
accusation and so could not confront it.
Another case would be a 3rd Party simply spreading tales and
making accusations out of malice or some even more vicious motive.
This would be a usual 3rd Party action. It is ordinarily based on
False Reports.
Another situation comes about when an executive who can't get an
area straight starts to investigate, gets 3rd Party False Reports
about it, disciplines people accordingly and totally misses the
real 3rd Party. This enturbulates the area even more.
The basis of all really troublesome 3rd Party activities is then
FALSE REPORTS.
There can also be FALSE PERCEPTION. One sees things that don't
exist and reports them as "fact".
Therefore we see that we can readily run back an investigation by
following a chain of false reports.
In at least one case the 3rd Party (discovered only after it was
very plain that only he could have wrecked two divisions, one after
the other) also had these characteristics:
1. Goofed in his own actions;
2. Furiously contested any knowledge reports or job endangerment
chits filed on him;
3. Obsessively changed everything when taking over an area;
4. Falsely reported actions, accusing others;
5. Had a high casualty rate of staff in his division or area.
These are not necessarily common to all 3rd Parties but give you
an idea of what can go on.
After a lot of experience with Ethics and justice I would say
that the real source of upset in an area would be FALSE REPORTS
accepted and acted upon without confronting the accused with all
charges and his or her accusers.
An executive should not accept any accusation and act upon it. To
do so undermines the security of one and all.
532
What an executive should do, on being presented with an
accusation or down stats or "evidence" is conduct an investigation
of false reports and false perceptions.
An area is downstat because of one or more of the following:
1. No personnel;
2. Personnel not trained;
3. Cross orders (senior orders unattended because of different
junior orders);
4. Area doing something else than what it is supposed to do;
5. An adjacent area dumping its hat;
6. False perception leading to false stats;
7. False reports by rumour or misunderstanding;
8. False reports from single rare instances becoming accepted as
the condition of the whole;
9. False reports on others defensively intended;
10. False reports on others maliciously intended (real 3rd
Party);
11. Injustices cumulative and unremedied;
12. Actions taken on others without investigation and without
confronting them with their accusers or the data.
This is a list of probable causes for an upset or downstat area.
SECURITY
The personal security of the staff member is so valuable to him
apparently that when it is undermined (by false accusations or
injustice) he becomes less willing and less efficient and is the
real reason for a PTS condition.
JUSTICE
The only thing which can actually remedy a general insecure
feeling is a renewed faith in justice.
Justice would consist of a refusal to accept any report not
substantiated by actual, independent data, seeing that all such
reports are investigated and that all investigations include
confronting the accused with the accusation and where feasible the
accuser, BEFORE any disciplinary action is undertaken or any
condition assigned.
While this may slow the processes of justice, the personal
security of the individual is totally dependent upon establishing
the full truth of any accusation before any action is taken.
Harsh discipline may produce instant compliance but it smothers
initiative.
Positive discipline is in itself a stable datum. People are
unhappy in an area which is not well disciplined because they do
not know where they stand.
An area where only those who try to do their jobs are disciplined
encourages people to hide and be inactive.
But all discipline must be based on truth and must exclude acting
on false reports.
Therefore we get a policy: Any false report leading to the unjust
discipline of another is an act of TREASON by the person making the
false report and the condition should be assigned and its penalties
fully applied.
A condition of DOUBT should be assigned any person who accepts
and disciplines another unjustly on the basis of a report which
subsequently turns out to have been false.
This then is the primary breakdown of any justice
system - that it acts on false reports, disciplines before
substantiation and fails to confront an accused with the report and
his accuser before any discipline is assigned, or which does not
weigh the value of a person in general against the alleged crime
even when proven.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ldm.ei.rd Founder
Copyright (I) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
533
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 MARCH 1969
Remimeo Ethics Officers HCO
THIRD PARTY HOW TO FIND ONE
The way NOT to find a 3rd party is to compile a questionnaire
that asks one and all in various ways, "Have you been a VICTIM?"
"Do you feel ARC Broken about Ethics?"
Any officer, B of I or Comm Ev that uses this approach ( 1 ) Does
not find any 3rd Party and (2) Caves in people.
A 3rd Party is ONE WHO BY FALSE REPORTS CREATES TROUBLE BETWEEN
TWO PEOPLE, A PERSON AND A GROUP OR A GROUP AND ANOTHER GROUP.
To find a 3rd Party one has to ask
1. (a) Have you been told you were bad? (b) What was said? (c)
Who said it?
2. (a) Have you been told someone was bad? (b) What was said? (c)
Who said it?
3. (a) Have you been told someone was doing wrong? (b) What was
said? (c) Who said it?
4. (a) Have you been told a group was bad? (b) What was said? (c)
Who said it?
This is quite capable of running a couple light years of track so
a questionnaire
should have a limiter such as "In this organization "
This is also a considerable process! And it may have a lot of
answers. So a lot of space should be left for each question.
By then combining names given you have one name appearing far
more often than the rest. This is done by counting names. You then
investigate this person.
Usual action, if they are not an enemy, is to issue a
Non-Enturbulation order and say why.
The VICTIM type questionnaire will only give you your most
valuable executives! Who have been trying to get people to do their
jobs!
We have had experience with this so IT IS A COMM EV OFFENSE to
use a VICTIM type approach and say one is "looking for a third
party".
This Pol Ltr is vital to HCOES, HCO Secs, E/Os and MISSIONAIRES.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ldm.ei.cden Founder
Copyright(~) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
534
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 AUGUST 1969
Remimeo
THIRD PARTY INVESTIGATIONS
This Policy Letter is an expansion of HCO Policy Letter of 15
March 1969 3rd Party, How to Find One by L. Ron Hubbard.
R-FACTOR
An it-Factor is necessary before the investigation is begun. It
must be understood by the persons involved (a) what a 3rd Party is,
(b) how the 3rd Party will be located, and (c) it may be necessary
to indicate that it is not an auditing activity.
HOW MANY?
Many names will come up. They were influenced by the 3rd Party.
They went into agreement with him. By going into agreement with
him, they spread the activity which was originated by the 3rd
Party. There will be only one 3rd Party at the basic of the chain.
3RD PARTY = FALSE REPORT. ANYONE THAT WENT INTO AGREEMENT
WITH HIM CARRIED IT FORWARD, USUALLY BELIEVING IT TO BE TRUE.
EXAMPLE
Third Party Investigation with Jill and Alan:
"A" Questions asked to Jill and Alan.
la. Have you been told you were in bad.
b. What was said.
c. Who said it.
2a. Have you been told someone was bad.
b. What was said.
c. Who said it.
3a. Have you been told someone was doing wrong.
b. What was said.
c. Who said it.
4a. Have you been told a group was bad.
b. What was said.
c. Who said it.
"B" Questions asked Jill.
la. Have you been told you were in bad with Alan (Jill).
b. (as in "A" above)
c ( " " )
2a. Have you been told Alan (Jill) was in bad.
b. (as in "A" above)
c. ( )
535
3a. Have you been told Alan (Jill) was doing wrong. b. (as in "A"
above) c. ( )
After asking these questions of Jill they are asked of Alan.
"C" Any person coming up on both sides, for instance Roger, is
noted. You then ask the "B" questions, using Roger's name. Ask them
of Jill, then of Alan.
As a new name comes up, use it in "B".
This is continued until you come up with a name, use it in "B",
and Jill and Alan cannot find anyone that "told you you were in bad
with ....", or "told you .... was in bad", or "told you .... was
doing bad".
THAT IS YOUR 3RD PARTY. THERE WAS NO ONE SAYING THINGS ABOUT THIS
PERSON BECAUSE HE STARTED IT ALL.
As long as they can give you answers to "B", there is someone
earlier. This is how you get the BASIC 3rd Party.
INDICATORS
If you have indicated the wrong 3rd Party, you will see it in the
absence of GIs. Continue until you hit THE ONE, at which time GIs
will come in on both individuals.
CPO Maria Bosselaar for Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard Flag 3rd
Mate/CS - 1 for
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH:MB:eky.ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED
536
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East instead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo
THIRD PARTY INVESTIGATIONS
The liability of a third party investigation is that a person in
the area who has been diligently making reports on outnesses
observed or reported to him becomes the most obvious target for
declaration as the third party.
An example of this would be the branch manager of a car sales
company paying the salesmen only a portion of their commissions and
pocketing the balance. The salesmen consider they are underpaid. A
conflict arises between them and the branch manager. Sales
statistics fall. The chief sales representative realizing the
dangerousness of the situation to the survival of the business and
his own pay packet gathers information which indicates the branch
manager is embezzling and sends reports to the accountant at head
office for checking. The general manager having heard of the third
party law and noticing the conflict between branch manager and
salesmen commences an investigation, finds the chief sales rep. has
been sending reports to head office concerning the branch manager
and had previously made reports to the branch manager concerning
some of the salesmen misusing company vehicles. The branch manager
denies the reports against him and the salesmen state the reports
against them to be false. Good indicators on both sides as their
denials are accepted and the chief sales rep. gets fired. Oddly
enough the pay doesn't go up, sales stats crash further and the
company goes up in smoke.
The matter would have been resolved by full ethics investigation
and replacement of the branch manager instead of the one person,
trying to protect his job and the company by proper ethics reports,
being fired.
When personnel making written reports to proper terminals on out
Ethics situations get accused of being third parties it becomes
unsafe to report. Ethics without reports becomes ineffective and
suppressives have a ball.
It is possible for a third party to use the standard report lines
but this is not usual and, as the reports are in writing and signed
they are easily investigated for validity.
A third party can make all sorts of wild false reports verbally
to various staff members. The on-policy staff member hearing these
then makes a written report to Ethics stating what was said and who
said it.
When the written report is found to contain false information
don't immediately accuse the person who wrote the report of being a
third party - check up on who was maliciously spreading the
rumour in the first place.
One staff member aware of a very out ethics situation in an Org
that had been affluent and was now crashing into ruin made very
proper reports to a higher authority. The reports were neglected. A
later third party investigation said the reporting staff member was
the third party even though his reports gave all available
information, sources of data, who else knew about it and could give
data, etc. All reports were in writing and signed. Whenever a
report was based on rumour and not proven he stated so. When
"revealed as the third party" he assigned himself enemy, cognited
that he had exceeded his duties and promised to keep to the
standard duties of his post.
In fact he was the only person taking responsibility for the Org
and trying to handle the out Ethics situation which was collapsing
stats. He should have been commended. Instead his reach was cut and
it became unsafe for staff members to make reports.
When a third party investigation cannot conclusively find a third
party but an out Ethics situation is revealed the matter must be
handed over to proper Ethics authority adequate to handle the
situation.
There may be a third party but it could require an Ethics clean
up of the area first. The source of the out Ethics situation in
such a case will probably also be the third party.
Brian Livingston
LRH: BL:rs.ei.cden CS - 1
Copyright (c) 1970 for
by L. Ron Hubbard s:~7 L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 SEPTEMBER AD13
CenOCon
Franchise IMPORTANT
SCIENTOLOGY FIVE JUSTICE COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE SCIENTOLOGY
JURISPRUDENCE, ADMINISTRATION OF
(This system is for use in all matters of Justice in
Scientology.)
(This Policy Letter cancels and disbands any Ethical Committees.)
There can be no personal security without easily accessible,
swift and fair justice within a group.
The jurisprudence employed must be competent, acceptable to the
members of the group and effective in accomplishing good order for
the group and personal rights and security for its individual
members.
Justice used for revenge, securing advantages for a clique
increases disorder.
Justice should serve as a means of establishing guilt or
innocence and awarding damages to the injured. The fact of its use
should not pre-establish guilt or award. Justice which by its
employment alone establishes an atmosphere of guilt or greed is
harmful and creates disorder.
Justice should clarify. Good justice in effect runs out group
engrams. Bad justice runs them in.
I have been working for some time on a system of justice
acceptable to Scientologists and have evolved one in "Committees of
Evidence". These work excellently by actual test and satisfy the
requirements of justice.
I require that full use be made of these Committees at once in
all matters relating to Scientology organizations, groups and
concerns.
I do not recommend that individuals in authority act in
disciplinary measures or capacities without employing Committees of
Evidence.
I recommend that all outstanding matters of discipline occurring
between March 13, 1963 and this date should be reviewed by
Committees of Evidence.
COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE
There are two channels of Committees of Evidence, each parallel.
One channel is through Central Organizations, the other through
HCOs.
WW COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE
Both channels arrive at one Committee located at HCO WW. This is
the World Wide Committee of Evidence, convened by the Executive
Director. It cares for any and all matters arising from Committees
at lower levels in both channels and reviews all cases referred to
it.
HCO CONTINENTAL COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE
The Convening Authority is the HCO Continental Secretary. It
handles matters relating to any Scientology executives in a whole
Continental zone. It investigates any cases referred to it by the
WW Committee of Evidence and reviews any lower HCO Committees of
Evidence in its zone when necessary or so requested.
CONTINENTAL ORGANIZATION COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE
The Convening Authority is the Continental Director. It handles
matters relating to any Scientology Executive in a Continental
Zone. It investigates any matter
538
requested of it by the WW Committee of Evidence and reviews any
lower Organization Committee of Evidence matters or cases in its
zone.
HCO AREA COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE
The Convening Authority is the HCO Executive or Area Secretary in
the sphere of a specific central organization or city of rice. It
handles any matters referred to it by its convening authority.
These may include all matters relating to the suspension or
cancellation of certificates, the administrative or technical
conduct of any Scientology executive or staff member on the basis
of personal, administrative or technical conduct prejudicial to
good order and discipline, and handles matters relating to the
personal and technical misconduct of any Scientology executives or
staff members. It also handles all disputes with field auditors,
students, preclears, and members of the public. It handles
especially any dispute between the Central Organization or City
Office to which it is attached and non-staff members such as
students, preclears, auditing results, refunds, etc. It may include
Central Organization or City Office personnel in its composition
and, in cases involving disputes between a Central Organization or
City Office and non-staff members, it may use to the percentage of
half (not including the chairman) field members in its membership.
CENTRAL COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE
A Central Committee of Evidence is convened by the
Association/Organization Secretary of any Central Organization or
City Office. It has exactly the same powers and scope as the HCO
Area Committee of Evidence, but would normally not handle cases
involving Field Auditors, field technical practice or matters
relating to disputes between the public and the Central
Organization or City Office as to fees, payments or service
failures, which are all more properly the business of HCO. The
Central Committee of Evidence is more properly concerned with all
matters relating to the conduct and activities of organization
members, administrative, technical and personal, fixing
responsibility for various conditions or breakdowns within the
organization and safeguarding the organization against personal
conduct or security risks prejudicial to effectiveness and public
repute. Threatened dismissals, requests for reinstatement, protests
against transfers or injury to reputation as well as marital or
second dynamic matters are all heard by the Central Committee of
Evidence.
DISTRICT COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE
The Convening Authority is the person in charge of a District
Office or branch Organization or the Association/Organization
Secretary of the Zone or the HCO Area Secretary. The District
Committee of Evidence exists for all matters of dispute, repute or
discipline in a District Office, its area, or a Scientology Group.
Its powers are the same as any other Committee of Evidence except
that of review of lower Committees, and that it may not call before
it, except as they volunteer, Central Organization or HCO Area
personnel or other personnel or executives on higher echelons.
The findings of this Committee must be reviewed by an HCO Area
Committee before the convening authority of the District Committee
of Evidence may put the findings into effect and only those
findings passed (after endorsement by the Convening Authority) by
the HCO Area Committee of Evidence may be put into effect. A
Central Committee of Evidence may not review a District Committee
of Evidence findings even though convened by an Association
Secretary.
DEFINITIONS
A COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE: A fact finding body composed of
impartial persons properly convened by a Convening Authority which
hears evidence from persons it calls before it, arrives at a
finding and makes a full report and recommendation to its convening
authority for his or her action.
CONVENING AUTHORITY: That duly appointed official of Scientology
who appoints and convenes a Committee of Evidence to assist him in
carrying out and justly exercising his or her authority, and who
approves, mitigates or disapproves the findings and recommendations
of the Committee of Evidence he or she appoints. The convening
authority may not be a member of the Committee and may not sit with
it and may not interfere with its conduct of business or its
evidence, but may disband a Committee he or she convenes if it
fails to be active in the prosecution of its business, and may
convene another Committee in its place. The Convening Authority may
not increase penalties recommended by the committee he or she
convenes.
539
NO CONVENING AUTHORITY may be summoned before, appear before or
be chairman, secretary or member of any Committee of Evidence he or
she convenes.
No official authorized to act as a convening authority may be
summoned before or named as an Interested Party to or witness
before or serve on a Committee of Evidence at the level of
Committee of Evidence he or she is authorized to convene or on any
lower level Committee; an official with the right to act as a
Convening Authority may only be summoned by, appear before or
become an Interested Party before Committees of Evidence of higher
levels than he may authorize: i.e. HCO Area Committees of Evidence
and Central Committees of Evidence alike may not summon or name as
Interested Parties or witnesses or Chairman or members, the HCO
Area Sec or the Association/Organization Secretary, but these may
be named as Interested Parties or summoned before Continental Level
Committees, and Convening Authorities at Continental Level may only
be named as Interested Parties or summoned before a WW Committee of
Evidence. However, a WW Committee of Evidence may be convened by
its Convening Authority anywhere in the world and a Continental
Level Committee may be convened anywhere in a Continental Area, it
being however more usual to convene WW and Continental Committees
only at their own headquarters.
No deputy officer to any Convening Authority may convene a
Committee by reason of being a deputy, this right being fully
reserved to the Executive Director and fully appointed HCO
Continental Secretaries, Continental Directors, HCO Area
Secretaries, Association/Organization Secretaries and officers in
official charge of District Offices, and only when fully and
officially appointed with duly signed appointment to post by the
Executive Director.
CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE: The Chairman is appointed at the
discretion of the Convening Authority appointing the Committee. The
appointment may be of a permanent nature but again at the
discretion of the Convening Authority. The Chairman may not appoint
Members to serve on the Committee. The Chairman presides over all
meetings, conducts the largest part of the interrogation and sees
that the Committee properly executes its duties in all respects in
a dignified and expeditious manner. The Chairman may not interfere
with the votes of the members and must include any divergences of
opinion on the Findings by dissenting members. The Chairman sees to
it that the Findings are based on majority opinion. The Chairman
votes only in case of deadlock. The Chairman may himself dissent
from the majority opinion in the Findings but if so, includes it as
a separate opinion in the Findings like any other member
dissenting, and may not withhold Findings from the Convening
Authority for this reason. If a Chairman is removed during the
progress of any case before the Committee the Findings are invalid
and a new Committee must be convened and appearance before the
incompleted hearings does not ban appearance before the newly
convened Committee. However, a Chairman must be removed before
Findings are being prepared before the Committee can be declared
invalid and the removal must be for good and sufficient cause. The
Chairman runs good S.C.S. during all proceedings and gets Evidence
given rather than put in Itsa lines. He gets the job done.
SECRETARY: The Secretary is appointed specifically by the
Convening Authority. The Secretary is a proper member of the
Committee and has a vote. The Secretary prepares and issues all
notices to attend, attends all meetings, keeps all notes, collects
all documentary evidence offered in the hearings, procures tapes
and a tape recorder, does all the tape recording, and collects all
members of the Committee for scheduled hearings. All this is in
addition to usual staff duties. The Assoc Sec's Sec or the HCO
Communicator or HCO Steno would be the ordinary choice, but any
others may be chosen for the assignment.
MEMBER: Members of the Committee are specifically named by the
Convening Authority. In addition to the Chairman and Secretary they
may not number less than two or more than five. A member attends
all hearings, may keep his own notes, passes on all Findings and
votes for or against the Findings and their recommendations. A
member must sign the Findings whether he approves of them or not
but if disapproving may have the Chairman so note it. Interested
Parties and witnesses may not object to any membership or
composition of the Committee, it being taken for granted that the
Convening Authority has been as impartial in this as is feasible.
The Member should conduct himself or herself courteously and with
dignity toward other Committee members, and particularly the
Chairman, and should treat Interested Parties and witnesses as
courteously as is possible with due recognition of the tension
these may be under. By the member, any Interested Party who might
be subject to charges is treated as not guilty until the last
evidences have been heard and the Committee meets to
540
discuss its findings and their preparation. The Member may
question any Interested Party or Witness but usually leaves this to
the Chairman. The Member may also write a question he or she wants
asked and pass it to the Chairman. If a Member truly does not
understand some point of evidence toward the end of the hearings he
or she may demand the recall of anyone to clarify the matter but
may not unduly extend the hearings by using this as a device. A
Member should not discuss the hearings abroad or form an early
opinion and discuss it outside hearings as a fact. No Member should
be permitted to express his own opinion as that of the Committee
outside the hearings while they are in progress. A Chairman may
discipline a Member for failing to appear at his Committee's
hearings, discourteous, foul or slovenly conduct or dishonesty when
these imperil the functions or values of Committees of Evidence.
EVIDENCE: The spoken word, writings and documents are to be
considered as Evidence. The E-Meter is not to be used to procure
evidence as it does not register lies on criminal types and,
however vital and reliable as an auditing aid, is not always valid
in detecting crime or acts. It can react on the flustered innocent
and fail to react on the cold-blooded guilty. The reason for this
is that it is inoperative during severe ARC Breaks in which
condition Interested Parties often are. Session withholds may not
be used as Evidence but Evidence may not be refused because it also
has been given in a session. Hearsay evidence (saying one heard
somebody say that somebody else did) should not be admissible
Evidence, but statements that one heard another make damaging
remarks or saw another act or fail to act is admissible.
INTERESTED PARTY: A person, plaintiff or defendant, called before a
Committee of Evidence for whom penalties may be recommended or
decisions awarded by the Committee. An Interested Party may not be
called before another Committee or a later convened Committee for
the same offense or complaint after having been summoned and heard
for that offense, or his complaint, at one or more meetings of the
current Committee. It may be that the Committee does not charge an
Interested Party with an offense or award a decision but if so must
either implicate or exonerate fully all Interested Parties to the
hearing and recommend accordingly in its findings. It is common to
have more than one Interested Party named in any matter brought to
a Committee. Being named as an Interested Party does not imply
guilt but may result in becoming the subject of disciplinary
recommendation or award by the Committee. To eventually be charged
by the Committee or awarded a decision a person must have been
named as an Interested Party in the Bill of Particulars before the
matter is heard by the Committee (except for failure to appear or
false witness). An Interested Party is liable to penalty
recommendation by the Committee. Refusal or failure of an
Interested Party to appear results in a recommendation of the full
penalty possible in the case for that Interested Party. A person
not named as an Interested Party in the original Bill of
Particulars may not become an Interested Party to the action before
the Committee by reason of new evidence; he or she would have to be
specifically charged before a newly convened Committee.
WITNESS: A witness is anyone who is called before the Committee
to give evidence who is not an Interested Party. A witness may not
be implicated or charged if not already named in the Bill of
Particulars as an Interested Party except for failure to appear or
when found to be a False Witness. A witness who refuses to appear
or refuses to testify may be separately charged for that failure
and the committee may recommend any fitting discipline for such a
defaulting witness. For false witness see below.
BILL OF PARTICULARS: A written and signed appointment of a
Committee of Evidence naming (1) The Chairman, Secretary and
Members of the Committee. (2) The Interested Party or Parties. (3)
The matter to be heard and a summary of data to hand. It is duly
signed by the Convening Authority and a copy of it is furnished to
each person whose name appears in it and to Local Legal Files and a
copy to the HCO WW Committee of Evidence via all upper Committees.
FINDINGS: The full report of the Committee accompanied by a tape
recording of the evidence given and a full recommendation to the
Convening Authority for his action. The Findings is a document
which gives a fast summary of the hearings, their result and a
complete recommendation. It must be so written that it may be
published without alteration by the Convening Authority. The
Summary states who appears to be at fault and who does not and why.
The Recommendation tells the Convening Authority exactly what
disciplinary action should be taken and how, including any plea for
leniency or insistence upon full penalty. The Findings is done
after the last hearing and after the last committee meeting that
votes on the Recommendation to be
541
given. It is done by the Secretary from his or her notes but
under the guidance of the Chairman. It is done as soon after the
last Committee meeting as possible, is signed by Committee members
and promptly forwarded to the Convening Authority. Only one copy is
prepared and forwarded to the Convening Authority. No other copies
are made or given anyone. Before forwarding to the Convening
Authority it is signed by every member of the Committee as well as
the Chairman and Secretary. Accompanied by any tapes or documents
it is placed directly into the hands of the Convening Authority. It
may not go by despatch line or mail. It is not accompanied by any
other letter of transmission or by any delegation or by the
Committee in person. It may be delivered by the Secretary or
Chairman or their specially appointed messenger without further
comment.
ENDORSEMENT: The Findings now have added to them the Endorsement
by the Convening Authority. The Findings have no force until the
Endorsement is added. The Convening Authority makes the endorsement
on the Findings in as brief a fashion as possible. The Convening
Authority can (1) Accept the Findings in full (2) Reduce the
penalty recommended or (3) Suspend or cancel the penalty completely
with a pardon. The Convening Authority may make no other
Endorsement, save only to thank the Committee and witnesses. The
moment the Findings are Endorsed they have the effect of orders as
per the Endorsement and all persons under the authority of the
Convening Authority are bound to execute them and abide by them
accordingly.
PUBLICATION: The findings and their Endorsement are published
according to the Directions of the Convening Authority. They are
first Mimeographed. Publication is done in three ways (1) By
posting a copy on the staff board or public board and copies to
executives (2) By circulation in any area affected (3) By
Continental Magazine or other broad means. However it is published,
a mimeographed copy goes to every Interested Party or Witness and
to each Committee Member and to every upper level Committee
including HCO WW.
FILES: The original, all spare mimeograph copies and any
documents and tapes are placed in a large envelope and filed in the
Valuable Documents file of the organization. Their loss could
prejudice the Convening Authority in any review. This envelope may
be called for by any upper committee reviewing the case and is
eventually sent to HCO WW when there is no longer local need of it.
REVIEW: Any Committee of Evidence. Findings and Convening Authority
Endorsement may be subject to review by any upper level Committee.
Review must be applied for by anyone named as an Interested Party
but no other, and only if a penalty was recommended (whether
endorsed or not). A Committee of Evidence for Review is convened
and handled in exactly the same way as an ordinary Committee of
Evidence but it cannot call new or even old witnesses or the
Interested Parties. All it can do is listen to the tapes of the
hearings, examine the evidence given in the original hearings and
recommend to its own Convening Authority one of two things: (1)
That a new Committee be convened on the site by the upper Convening
Authority to examine points thought to be in question (2) That the
penalty be changed. A Committee of Evidence Review can recommend to
increase or decrease the penalty. In event of a Review the
Convening Authority of the Committee of Review endorses the Review
Findings and this new Endorsement now takes precedence over the old
Endorsement and must be complied with by the original Convening
Authority. Review should be rapid. An applicant for Review should
understand its risk.
FALSE WITNESS: ANYONE found to be knowingly testifying falsely
becomes at once an Interested Party to the hearings and may receive
a penalty commensurate with that which would have been recommended
for an Interested Party to that hearing.
TYPES OF BILLS: A Committee may hear any civil or criminal matter
or dispute within the realm of Scientology whether the parties are
connected with an organization or not. Libel, estranging marital
partners, dismissals, debt, theft, mayhem, violations of Codes,
deprivation of income or any dispute or harmful improper action of
any kind may be heard. Plaintiffs and Defendants are alike
Interested Parties in any such hearing. It is only necessary that
the Convening Authority issue a Bill of Particulars on the matter.
The Convening Authority should always issue a Bill of Particulars
on all matters harmful to persons under his or her sphere of
influence rather than attempt to independently adjudicate the
matter. Anyone can call such a matter to the attention of a
Convening Authority or the Convening Authority may act to convene a
Committee on his or her own observation without complaint being
given to the Convening Authority. Independent, off hand justice by
a Convening Authority should be held to a minimum and all such
subjects for such formerly independent action should be made the
business of a Committee of Evidence.
542
SUMMARY PURPOSE:
A Committee of Evidence is convened by any major executive of
Scientology (as noted above) with or without anyone filing a
complaint, in order to handle any and all personal or
organizational or field matters requiring justice.
FORMATION:
The Committee is composed of a Chairman, Secretary and two to
five Committee Members appointed by the Convening Authority.
PROCEDURE OF COMMITTEE:
The convening authority sets out in its instruction to the
Committee (Bill of Particulars) the matter to be investigated and
supplies any information already available together with names of
any person known to be involved or requesting justice (Interested
Parties). The instruction should take the form of the St Hill
Administrative Letter of May 7, 1963 reproduced in the HCO
Administrative Letter of August 8, 1 963.
The Committee meets as soon as possible and at times which will
cause the least interference with normal work. At the first meeting
the instructions and information are examined and the committee
decides what further information it will require to arrive at a
conclusion and what information requires confirmation. It then
decides who shall be called to give evidence. The Secretary is
instructed to warn witnesses and let them know when and where they
will be required.
In subsequent short meetings, when witnesses appear before the
committee, the Chairman should put the questions and keep them to
the point. When he has completed his questions he invites other
members to ask any questions they feel will help the committee.
They do not have to ask questions and should only ask relevant
questions. Finally the Chairman asks the witness if there is any
more information he/she wants to give or if there is anything
he/she wants to say to correct any wrong impression he/she feels
the committee may have.
The Secretary takes notes of these proceedings and in addition a
tape record can be made if the convening authority or Chairman
considers it advisable, which it usually
is.
When the Committee has assembled all the evidence it needs, it
has a final meeting to prepare a report. In practice it will be
found best for one member (the Chairman, the Secretary or a member
appointed by the Chairman) to prepare a draft report prior to the
final meeting and for the Committee to use this as a basis for
discussion. The report (The Findings) should include findings and a
recommendation and is sent together with the evidence and any tapes
to the convening authority.
ACTIONS OF CONVENING AUTHORITY:
From the evidence and findings the Convening Authority judges
whether or not the evidence is complete and if the findings and
recommendation are in keeping with the evidence. He assumes that
the Committee has done its job thoroughly and unless there is a
blatant apparent miscarriage of justice, he endorses the Findings
and instructs an appropriate executive to carry out the
recommendations and how to publish the matter.
If however the recommendations include the dismissal of a
Continental Director, HCO Continental Sec. Assoc or Org Sec or an
HCO Area Sec. the Findings must be confirmed by HCO WW.
If suspension or cancellation of a Scientologist's certificates
is recommended this must also be referred to HCO WW before
promulgation.
When a case is complete the papers must be sent to HCO WW.
Finally, if anyone feels aggrieved by the Findings of a Committee
the aggrieved person may have the case reviewed by the next higher
authority, but should be apprised of the risk. If after review they
are still aggrieved they can have the case reviewed by HCO WW and
thence to L. RON HUBBARD.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dr.rd.cden
Copyright (c) 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard [Added to by HCO P/Ls I I November 1963
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED and 24 February 1965 on page 545.]
543
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 SEPTEMBER AD 13
HCO Continental Secretaries Continental Directors Assn/Org Secs
HCO Area Secs District Officers CONCERNING COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE
To Key Scientology Officers:
I call your attention to HCO Policy Letter of 7 September, AD13
COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE.
Please USE this arrangement for ALL demands, offenses and
offenders. Use it liberally and begin at once on all outstanding
cases. Dismiss any Ethics Committees. Cease to use any independent
disciplinary actions you would ordinarily undertake and use
Committees of Evidence instead.
You will find it relieves you of considerable worries and
disposes of long outstanding business.
This has been developed by experiment and actual use to a very
excellent form as outlined in full in HCO Pol Letter of 7
September, AD13. It works. Scientologists accept it where they have
never accepted any other means of orderly justice.
I have never been able to give you all the help and authority
your job required, yet you have to handle an awful lot of sometimes
unruly people and bad claims and offenders. And your own
humanitarian instincts often get in the way of common discipline. I
know mine do. Yet people who don't do their jobs or upset others
need curbing so that they do not wreck the lives of others. You
have these problems all the time. I have seen a bad risk cost a
half a dozen people their jobs and happiness. We often do not
protect our people from such and we should.
I have now used Committees of Evidence in four messy situations,
two of them technical, two domestic, and in each case complete and
orderly results were obtained.
I need to strengthen your hand and position. The best way I can
do that is advise you to use Committees of Evidence in all matters
of claim and discipline.
As an executive you very often are sorely troubled by such
problems. You have no time to fully hear all that could be said.
You very often have to act on snap judgement. You can easily be
accused of only favoring the last person who talked to you. In
these and other ways your time, effectiveness and reputation may
suffer.
Stop worrying yourself over the "unfairly dismissed staff member"
or the discipline you were forced to recommend. Instead, use the
Committee of Evidence system, get at the whole truth, get all sides
heard and do what's recommended by the Committee - and you'll
have justice, control over your people and better protection for
them.
A staff dismissal is a grim thing. Suspension of certificates is
a dreadful blow. Bad auditing may be catastrophe for a pc. Let's be
awfully sure when these and lesser things are done that we (1) Did
all we could to prevent the original crime by maintaining good
discipline in the first place and (2) Acted only on the full heard
truth of the matter and (3) Provided against future bad
occurrences. The Committee of Evidence system does all these.
I have searched all about trying to help you hold your posts and
get the job done. And the most effective contribution I can make to
you personally as a key officer of Scientology is the Committee of
Evidence system. I do not infer you have done badly at all. But I
don't know how you survived and got your job done without it.
So study it well and use it effectively in all matters of claims
and discipline and you and all Scientology will be a lot happier
for it.
Read the Summary of the 7 Sept AD13 Policy Letter. It is not
nearly as complicated as it sounds.
Best regards,
LRH:jw.rd RON
Copyright ) 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard 544 L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Executive Director
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 11 NOVEMBER AD 1 3 (Addition to Pol Ltr
of Sept. 7, AD13)
CenOCon Franchise Field
COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE
An existing Committee of Evidence precludes the demand for the
convening of a Committee of Evidence by Interested Parties to the
original Committee of Evidence.
Such evidence normally belongs in the existing Committee of
Evidence and should be heard by it.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dr.cden Copyright (I) 1963 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 FEBRUARY 1965
Remimeo Franchise
ADDENDUM TO HCO POLICY LETTER OF SEPTEMBER 7, AD 13 SCIENTOLOGY
FIVE - JUSTICE - COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE - SCIENTOLOGY
JURISPRUDENCE, ADMINISTRATION OF
If the Convening Authority is given reason to believe that a
Committee of Evidence as appointed is not energetic in its
activities, or if evidence exists that it is suppressing evidence,
or if the prevailing mood of the Committee appointed seems to the
Convening Authority to be slack and negligent or biased without
evidence in favour of or against the interested parties, or if the
Committee of Evidence begins witch hunting beyond the scope of its
directive from the Convening Authority, or if the Committee of
Evidence in tile face of clear fact seems prone to overlook actual
guilt or seems to be condoning crimes of a high nature, the
Convening Authority may cause the Committee Members each one to
undergo examination for crimes of similar nature at the hands of a
newly appointed officer, but in this case any crimes so discovered
if amounting to the level of felony in Scientology shall become the
subject of a Committee of Evidence as the evidence obtained by the
newly appointed officer by any means may not be considered to have
been obtained under the Auditor's Code but under the heading of
Justice. The Convening Authority may then convene a new Committee
of Evidence to try the offending member or members of the original
Committee as well as the interested parties originally under
question.
A higher level Convening Authority may convene upon a lower
echelon executive, who had the power to have convened a Committee
of Evidence who did not in the face of clear-cut need, a Committee
of Evidence. In such a case the Bill of Particulars shall allege
"Negligence in Justice" and name the lower level authority as the
interested party. The Committee appointed must look for any
undisclosed crimes or other omissions committed by the Interested
Party so named.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.cden Copyright Q) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
545
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MARCH 1965
Issue II
Gen Non-Remimeo
Post Org Public Boards HCO (DIVISION 1 )
JUSTICE CERTIFICATE CANCELLATION
Cancellation of Certificates and Awards is done only for the
reasons announced - departure from Scientology to set up some
splinter group, or setting up a splinter group, or merely
announcing a departure from Scientology (but not by reason of
leaving an org, a location or situation or death), or for
committing one or more Suppressive Acts (see HCO Pol Ltr of 1 March
1965).
Enrolment in or employment by, or direct knowing assistance to, a
group antagonistic to Scientology or seeking to suppress
Scientology, or enrolment in a group following some other divergent
path after Certification in Scientology brings about a cancellation
of Certificates, earned or honorary, and all classifications and
other awards of whatever kind.
Certificate cancellation is only done for the above reasons, or
committing Suppressive Acts (see HCO Pol Ltr 7 March 1965, Issue
I). All other offenses where they concern certificates, awards and
classification changes are handled by suspension of certificates,
classification or awards or reduction to a lower certificate or
award by Committees of Evidence. Other punishments may be
recommended by a Committee of Evidence than those relating to
status.
Cancellation requires no Committee of Evidence for obvious
reasons (the person not usually available as an interested party in
the case of departure or high crimes).
Cancellation may be recommended by any HCO Secretary or any
Committee of Evidence.
Only the Chairman of the International Board may finally cancel
certificates and awards, being the issuing authority, although
cancellation is recommended by HCOs or Committees of Evidence.
Any recommendation for cancellation of certificates or awards
must be accompanied by actual evidence of announced departure from
Scientology or departure or the committing of a Suppressive Act.
Recourse from cancellation may be had by the accused or punished
person or group applying to the nearest Convening Authority for a
Committee of Evidence to be held on the subject. Such a Committee
may only hear evidence that the report of departure and related
reports, or reports of Suppressive Acts, were true or false (see
HCO Pol Ltr of 7 March 1965, Issue I). Such a Committee of Evidence
follows the usual procedures and forwardings but must be convened
if requested.
A request for recourse must be requested within one month of
receipt of notification of cancellation and must be addressed to
the nearest HCO Secretary.
HCO ACTION
To cancel any one certificate, certificates or awards, or to
cancel all certificates and awards, an HCO Secretary takes the
following steps:
546
1. Receives direct evidences of departure from Scientology such
as Suppressive Acts, the person's announced intention to depart
from Scientology, demand of refunds; accusations of fraud;
accepting treatment from a splinter group; dependency on other
mental or philosophic procedures than Scientology (except medical
or surgical) after certification, classification or award;
resignation of all certificates, classifications and awards (but
not posts or positions or locations); discovery of theft or
espionage for another group or government; public accusations or
condemnations of Scientology by the person or group; or similar
data indicating hostility to Scientology, as outlined in
Suppressive Acts (HCO Pol Ltr of 7 March 1965, Issue I).
2. Carefully ascertains the correctness of the information.
3. Writes a letter of recommendation to the Chairman of the
International Board as follows:
To: L. Ron Hubbard
From: HCO Secretary
Subject: Cancellation of Certificates, Classifications and Awards
of (+person's name in capitals).
I request cancellation of the Certificates, Classifications and
Awards of (person's name or group name in capitals) for the
following reasons:
(a) (giving all circumstances. Keep to provable facts and
do
not engage in slanderous or critical remarks.)
I have investigated the evidence and find it correct to the best
of my knowledge and belief.
Signed ........................
HCO Secretary
4. A copy of the letter is at once posted on the public bulletin
board and the original sent by fastest mail to Saint Hill.
5. Should the situation vanish and the person recant while the
letter is en route, a cable or wireless should be sent to Saint
Hill withdrawing the letter.
6. The HCO Secretary who requested it receives a letter from the
Chairman to be delivered to the person, stating the cancellation as
a fact.
7. If the situation has vanished before the letter is delivered
to the person, does not deliver it but returns it to Saint Hill.
8. Enters a copy of the Saint Hill letter in the local Justice
files, posts a copy on the local public bulletin board, files
another copy in the person's local CF file, has an entry made in
the Certificate log and other pertinent records. (Saint Hill
publishes the announcement under Legal Notices in The Auditor.)
9. Sends the cancellation letter on to the person.
10. Waits one month for any request for recourse under which a
Committee of Evidence would have to be convened.
11. Gets the Committee convened or considers the matter ended,
one month being the limitation of time in which the person could
request a Committee of Evidence. No suit or punishment may be
served or given to any HCO personnel for the above procedure
regardless of the Committee Findings.
12. The HCO Secretary tries to recover the actual Certificates,
Classifications and Awards after the month period or the Committee
has met and confirmed. This is not vital, but something should be
attempted like a letter requesting them or a
547
reward to anyone who can obtain them and forward them all to HCO.
Rendering such null and void includes reporting their cancellation
to the public of the person's area and informing any caller or
enquirer interested in the person of the fact for as many years as
the person takes no steps to gain new Certificates.
It is quite obvious by experience that few, if any, persons
departing Scientology have clean hands. They commit continuous
averts and therefore can't gain under processing. They have gone,
usually, and would not be available for a Committee of Evidence if
one were called to gather evidence and so using Committees of
Evidence in Cancellation cases just burns up time.
If we are to escape eventual pressure to limit this to a
Committee of Evidence type crime, we must (a) be sure of our facts
and (b) commit no flagrant injustices in using it.
By posting before it is done, the HCO Secretary can usually halt
any widespread damage and often bring the person to his senses. HCO
errors in posting cannot bring about any reprimand of HCO personnel
or award of damages.
If the person comes to his or her senses before the final letter
from Saint Hill is delivered, then do the following:
A. Tell the person to stop committing present time covert overts
so he or she can get a case gain.
B. Require a letter from the person to all persons of any group
or any dissidents influenced by the person to the effect that the
person's action in committing Suppressive Acts or in departing
Scientology was in error and [stating] any self discreditable
motivations, but not because of "no case gain", and promising the
group or influenced people that the person writing will cease to
commit continuous present time averts, and try to mend his or her
ways. Any person duped or sexually wronged, or any group deluded by
the offender, must also receive a full written apology, any
reasonable recompense for damages and/or full refund of any sums
charged by the offender in his act of duplicity. None of these
letters or confessions may contain assertions blaming others,
auditors or Scientology.
C. Order some effective Division 2 (Training and Processing)
retraining or processing at the person's expense but not wildly
beyond his ability to pay.
D. Make a note in the person's CF folder of the incident and file
all papers and a report in Justice files, as such cases often
repeat, having secret vices or committing covert hostile acts to
"solve their environment" rather than processing - in short they
have other solutions they think work, always anti-social.
E. If at some future date the person comes to the HCO Secretary's
attention and seems to be doing well and getting case gains, the
fact is noted in the Justice files and in the CF folder of the
person, but no such entry should be made within weeks or months.
The same exact procedure is followed when the person whose
certificates, etc. have been cancelled wants to be restored to
grace except E. In this case it is
E One: Enrol the person in the Academy HAS Course to start all
over again, if the D of T will have him or her, inform the Chairman
at Saint Hill and note the fact in the local Justice files and the
person's CF folder.
Repeating the substance of it, departures from Scientology result
from continuing averts which stall case gains; the action of
departure is met by cancellation of all certificates,
classifications and awards; the offense of departure from
Scientology falls outside Committees of Evidence and amnesties.
LRH:ml.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
548
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MARCH 1965
Issue III
Gen Non-Remimeo
Post Org Pub ic
Boards HCO (DIVISION 1 )
JUSTICE OFFENSES & PENALTIES
These are the penalties we have always more or less used, and
these are the offenses which have been usually considered offenses
in Scientology.
Formerly they were never written down or routinely enforced,
there was no recourse, and these lacks made staff members uncertain
of their fate. They knew something happened but not why. They knew
certain things were frowned on but not how much or little. The
penalties were suddenly administered without warning as to what
they would be or for what offense.
This then is a Code of Discipline which we have almost always
more or less used, made plain for everyone to see, with limits
against over-punishment and recourse for those who are wronged.
Accordingly this Code of Offenses and their penalties becomes
firm and expressed policy.
Lack of specified offenses, penalties and recourse brings
everyone to uncertainty and risk at the whim of those in command.
There are four general classes of crimes and offenses in
Scientology. These are ERRORS, MISDEMEANORS, CRIMES AND HIGH
CRIMES.
1. ERRORS. Errors are minor unintentional omissions or mistakes.
These are auditing "goofs"; minor alter-is of tech or policy; small
instructional mistakes; minor errors or omissions in performing
duties and admin errors not resulting in financial loss or loss of
status or repute for a senior.
Errors are dealt with by corrections of the person, reprimand or
warnings by seniors.
Certificates, Classifications and Awards may not be cancelled or
suspended or reduced for an Error. The offender may not be
transferred or demoted or fined or suspended for Committing an
Error. No Committee of Evidence may be convened because of an
Error.
Repeated corrections, warnings or reprimands by a senior can,
however, bring the repeated error offenses into the category of
Misdemeanor.
2. MISDEMEANORS. These are non-compliance; discourtesy and
insubordination; mistakes resulting i] financial or traffic loss;
commissions or omissions resulting in loss of status or the
punishment of a senior; neglect or gross errors resulting in the
need to apply the Emergency Formula to their person, section, unit,
department, organization, zone or Division; knowing and repeated
departures from standard technology, instructional procedures or
policy; continued association with squirrels; abuse or loss or
damage of org materiel; waste of org materiel; waste of funds;
alteration of senior policy or continued ignorance of it;
consistent and repeated failures to wear their hat regarding Dev-T;
refusing an E-Meter check; refusing auditing when ordered by a
higher authority; disturbing a course or class; disrupting a
meeting; the discovery of their having an undisclosed criminal
background in this lifetime; the discovery of an undisclosed tenure
in a mental hospital; processing a known Trouble Source or the
family or adherents of a Suppressive Person or Group; omissions
resulting in disrepute or financial loss; inadequate or declining
income or traffic in a section, unit, department, org, zone or
Division; assisting the inadequacy or decline of income or traffic
in a section, unit, department, org, zone or Division; failure to
acknowledge, relay or comply with a direct and legal order from an
executive staff member; Auditor's Code breaks resulting in a
disturbance of the preclear; failure to follow the Instructor's
Code resulting in disturbed students; contributing to a crime;
549
failure to appear before a Committee of Evidence as a witness or
interested party when personally given summons or receiving summons
by registered post; refusing to testify before a Committee of
Evidence; showing contempt or disrespect to a Committee of Evidence
when before it; destroying documents required by a Committee of
Evidence or refusing to produce them; withholding evidence; false
swearing on a signed statement or form; impeding Justice; refusing
to serve on a Committee of Evidence; refusing to vote while a
member of a Committee of Evidence; misconduct; issuing data or
information to wrong grades or unauthorized persons or groups or
issuing data or information broadly without authority.
Such offenses are subject to direct punishment by order and for a
staff member the punishment is the assignment of a personal
condition of emergency for up to three weeks and for an executive
staff member the assignment of up to a three months personal
condition of emergency.
Personal conditions of emergency reduce pay or units one third
for the period assigned.
Recourse may be had by requesting a Committee of Evidence for
return of pay but not damages.
The same offenses may be used for a Committee of Evidence but not
both a Committee and punishment by direct order - one or the
other.
However if any of these offenses become the subject of a
Committee of Evidence the penalty for a misdemeanor may be
increased to include suspension of a single certificate and/or
classification (but no more) or a minor demotion or transfer, but
not dismissal. None of these offenses may be made the subject of
dismissal by direct order or Committee of Evidence.
Persons may not be dismissed for misdemeanors. Nor may any
certificates, classifications or awards be cancelled.
Non staff or field or franchise Scientologists committing those
of the above (except org) offenses applicable may have a Committee
of Evidence convened on them.
Where serious, repeated or of magnitude harmful to many, the same
offenses can be re-classed as Crimes by a Convening Authority.
3. CRIMES. These cover offenses normally considered criminal.
Offenses which are treated in Scientology as crimes are theft;
mayhem; harmful flagrant and continued Code Breaks resulting in
important upsets; noncompliance with urgent and vital orders
resulting in public disrepute; placing Scientology or
Scientologists at risk; omissions or non-compliance requiring heavy
intervention by seniors consuming time and money, with Dev-T;
failure or refusal to acknowledge, relay or execute a direct legal
order from an International Board Member, or an assistant board
member; being or becoming a Potential Trouble Source without
reporting it or taking action; receiving auditing while a Potential
Trouble Source; withholding from local Scientology executives that
he or she is a Potential Trouble Source; failing to report a
Potential Trouble Source to local HCO; organizing or allowing a
gathering or meeting of staff members or field auditors or the
public to protest the orders of a senior; being a knowing accessory
to a Suppressive Act; using a local Scientology title to set aside
the orders or policies from the International Board; following
illegal orders or illegal local policies or alter-is, knowing them
to be different or contradictory to those issued by the
International Board; not directly reporting flagrant departures
from International Board policy in a section, unit, department,
org, zone or Division; being long absent from post while a senior
executive without advising the board member of his or her division;
permitting a section, unit, department, or zone or Division to
collapse; not taking over as a deputy in a crisis not otherwise
being handled; passing org students or pcs to outside auditors for
private commission; using an org position to build up a private
practice; taking private fees while on staff to audit outside pcs,
run private courses, coach or audit students or org pcs;
embezzlement; taking commissions from merchants; reselling org
materiel for private gain; using an org position to procure
personal or non-Scientology funds or unusual favours from the
public, a firm, student or pc; impersonating a Scientologist or
staff member when not authorized; inciting to insubordination;
instigating a local power push against a senior; spreading
destructive rumours about senior Scientologists; pretending to
express a multiple opinion (use of "everybody") in vital reports,
which could influence assistant board or board decisions; not
reporting the discovery of a Crime or High Crime to Saint Hill
while in authority or as a member of a Committee of Evidence or as
a witness before a Committee of Evidence; refusal to accept
penalties assigned in a recourse action; refusal to uphold
550
discipline; getting another staff member disciplined by giving
false reports about him or her; overworking an executive by
ignoring one's duties; falsifying a communication from higher
authority; falsifying a telex message or cable; causing a staff
member to lose prestige or be disciplined by giving false reports;
seeking to shift the blame to an innocent staff member for the
consequences of one's own offenses; protecting a staff member
guilty of a Crime or High Crime listed in this code; stealing or
seducing another's wife or husband; committing offenses or
omissions that bring one's senior staff member, unit, department,
org or zone official to personal risk and/or a Committee of
Evidence, civil, criminal or court; wilful loss or destruction of
Scientology property; making out or submitting or accepting false
purchase orders; juggling accounts; illegally taking or possessing
org property; causing severe and disreputable disturbances
resulting in disrepute; obtaining loans or money under false
pretenses; condoning circumstances or offenses capable of bringing
a course, section, unit, department, org, zone or Division to a
state of collapse; holding Scientology materials or policies up to
ridicule, contempt or scorn; heckling a Scientology Instructor or
lecturer; falsely degrading an auditor's technical reputation;
impersonating an executive staff member; pretending Scientology
certificates, classifications or awards not actually held to obtain
money or credit; selling auditing hours or training courses for
advance which are not then delivered as to hours and time in
training (but not results or subject matter); using Scientology
harmfully; not bringing a preclear up through the grades but
overwhelming the preclear with high levels; processing or giving
aid or comfort to a Suppressive Person or Group; knowingly using
Scientology to obtain sexual relations or restimulation; seducing a
minor; neglect or omission in safeguarding the copyrights,
registered marks, trade marks, registered names of Scientology;
issuing the data or information or instructional or admin
procedures without credit or falsely assigning credit for them to
another; issuing any Scientology data under another name; condoning
the suppression of the word "Scientology" in its use or practice;
allying Scientology to a disrelated practice; neglect of
responsibilities resulting in a catastrophe even when another
manages to avert the final consequences.
Crimes are punished by convening Committees of Evidence and may
not be handled by direct discipline. Crimes may result in
suspension of certificates, classifications or awards, reduction of
post, or even dismissal or arrest when the crime clearly warrants
it. But such penalties may not be assigned by direct discipline.
Certificates, Classifications or Awards may not be cancelled for a
crime.
4. HIGH CRIMES. These are covered in HCO Policy Letters March 7,
1965, Issues I and II, and consist of publicly departing
Scientology or committing Suppressive Acts.
Cancellation of Certificates, Classifications and Awards and
becoming fair game are amongst the penalties which can be leveled
for this type of offense as well as those recommended by Committees
of Evidence.
A reward system for merit and good performance also exists.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :jw.cden Copyright (I) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
CANCELLATION OF FAIR GAME: The practice of declaring people FAIR
GAME will cease. FAIR GAME may not appear on any Ethics Order. It
causes bad public relations. This P/L does not cancel any policy on
the treatment or handling of an SP.
(From HCO P/L 21 October 1968 - Volume 1, page 489.)
COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE (COMM EV): A fact finding body composed of
impartial persons
properly convened by a Convening Authority which hears evidence
from persons it calls before it,
arrives at a finding and makes a full report and recommendation
to its Convening Authority for his or
her action.
(From HCO P/L 7 September 1963, Committees of
Evidence - Volume 1, page 538.)
[The above Policy Letter has been added to by HCO P/L 12 July
1971, Issue III, Offenses and Penalties-Addition, and HCO P/L 29
July 1971, Issue III, Penalties for the Hiring or Recruiting of
Institutional or Insane Persons, the latter being modified by HCO
P/L 21 July 1972, Issue IV, Staff Qualification Requirements for
Hiring Cancelled, in the Year Books.]
551
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 DECEMBER 1965 (Replaces HCO Policy
Letter of 7 March 1965, Issue I. This was originally misdated as 1
March 1965)
Gen Non-Remlmeo
PBsutllpeeuibliso d (HCO Division 1)
ETHICS SUPPRESSIVE ACTS SUPPRESSION OF SCIENTOLOGY AND
SCIENTOLOGISTS THE FAIR GAME LAW
Due to the extreme urgency of our mission I have worked to remove
some of the fundamental barriers from our progress.
The chief stumbling block, huge above all others, is the upset we
have with POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCES and their relationship to
Suppressive Persons or Groups.
A POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE is defined as a person who while
active in Scientology or a pc yet remains connected to a person or
group that is a Suppressive Person or Group.
A SUPPRESSIVE PERSON or GROUP is one that actively seeks to
suppress or damage Scientology or a Scientologist by Suppressive
Acts.
SUPPRESSIVE ACTS are acts calculated to impede or destroy
Scientology or a Scientologist and which are listed at length in
this policy letter.
A Scientologist caught in the situation of being in Scientology
while still connected with a Suppressive Person or Group is given a
Present Time Problem of sufficient magnitude to prevent case gain,
as only a PTP can halt progress of a case. Only ARC Breaks worsen
it. To the PTP is added ARC Breaks with the Suppressive Person or
Group. The result is no-gain or deterioration of a case by reason
of the suppressive connection in the environment. Any
Scientologist, in his own experience, can probably recall some such
cases and their subsequent upset.
Until the environment is handled, nothing beneficial can happen.
Quite the contrary. In the most flagrant of such cases the
Scientologist's case worsened and the Suppressive Person or Group
sent endless reports to press, police, authorities and the public
in general.
Unless the Potential Trouble Source, the preclear caught up in
this, can be made to take action of an environmental nature to end
the situation one has a pc or Scientologist who may cave in or
squirrel because of no case gain and also a hostile environment for
Scientology.
This policy letter gives the means and provides the policy for
getting the above situation handled.
A Potential Trouble Source may receive no processing until the
situation is handled.
A Suppressive Person or Group becomes "fair game".
By FAIR GAME is meant, may not be further protected by the codes
and disciplines of Scientology or the rights of a Scientologist.
The families and adherents of Suppressive Persons or Groups may
not receive processing. It does not matter whether they are or are
not Scientologists. If the families or adherents of Suppressive
Persons or Groups are processed, any auditor doing so is
552
guilty of a misdemeanor. (See HCO Policy Letter of 7 March 1965,
Issue II.)
A Potential Trouble Source knowingly permitting himself or
herself or the Suppressive Person to be processed without advising
the auditor or Scientology authorities is guilty of a crime. (See
HCO Policy Letter of 7 March 1965, Issue II.)
SUPPRESSIVE ACTS
Suppressive Acts are defined as actions or omissions undertaken
to knowingly suppress, reduce or impede Scientology or
Scientologists.
Such Suppressive Acts include public disavowal of Scientology or
Scientologists in good standing with Scientology Organizations;
public statements against Scientology or Scientologists but not to
Committees of Evidence duly convened; proposing, advising or voting
for legislation or ordinances, rules or laws directed toward the
Suppression of Scientology; pronouncing Scientologists guilty of
the practice of standard Scientology; testifying hostilely before
state or public inquiries into Scientology to suppress it;
reporting or threatening to report Scientology or Scientologists to
civil authorities in an effort to suppress Scientology or
Scientologists from practicing or receiving standard Scientology;
bringing civil suit against any Scientology organization or
Scientologist including the nonpayment of bills or failure to
refund without first calling the matter to the attention of the
Chairman at Saint Hill and receiving a reply; demanding the return
of any or all fees paid for standard training or processing
actually received or received in part and still available but
undelivered only because of departure of the person demanding (the
fees must be refunded but this Policy Letter applies); writing
anti-Scientology letters to the press or giving antiScientology or
anti-Scientologist evidence to the press; testifying as a hostile
witness against Scientology in public; continued membership in a
divergent group; continued adherence to a person or group
pronounced a Suppressive Person or Group by HCO; failure to handle
or disavow and disconnect from a person demonstrably guilty of
Suppressive Acts; being at the hire of anti-Scientology groups or
persons; organizing a splinter group to use Scientology data or any
part of it to distract people from standard Scientology; organizing
splinter groups to diverge from Scientology practices, still
calling it Scientology or calling it something else; calling
meetings of staffs or field auditors or the public to deliver
Scientology into the hands of unauthorized persons or [persons] who
will suppress it or alter it or who have no reputation for
following standard lines and procedures; infiltrating a Scientology
group or organization or staff to stir up discontent or protest at
the instigation of hostile forces; 1st degree murder, arson,
disintegration of persons or belongings; mutiny; seeking to
splinter off an area of Scientology and deny it properly
constituted authority for personal profit, personal power or "to
save the organization from the higher officers of Scientology";
engaging in malicious rumourmongering to destroy the authority or
repute of higher officers or the leading names of Scientology or to
"safeguard" a position; delivering up the person of a Scientologist
without defense or protest to the demands of civil or criminal law;
falsifying records that then imperil the liberty or safety of a
Scientologist; knowingly giving false testimony to imperil a
Scientologist; receiving money, favours or encouragement to
suppress Scientology or Scientologists; sexual or sexually
perverted conduct contrary to the well being or good state of mind
of a Scientologist in good standing or under the charge of
Scientology such as a student, a preclear, a ward or a patient;
blackmail of Scientologists or Scientology organizations threatened
or accomplished - in which case the crime being used for
blackmail purposes becomes fully outside the reach of Ethics and is
absolved by the fact of blackmail unless repeated.
Suppressive Acts are clearly those covert or overt acts knowingly
calculated to reduce or destroy the influence or activities of
Scientology or prevent case gains or continued Scientology success
and activity on the part of a Scientologist. As persons or groups
that would do such a thing act out of self interest only to the
detriment of all others, they cannot be granted the rights and
beingness ordinarily accorded rational beings and so place
themselves beyond any consideration for their feelings or well
being.
If a person or a group that has committed a Suppressive Act comes
to his, her or their senses and recants, the HCO Secretary:
A. Tells the person or group to stop committing present time
overts and to cease all attacks and suppressions so he, she or they
can get a case gain;
553
B. Requires a public announcement to the effect that they realize
their actions were ignorant and unfounded and stating where
possible the influences or motivations which caused them to attempt
to suppress or attack Scientology; gets it signed before witnesses
and published broadly, particularly to persons directly influenced
or formerly associated with the former offender or offenders. The
letter should be calculated to expose any conspiracy to suppress
Scientology or the preclear or Scientologist if such existed;
B(1). Requires that all debts owed to Scientology organizations
are paid off;
C. Requires training beginning at HAS at their expense if
Division 4 (Training and Processing) will have the person or the
group members;
D. Makes a note of the matter with copies of the statement and
files in the Ethics files;
E. Informs the Chairman at Saint Hill and forwards a duplicate of
the original copy which shows signatures.
Any Potential Trouble Source owing money to any Scientology
organization is handled the same as any other Scientologist.
Failure to discharge a financial obligation becomes a civil Ethics
matter after normal, within-org avenues of collection have been
exhausted.
Any PTS who fails to either handle or disconnect from the SP who
is making him or her a PTS is, by failing to do so, guilty of a
Suppressive Act.
Civil Court action against SPs to effect collection of monies
owed may be resorted to, as they are Fair Game.
Until a Suppressive Person or Group is absolved, but not during
the period when the person requests and has a Committee of
Evidence, or an amnesty occurs, no Scientology Ethics other than
this HCO Policy Letter applies to such persons, no Committee of
Evidence may be called to punish any Scientologist or person for
any offenses of any kind against the Suppressive Person except to
establish in cases of real dispute whether or not the person was
suppressing either Scientology or the Scientologist.
The homes, property, places and abodes of persons who have been
active in attempting to suppress Scientology or Scientologists are
all beyond any protection of Scientology Ethics, unless absolved by
later Ethics or an amnesty.
Such persons are in the same category as those whose certificates
have been cancelled, and persons whose certificates,
classifications and awards have been cancelled are also in this
category.
The imagination must not be stretched to place this label on a
person. Errors, misdemeanors and crimes do not label a person as a
Suppressive Person or Group. Only High Crimes do so.
A Committee of Evidence may be called by any Convening Authority
who wishes more concrete evidence of efforts to suppress
Scientology or Scientologists but if such a Committee's findings,
passed on, establish beyond reasonable doubt Suppressive Acts, this
Policy Letter applies and the person is fair game.
Outright or covert acts knowingly designed to impede or destroy
Scientology or Scientologists is what is meant by Acts Suppressive
of Scientology or Scientologists.
The greatest good for the greatest number of dynamics requires
that actions destructive of the advance of the many, by Scientology
means, overtly or covertly undertaken with the direct target of
destroying Scientology as a whole, or a Scientologist in
particular, be summarily handled due to the character of the
reactive mind and the consequent impulses of the insane or near
insane to ruin every chance of Mankind via Scientology.
554
POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE
A Scientologist connected by familial or other ties to a person
who is guilty of Suppressive Acts is known as a Potential Trouble
Source or Trouble Source. The history of Dianetics and Scientology
is strewn with these. Confused by emotional ties, dogged in
refusing to give up Scientology, yet invalidated by a Suppressive
Person at every turn they cannot, having a PTP, make case gains. If
they would act with determination one way or the other - reform
the Suppressive Person or disconnect, they could then make gains
and recover their potential. If they make no determined move, they
eventually succumb.
Therefore this Policy Letter extends to suppressive
non-Scientology wives and husbands and parents, or other family
members or hostile groups or even close friends. So long as a wife
or husband, father or mother or other family connection, who is
attempting to suppress the Scientology spouse or child, or hostile
group remains continuingly acknowledged or in communication with
the Scientology spouse or child or member, then that Scientologist
or preclear comes under the family or adherent clause and may not
be processed or further trained until he or she has taken
appropriate action to cease to be a Potential Trouble Source.
The validity of this policy is borne out by the fact that the US
government raids and other troubles were instigated by wives,
husbands or parents who were actively suppressing a Scientologist,
or Scientology. The suppressed Scientologist did not act in good
time to avert the trouble by handling the antagonistic family
member as a suppressive source or disconnect fully.
Disconnection from a family member or cessation of adherence to a
Suppressive Person or Group is done by the Potential Trouble Source
publicly publishing the fact, as in the legal notices of "The
Auditor" and public announcements and taking any required civil
action such as disavowal, separation or divorce and thereafter
cutting all further communication and disassociating from the
person or group.
Unwarranted or threatened disconnection has the recourse of the
person or group being disconnected from requesting a Committee of
Evidence from the nearest Convening Authority (or HCO) and
producing to the Committee any evidence of actual material
assistance to Scientology without reservation or bad intent. The
Committee must be convened if requested.
Before publicly disconnecting, the Scientologist would be we'll
advised to fully inform the person he or she accuses of Suppressive
Acts of the substance of this policy letter and seek a reform of
the person, disconnecting only when honest efforts to reform the
person have not been co-operated with or have failed. And only then
disconnecting publicly. Such efforts should not be unduly long as
any processing of the Potential Trouble Source is denied or illegal
while the connection exists and a person not actively seeking to
settle the matter may be subjected to a Committee of Evidence if
processed meanwhile.
The real motives of Suppressive Persons have been traced to quite
sordid hidden desires - in one case the wife wanted her
husband's death so she could get his money, and fought Scientology
because it was making the husband well. Without handling the wife
or the connection with the woman the Scientologist, as family,
drifted on with the situation and the wife was able to cause a near
destruction of Scientology in that area by false testimony to the
police and government and press. Therefore this is a serious
thing - to tolerate or remain connected to a source of active
suppression of a Scientologist or Scientology without legally
disconnecting the relationship or acting to expose the true motives
behind the hostility and reform the person. No money particularly
may be accepted as fee or loan from a person who is "family" to a
Suppressive Person and therefore a Potential Trouble Source. There
is no source of trouble in Scientology's history greater than this
one for frequency and lack of attention.
Anyone absolved of Suppressive Acts by an amnesty or a Committee
of Evidence ceases to be fair game. Anyone found guilty of
Suppressive Acts by a Committee of Evidence and its Convening
Authorities remains fair game unless saved by an amnesty.
This Policy Letter is calculated to prevent future distractions
of this nature as time goes on.
555
RIGHTS OF A SUPPRESSIVE PERSON OR GROUP
A truly Suppressive Person or Group has no rights of any kind as
Scientologists and actions taken against them are not punishable
under Scientology Ethics Codes.
However a person or group may be falsely labelled a Suppressive
Person or Group. Should the person or group claim the label to be
false, he, she or they may request a Committee of Evidence via
their nearest HCO. The executive with the power to convene a
Committee of Evidence must do so if one is requested for recourse
or redress of wrongs.
The person or representative of the group labelled Suppressive is
named as an Interested Party to the Committee. They attend it where
it convenes.
The Committee must pay attention to any actual evidences that the
person or group that is accused of being suppressive may produce
particularly to the effect of having helped Scientology or
Scientologists or a Scientologist and if this is seen to outweigh
the accusations, proof or lack of it, the person is absolved.
Any knowingly false testimony, forgeries or false witnesses
introduced by the person or group accused of being suppressive can
result in an immediate finding against the person or group.
Any effort to use copies of the testimony or findings of a
Committee of Evidence called for this purpose or holding it to
scorn in a civil court immediately reverses any favourable finding
and automatically labels the person or group suppressive.
Failing to prove guilt of Suppressive Acts, the Committee must
absolve the person or group publicly.
If the findings, as passed upon by the Convening Authority,
demonstrate guilt, the person or group is so labelled as a
Suppressive Person or Group.
RECOURSE OF A POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE
A person labelled a Potential Trouble Source and so barred from
receiving auditing, may request a Committee of Evidence of the
nearest HCO as recourse if he or she contests the allegation.
The Committee of Evidence requested must be convened by the
nearest Convening Authority.
If evidences of disconnection are given or if the alleged
Suppressive Person or Group is clearly and beyond reasonable doubt
shown not to be guilty of Suppressive Acts or is shown clearly to
have reformed, the Committee of Evidence findings and the Convening
Authority must remove the label of Potential Trouble Source from
the Scientologist and the label Suppressive Person or Group from
the suspected person or group.
But should the former Potential Trouble Source's state of case
show no gain after reasonable time in processing, any executive of
Division 4 (Training and Processing) may order a new Committee of
Evidence in the matter and if it and its Convening Authority
reverse the former findings, the labels are applied. But no auditor
may be disciplined for auditing either during the period between
the two findings.
RECOURSE OF AN AUDITOR
An auditor disciplined for processing a Potential Trouble Source
or a Suppressive Person or a member of a Suppressive Group, may
request a Committee of Evidence if he can persuade the Potential
Trouble Source and the Suppressive Person or a representative of
the Suppressive Group to appear before it.
The auditor so requesting may also have named as an Interested
Party or Parties with himself the person or persons who supplied
the information or misinformation concerning his actions.
556
No damages or costs may be borne by or ordered by a Committee of
Evidence in cases involving Potential Trouble Sources or
Suppressive Persons or Groups.
When the Potential Trouble Source or Suppressive Person or Group
representative fails to appear before a Committee of Evidence on a
Bill of Particulars labelling persons as Potential Trouble Sources
or Suppressive Persons or Groups at the published time of its
convening, the Bill of Particulars stands as proven and the
Convening Authority is bound so to declare.
EVIDENCE OF DISCONNECTION
Any HCO Secretary may receive evidences of disconnection or
disavowal or separation or divorce and, on finding them to be bona
fide, may publicly announce them on a public board and legal
notices in "The Auditor".
The HCO Secretary must place copies of such evidences in the
Ethics file and in the CF folders of all persons named in them.
The disconnecting person then ceases to be a Potential Trouble
Source.
The procedure for a recanting Suppressive Person or Group is
outlined above. EVIDENCES OF SUPPRESSION
It is wise for any Scientologist, HCO Secretary or Committee of
Evidence in matters concerning Suppressive Acts to obtain valid
documents, letters, testimonies duly signed and witnessed,
affidavits duly sworn to and other matters and evidences which
would have weight in a court of law. Momentary spite, slander
suits, charges of Scientology separating families, etc. are then
guarded against.
If matters concerning Suppressive Acts are given good and alert
attention, properly enforced, they will greatly accelerate the
growth of Scientology and bring a new calmness to its people and
organizations and far better case gains where they have not
heretofore been easy to achieve.
Preclears with present time problems, ARC broken with associated
but Suppressive Persons will not obtain case gains but on the
contrary, may experience great difficulty.
Observance of these facts and disciplines can help us all.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
lThis 23 December reissue changed Justice to Ethics, and Division
2 (earlier Org Board numbering system) to Division 4, and added B(
1 ) and the three paragraphs following E. ]
[Note: See HCO P/L 21 October 1968, Cancellation of Fair Game,
and HCO P/L 15 November 1968 which removes disconnection as a
condition, on page 489. ]
[See also HCO P/L 9 August 1971, Issue III, Operation Staff
Stability and Personal Security-High Crime Additions, and its
second revision of 8 January 1972, same title, in the Year Books.]
557
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1965 Issue II
General Non Remimeo
HCO (DIVISION 1) JUSTICE FAIR GAME LAW ORGANIZATIONAL SUPPRESSIVE
ACTS THE SOURCE OF THE FAIR GAME LAW
The reason a democracy or any wide open group caves in lies in
its extending its privileges of membership to those who seek to
destroy it.
The idiocy of doing so is plain. When a person announces he is no
longer part of a group, he has rejected the group. He has also
rejected its codes and rules. Of course he has also rejected the
protection to which he was entitled as a group member.
Democracy always faces this problem and so far never solved it.
The constitution of the US permits people to refuse to testify if
it would incriminate them (5th Amendment). Yet it sits by in courts
letting people who are pledged to overthrow the government yet use
their privilege to invoke the 5th Amendment. Idiocy is the right
word for it. It does not make sense to extend the protection of the
group to the person seeking to destroy the group. That's like
encouraging a disease.
Hence we have a Fair Game Law.
If a group member rejects the group, he rejects everything about
the group and no further question about that. Certainly there is no
question in his or her mind of salvaging or helping the group. Why
should the group then seek to extend its protection over him unless
it wants to defy its first right: that of survival.
So, in Scientology, anyone who rejects Scientology also rejects,
knowingly or unknowingly, the protection and benefits of
Scientology and the companionship of Scientologists. If the person
never was a member of the group or if the person had been a member
of it, the result is the same.
A suppressive person, wishing to work more damage, is the first
one to cry for the protection of Justice.
We have the weird humanoid situation of the ex prime minister of
England having to go to court to defend his election against a
Communist whose first principle is the destruction of the British
Government and Courts.
We have many modern instances of this.
At last dismayed at the havoc made, a government goes savage and
wipes out the rights of its citizens in order to get at a few
criminals. Thus even the government betrays its people at last if
it has not mastered the principle that he who rejects the group
also rejects everything about the group.
Scientologists deserve protection from psychotics and criminals,
from suppressive persons and covert or overt acts. Scientology
protection is getting more and more real and within a year or two
will be quite adequate for anyone.
558
Now if we carry forward the deadly disease of stupidly refusing
to recognize, when somebody wants to do us in, that we must at
least refuse to help him do it, someday Scientology Orgs will start
reducing various rights of Scientologists to decent treatment and
fair play.
Any reduction we may have experienced already stems from efforts
to bring order when faced with suppressive conduct. Lacking methods
and limits everyone becomes fair game. Thus let us fix the matter
up before it upsets our forward progress.
A person who publicly rejects the group is no longer a member of
the group. ORGANIZATIONAL SUPPRESSIVE ACTS (HCO Pol Ltr Mar. 1,
1965 extension)
Students or pcs who seek to resign or leave courses or sessions
and refuse to return despite normal efforts, become suppressive of
that course or organization and cease to have the rights of its
protection or assistance. If they can be brought to recant after
causing public commotion the procedure given in HCO Pol Ltr Mar. 7
1965 Issue II A to E is applicable.
HCO is at once called in on the matter. And although HCO, as in
any case where physical disturbance is possible, may deputize any
staff member or members temporarily to assist, no Division 2 staff
may assist further than following the instructions of the HCO
personnel to restrain or fetch the person or persons and stand by
while HCO carries out the required steps.
It should be remembered however that course and session blows
result from technical failures and the more ordinary action is to
catch the ARC Break early and to handle the ARC Break.
Where a staff member or executive publicly resigns in protest or
with intent to suppress HCO may act at once with steps A to E, HCO
Pol Ltr Mar. 7, 1965 Issue II.
In neither case may certificate cancellation or the Fair Game Law
be invoked unless the student or pc blow or the public resignation
also includes a threat to leave Scientology.
No publication as per B where no threat to leave Scientology is
included may go further than the group which witnessed the matter,
but in this case it must be published on their public bulletin
board for three days and no longer.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.cden Copyright Q) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
[Note: See HCO P/L 21 October 1968, Cancellation of Fair Game,
and HCO P/L 15 November 1968 which removes disconnection as a
condition, on page 489.]
[See also HCO P/L 9 August 1971, Issue 111, Operation Staff
Stability and Personal Security-High Crime Additions, and its
second revision of 8 January 1972, same title, in the Year Books.]
559
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1965 Issue III
Gen Non-Remimeo
HCO (DIVISION 1 ) JUSTICE HAT ADMINISTERING JUSTICE
There are some things to firmly keep in mind when you have to use
HCO's Justice function:
1. Only the criminally inclined desire a society in which the
criminal is free to do as he pleases.
2. Only the criminally inclined are frightened enough of Justice
to protest and complain that it exists.
3. Without order nothing can grow or expand.
4. Justice is one of the guards that keeps the channel of
progress a channel and not a stopped flow.
5. All reactive minds can exert pain and discomfort on a being.
They demand the suppression of the good and the production of the
bad. Therefore, in administering Justice, restrain just a trifle
more than a bank can compel a bad action. The external threat need
be just enough to make the internal pressure to do wrong the lesser
of two discomforts. Judgment lies in how much external restraint to
apply.
6. Decent people are in favour of Justice. Don't confuse the
opinion of the majority who wish it with the snarls of the few who
fear it.
7. A person who is dramatizing his criminal intent can become
very angry if he is not prevented from hurting others.
8. A thetan is good. He invented a bank to keep others good. That
mechanism went wrong. And that's why we're here.
9. In a session you would keep a burglar from bursting in the
room and disturbing the preclean In Scientology you keep offenders
out so we can get on with our session with society.
10. Look up the person who rails against Justice most and you
will have the one you have been looking for.
11. The only overt in handling Justice is not to work for the
greatest good of the greatest number.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.bp.cden Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
560
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 MARCH 1965
Gen. Non Remimeo M.A. Post B Board
THE JUSTICE OF SCIENTOLOGY ITS USE AND PURPOSE BEING A
SCIENTOLOGIST
The reason we have Justice Codes is to have justice. We don't
want or need injustice.
When we have no codes, "justice" can be anything any authority
cares to make it.
We have had too much caprice passing for justice. It is time we
had justice.
Committees of Evidence work. I recall one Tech Director accused
of tampering with a student. I was told he was about to be
disciplined and sacked. I stopped that action and had a Committee
of Evidence convened. Accurate testimony revealed the story false
and the Tech Director innocent. Without that Committee he would
have been ruined. I know of other instances where a Committee found
the facts completely contrary to rumour. Some are guilty, most are
innocent. But thereby we have justice and our necks aren't out. If
a person is to keep the law, he or she must know what the law is.
And must be protected from viciousness and caprice in the name of
law. If a person doesn't keep the law knowing well what it is he or
she hurts all of us and should be handled.
The enturbulence of the society around us is fantastic. There is
no just civil law left, really. It is that lawless and disorderly
condition in the society about us which makes it hard for us to
work. Shortly we will be even more powerful. That power must not be
lawless or we will have anarchy and dismay, enough to stop our
growth.
If we have a superior law code and legal system which gives real
justice to people we will swiftly flow easily over the society and
everybody will win.
Where we fail to apply our own administration, technology and
justice procedures to the society around us (let alone Scientology)
we will fail.
There is too much truth in our lives not to cause a social
upheaval. Therefore, let us have justice and expand into higher
order, not plunge the world into darkness because our power as a
group struck innocent and guilty alike.
A Scientologist must understand his own justice system. Without
understanding again there will be no justice.
Already the following points need correction in the uninformed
person concerning our justice.
A Committee of Evidence is not a court. It is simply a
fact-finding body with legal powers, convened to get at the facts
and clean up the ARC Breaks caused by rumour. When it has the truth
of it, then a Convening Authority acts - but only in exact
accordance with a Justice Code.
Our justice really rehabilitates in the long run. It only
disciplines those who are hurting others and gives them a way to
change so they can eventually win too - but not by hurting us.
A Scientologist who fails to use Scientology technology and its
administrative and justice procedures on the world around him will
continue to be too enturbulated to do his job.
That sounds extreme to anyone.
But if you look it over, you will find that the "power" of the
"Society" and "State" is pretended and is made from an effort to be
powerful where they actually lack power. Our situation is quite the
reverse. Ours is the power of truth and we are capable of power as
a group, having power as individuals due to processing and power of
wisdom due to superior technology.
Therefore when we grant too much beingness to their "power" we
are granting validity to a falsehood and so it recoils on us.
561
We are in short, knocking our own heads off by failing to use our
knowledge and authority when we administer or handle our fellow man
or society. It's like refusing auditing to somebody or not making
it possible. It's also investing a lie with power. Society is
losing ground because its "power" is based on a pack of falsehoods.
We will lose ground if we empower those lies.
There's real magic to be seen here. For instance every upset we
have is traceable to our not knowns or failing to apply our
technology and Admin and Justice procedures to the society around
us and its individuals, firms and groups.
This is worse than you think. A Scientology executive not
handling Dev-T (Developed and unnecessary traffic) from a
government in accordance with our Dev-T policies when it was
off-line and off-policy recently caused an upset. A government
official was off-policy (his own bureau's) and the Scientology
executive did not follow our procedure of (a) send it back to
source (b) correct the policy error and (c) inform his superiors
when results were not obtained. You say, "But that's wild! Run a
government by Scientology Admin." Well, all I know is that it
caused trouble when we didn't.
Evidently it's not "them" and "us". It's just "us" and a false
"them."
So all we have to do is to get their hats on and they're us.
Failure to take our usual justice actions on offenders against us
will result in eventual chaos. What matter if they don't appear
before the Committee of Evidence we convene on them? How do we know
they won't? How could the Victoria Parliament ever come right if we
failed to (a) Convene a Committee of Evidence (b) Follow our legal
procedures?
No, they just stay "they".
Has anybody informed the F.D.A. of our amnesty? Well, did you
know the F.D.A. was looking for a way out of their mess for fear
we'd sue for a million? They'd drop the E-Meter case if they
thought we wouldn't sue.
How do we know if we don't try?
So therefore we must use Scientology tech, Admin and Justice in
all our affairs. No matter how mad it sounds, we only fail when we
don't.
And therefore every Scientologist should understand his own tech,
codes and procedures.
Some Scientologists believe when a Committee of Evidence is
convened that they are at once suspended.
Nobody can be suspended or punished by the convening of a
Committee of Evidence. It's there to find the truth. Only when its
findings are submitted to its Convening Authority and where the
Convening Authority acts can anyone be suspended or transferred or
demoted.
Don't react to Scientology Justice as though it were "wag" law.
In society's "courts" one is given the works and truth has little
bearing on the findings. A mean judge or clever attorney and small
legal errors decide a lot of their cases. Wog courts are like
throwing dice. There is huge cost and publicity and punishment
galore even for the innocent.
So we must preserve our Justice.
And use it.
That's the main lesson. If we don't use it in all questions where
the truth of the matter is in doubt we'll just go on being wogs.
If we don't exhibit our science as a group and show a good
example, what can we achieve?
So let's grow up to our own technology and take responsibility
for it.
And wear our hats as Scientologists to the world.
LRH:wmc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright Q) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
562
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MARCH 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
JUSTICE POLICY LETTERS CORRECTIONS
The act of calling an Emergency Condition does not open the
person, unit, section, department, org or division to any transfer,
demotion or dismissal or cause a reduction of pay. The subject of
the Condition must put the Emergency Formula into prompt operation
and it is expected in the case of an org or portion of an org such
as a division, department or section that the executive staff
member, after the stage of promotion is passed in the formula will
request a Committee of Evidence be convened on the staff member
under him whose non-compliance or actions caused the Emergency.
Pay reduction, demotions, transfers, fines or dismissal may only
be done after a Committee of Evidence and on its recommendation.
There is no other way to bring about transfer, demotion, dismissal
from an org or fine or reduce the pay of a staff member.
When after calling an Emergency Condition there is no improvement
during a reasonable time, a Committee of Evidence must be convened.
Emergency and all other Conditions are assigned only by the
Office of L. Ron Hubbard, which is a part of each HCO.
The form of issue of any conditions including Emergency is a
SECED.
A Condition is cancelled by a SECED.
SECEDs are only issued by the Of fice of L. Ron Hubbard under the
"per pro" (by and for) of the HCO Secretary or LRH Communicator in
any org.
Requests for an Emergency Condition should be made to the
Director of Inspections, Dept 13, Distribution Div (4) who comments
and forwards them to the Office of L. Ron Hubbard. The comment of
the Director of Inspections can be a recommendation for or against
with any data he or she has.
Emergency Conditions are given only on OIC statistics and not by
rumour or opinion.
Emergency Conditions may be issued on anyone in any portion of an
org including Divisions without permission from a senior org, but
may only be issued as above for reasons of declining statistics.
However no Emergency Condition may be placed on a Secretary by
the org itself. This may be done only by applying to the senior org
to that org or to Saint Hill.
CONVENING AUTHORITY
Only HCO's Office of LRH may now convene a Committee of Evidence
or a Civil Committee of Evidence (1 person satisfactory to both
contestants used in disputes between Scientologists or portions of
Scientology, the contestants abiding by the findings of the one
person Committee).
The order to convene one is requested of the Director of
Inspections (Div 4) who forwards it (or originates it) to HCO's
Office of L. Ron Hubbard with comments and any statistics. No
statistics are actually demanded in such a request but any
available evidence is forwarded. The Bill is prepared by Dept 13
for forwarding to HCO for authority to convene.
The Authority to convene is issued by the Office of LRH in HCO,
per pro ("for and by") the HCO Secretary or LRH Communicator.
The authority for a Committee of Evidence is issued by SECED. It
is issued to the Director of Inspections who then handles all
arrangements and actions from there up to the point of authorizing
the findings. The complete record and papers, prepared, are sent to
HCO's Office of LRH for final action and publication. In cases
where the machinery to convene a Committee is missing, it is
requested from a senior org on the same routing as above.
563
Publication of a Committee of Evidence findings is done by SECED
of the same number that convened it. Publication is done by the
Office of LRH.
The Director of Inspections (Div 4, Dept 13) takes care of all
further actions and the resulting files. __
The Department of Inspections, Division 4, Department 13, has the
actual administration and execution of all Justice.
HCO's Office of LRH issues all authorities for Justice and
confirms all findings of Justice and publishes results.
All guards or forces to be used in Justice (but not members of
Committees of Evidence) are under the control of the Department of
Promotion Div 1 Dept 6 and are under the orders of the HCO
Secretary who may relay to them through the Department of Promotion
the requirements of the Director of Inspections. Such forces may be
loaned to the Dept of Inspections but remain HCO personnel.
BALANCE OF POWER
Division of Justice (HCO) has the authority and forces. Division
2 (the org itself, consisting of organization, finance and
materiel) has the money and materiel. Division 3 (Service and
Technical) has the technical personnel and Div 4 has the Field and
"population".
All four Divisions are called the Organization as Division 2
organizes, finances and supplies them.
Justice therefore is under Division 4 in Administration, depends
on Division 1 for authority and power and depends on Division 2 for
Finance and Supplies, and uses the Technology of Division 3.
Thus it remains balanced.
Recourse from discipline or findings is requested always from the
Department of Inspections who applies to HCO's Office of LRH for
decision and authority and then the Department of Inspections cares
for the resulting actions.
The Office of LRH need not wait on any request from anyone to
issue Conditions or authorities but must advise LRH at once on
doing so.
LRH may issue Conditions or authorities without request through
his office or via the Director of Inspections. All such Conditions
or authorities are based only on statistics but may include actions
to obtain further statistics such as requesting or ordering data to
be furnished to decide whether or not a Committee should be
convened.
No Condition, simply by being directed, carries a penalty with
it. However the declaration of a Condition for any org, division,
department, section or person commands that the Formula for that
Condition be followed by the org, division, department, section or
person named.
The SECED declaring the Condition may not be posted on a public
board or a board commonly viewed by the public, but must be posted
on a staff board available to staff members. Copies of the SECED
declaring a Condition are given to every person in the org,
division, department, or section named in it or to the person.
The form of the Condition SECED is as follows below and with the
usual SECED designation and seal.
CONDITION
The Condition of (Name of Condition in capitals) is declared upon
(Subject in capitals) by reasons of:
1. (give specific reasons one after next)
2.
3. etc.
(SECED Ending) _ _ _ _ 564
The form of a SECED (Secretarial Executive Director) for a
Committee of Evidence is as follows below and with the usual SECED
headings and designations:
COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE
At the request of (title and org) (or By the Order of LRH) the
Director of Inspections, Div 4, Department 13, is to convene and
attend to the speedy conduct and conclusion of a Committee of
Evidence.
(Names in Capitals) are to be named as Interested Parties.
The Committee is convened to look into and bring findings on a
matter of a possible (give type, Misdemeanor, Crime, or High Crime)
of (give exact charge or charges very briefly from the Justice
Code) for which the maximum penalty is (give maximum penalty).
The Director of Inspections is to name the Chairman and Committee
and compose and serve a Bill of Particulars on the Interested
Parties. He is further instructed to provide the Committee and
Interested Parties with copies of the Justice Codes. Further he is
to charge the Committee to find facts and absolve the Interested
Parties or prove them guilty beyond reasonable doubt, recommend any
action and return all findings to HCO's Office of LRH for
acceptance of findings and their publication.
L. Ron Hubbard per pro
LRH Communicator (or HCO Sec)
LRH: ml.rd
Copyright Q) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
Secretarial HATS DIVISION 1 - DEPT 3
JUSTICE CODES, HCO, ORG EXECUTIVE AND DIVISIONAL SECRETARIES,
JUSTICE ON, AND AUDITING OF
No Secretary, in the org meaning of the word, may be brought
before a Committee of Evidence either as an interested party or a
witness in their own zone or area.
Any Secretary may be ordered before a Committee of Evidence as an
interested party or witness convened in an org senior to the org in
which the Secretary holds his or her post.
Secretaries of the most senior org of a continent may be ordered
before a Committee of Evidence as a witness or interested party in
another Continental org, not the one in which the post is held, but
only by Saint Hill.
No Secretary may be named, charged or threatened with a Committee
of Evidence by a staff member seeking recourse; however a Committee
of Evidence may ask for a written statement from a Secretary in
order to assist Justice, but only in cases of recourse and always
through Saint Hill with the reasons stated.
A Secretary may not be ordered to processing by or in the org in
which the post is held, but may be ordered to processing in the
Saint Hill HGC but only by Saint Hill.
Secretary posts at Saint Hill may only be ordered to processing
by the Executive Director.
Code breaks in auditing Secretaries are subject to a Committee of
Evidence. 565
A Secretary being audited by an auditor may not during the same
period be audited by another auditor including self.
A tape recorder may be used to record any sessions given to a
Secretary but if so may only be replayed, after a dispute, by the
Executive Director. Such tapes may not be erased until a grade of
auditing is completed and are deposited securely in the Dept of
Examinations. A Secretary may require and witness their erasure
when a grade is obtained.
"Coffee-shop" auditing a Secretary is subject to a Committee of
Evidence, and in this case only may the Committee be convened by
and in the org to which the Secretary is posted, but in the case
where the offender is another Secretary it must be convened by a
Senior org.
Processes run on Secretaries may only be the standard grade
processes in proper sequence and any departure is subject to a
Committee of Evidence.
Secretaries without grade certificates must be audited through
all grades in correct sequence with grade certificates properly
qualified for and issued at each grade.
Any departures from standard auditing precautions and procedures
by anyone auditing a Secretary are subject to a Committee of
Evidence.
Committees of Evidence convened for any of the reasons given in
this section of the Justice Codes may be convened only by a Senior
Org to that in which the incident occurred or by the Executive
Director. They may not be convened by or in the org to which the
Secretary is posted.
Any disputes arising from this section of the Justice Codes must
be referred to the Executive Director with full written statements
from all disputants signed by each.
Summary reports of auditing of Secretaries must be sent to the
Executive Director each month, even when solo, giving processes
run, hours run, tone arm action per session average, gains, the
name of the auditor and the Secretary, and place, and
must be signed by the auditor.
LRH:jw.rd
Copyright (c) 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 APRIL AD15
Gen Non-Remimeo
ETHICS CLARIFICATION AUDITING OF ORG EXECUTIVES
HCO Policy Letter of 8 April 1965 states that org executives must
come up through the grades.
At this particular date many org executives are Saint Hillers
with Class VI or are Prov C1 VI.
These, of course, are working for their Grade VI Certificate and
mostly passed through the lower grades before grade certificates
existed.
Those persons who do not yet have Saint Hill training should go
through the grades either before coming to Saint Hill or during
their Saint Hill course.
Nothing in this policy letter however waives my right to order or
run a power process on an executive whose case is not moving
satisfactorily. Those working for Grade VI whose cases are moving
satisfactorily may of course continue.
LRH:wmc.rd Copyright Q 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 566
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MAY 1965 Issue III
Remimeo
ETHICS COURTS OF ETHICS
A Court of Ethics may be convened by any Ethics Officer.
Any Scientologist of the status of Officer or below may be
summoned before a Court of Ethics.
The summons is issued as an HCO Ethics Order. It must state when
and where the person is to appear.
A Court of Ethics is convened on matters as follows:
1. Any Misdemeanor
2. Any Crime.
High Crimes are not accorded a Court of Ethics but may be
accorded an Ethics Hearing.
(c) Court of Ethics may direct discipline as follows:
A. Not to be trained or processed for weeks or
months.
B. An Amends Petition be submitted.
C. Suspension for weeks.
D. Repayment of loans or debts.
E. Restitution of wrongs.
F. Damages to be paid another of an equitable sum commensurate
with the loss.
EXECUTIVE COURT OF ETHICS
Convened in the same way and with the same powers and disciplines
an Executive Court of Ethics is convened by the Office of LRH via
the HCO Executive Secretary.
The presiding person must be at or above the rank of the person
summoned.
A Court of Ethics may not summons a Director, a Secretary or an
Executive Secretary.
An Executive Court of Ethics only may be convened on a Director,
Secretary or Executive Secretary.
The Executive Ethics Court is presided over by a Secretary or
Executive Secretary as appointed for that one court and one purpose
by the Office of LRH via the HCO Executive Secretary.
An Executive Ethics Court may also be convened at the request of
a Secretary or Executive Secretary on any staff member by
requesting same of the Office of LRH via the Ethics Of dicer but
another is appointed to preside and there is no necessity for the
Office of LRH to comply with such a request.
ETHICS HEARING
An Ethics Hearing may be convened by an Ethics Officer to obtain
data for further action or inaction.
The order is issued as an HCO Ethics Order. The time and place of
the Ethics Hearing is stated in the order. The purpose of the
Hearing is stated.
Interested Parties are named.
An Ethics Hearing may name witnesses but not the person's
immediate superiors to appear against him in person but may
consider a written statement by a superior.
567
An Ethics Hearing has no power to discipline but may advise on
consequences.
If doubt exists in the matter of whether or not a misdemeanor or
crime or suppression has occurred, it will be usual to Convene an
Ethics Hearing or Executive Ethics Hearing not a Court of Ethics.
EXECUTIVE ETHICS HEARING
No one of the rank of Director or above may be summoned for an
Ethics Hearing, but only an Executive Ethics Hearing, presided over
by a person superior in rank. It is convened by the Of rice. of LRH
via the HCO Exec Sec. The same rank in a senior org is a senior
rank.
STATISTICS
A Court of Ethics or Executive Court of Ethics is not a fact
finding court.
One is convened solely on statistics and known evidence.
If adequate statistics do not exist then an Ethics Hearing or a
Committee of Evidence is convened to obtain or discount evidence.
The ordinary reasons for convening a Court of Ethics would
consist of
(a) Too many reports on a person (HCO Pol Ltr 1 May 1965).
(b) Observed commission of a misdemeanor or a crime.
(c) Demand by a person's superior to handle a crime.
(d) Debt.
(e) Disputes between two Scientologists of similar rank.
(f) Continuing an emergency.
NO DEMOTION, TRANSFER OR DISMISSAL
A Court of Ethics or an Executive Court of Ethics may not order
transfer, demotion or dismissal. This may only be done by a
Committee of Evidence duly convened.
A Court of Ethics or an Executive Court of Ethics may, however,
suspend a staff member from post for a reasonable length of time.
In a suspension recourse may be
had and restoration of pay lost if a Committee of Evidence is
convened and reverses the decision.
NO RECOURSE FROM A COURT
There is no recourse from the decision of a court legally
rendered and based on statistics. If a staff member accumulates too
many adverse reports or if his unit, section, department or
division statistics have remained down or if a State of Emergency
was continued, there is no acceptable evidence that refutes it that
could be heard by a Committee of Evidence as Evidence is evidence.
PTS AND SP
Potential Trouble Sources and Suppressive Persons are not
necessarily accorded a Court or a Hearing. But they may have one if
they request it, but the only action will be to determine or
confirm the actual status and the action is already laid down by
firm unalterable policy in any case.
LRH:wmc.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (I) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Excerpt from HCO PL of 29 April 1965, BONUSES
COMM EV
No Comm Ev or Court or executive may after this date sentence
anyone to auditing.
Such Ethics bodies may, however, deprive a person of auditing or
training or technical communication or any communication.
568
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JUNE 1966
Remimeo
All Staff DIVISION 1
DEPT OF INSPECTION AND REPORTS
BOARD OF INVESTIGATION
Boards of Investigation are hereby established.
CONVENING AUTHORITIES
They may be convened by the LRH Communicator The Guardian An
Assistant Guardian The Advisory Council An HCO Exec Sec An Org Exec
Sec An HCO Sec The Director of Inspection & Reports
The LRH Comm (Area or Cont) may convene a Board of Investigation
on Executive Secretaries or any other executive or staff member
below Executive Secretary but not on the Executive Director, a
Guardian or Assistant Guardian.
The Guardian may convene a board on anyone but the Executive
Director.
An Assistant Guardian may convene a board with permission of the
Guardian whose authority the Assistant Guardian uses.
Executive Secretaries may convene a Board of Investigation to be
convened by the HCO Area Sec on any executive or staff member in
their portion of the organisation but not cross-portion (i.e. the
HCO Exec Sec may not convene a board in the Org portion and the Org
Exec Sec may not convene a board on the HCO portion).
The Advisory Council may convene a board on an LRH Communicator
and anyone else except the Executive Director and the Guardian, but
not on a senior org.
Other convening authorities may convene a board on their equals
in rank or on juniors.
PURPOSE
The purpose of a Board of Investigation is:
10 HELP LRH DISCOVER THE CAUSE IN ANY CONFLICT, POOR PERFORMANCE
OR DOWN STATISTIC.
COMPOSITION
A Board of Investigation is composed of not less than 3 and not
more than 5 members.
A majority of the members must be senior to the persons being
investigated except when this is impossible.
CONDUCT
The Board may investigate by calling in a body on the persons
concerned or by sitting and summoning witnesses or principals.
FUNCTION
A Board of Investigation is a much less serious affair than a
Committee of Evidence.
Persons appearing before it are not under duress or punishment.
The whole purpose is to get at the facts.
569
No disciplinary measure may result except for false attestation.
The Board may recommend an Executive Ethics Hearing or an Ethics
Hearing if crimes or high crimes are found but may take no action
on errors or misdemeanors.
False attestation before a Board must result in an Executive
Ethics Hearing or Ethics Hearing.
FINDINGS
The findings of a Board of Investigation are sent to the
convening authority and from this orders can be issued or the
convening authority can request action or policy from higher
authority. (The method of making policy is not changed.)
FORM
In all other ways the form of a Board, its orders, conduct and
finding is the same as in a Committee of Evidence.
COMMITTEE OF EVIDENCE
A Committee of Evidence is convened on the subject of a known
crime or high crime as it has come to be looked on (and is) a trial
by jury, there being a charge.
A board may recommend a Committee of Evidence.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.cden Copyright(~) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 OCTOBER 1966 Issue II
Remimeo
BOARDS OF INVESTIGATION (Adds to HCO Pol Ltr of 4 June 1966)
A Board of Investigation may (and should) be convened any time
there is an unusual improvement in an org or its statistics.
Such a Board must (a) isolate the reasons or changes which
brought about the improvement; (b) draw up their findings in the
form of policy or directives to pass them on to the convening
authority; and (c) recommend commending any person found
responsible for the improvement (the Board does not commend, it
only recommends, the convening authority alone may issue the
commendation).
FORM OF FINDINGS
All findings of a Board of Investigation must be phrased in terms
that may be issued without change by a convening authority as a
directive or, by the proper additional lines, policy.
The convening authority may alter this wording but it must be
written so that it does not need to be re-written.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rd.cden Founder
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
570
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JULY 1966
Remimeo All Staff Ethics Of ricer Hat Magisterial Hats Ethics
Executives
EVIDENCE, ADMISSIBILITY OF IN HEARINGS' BOARDS OR COMMITTEES
No evidence may be admitted or used in any hearing, board of
investigation, committee of evidence or in any executive
disciplinary action which is not:
1. Written or
2. Reliably witnessed or
3. Is demonstrated beyond any doubt on a meter.
After this date no findings or sentence may be passed, considered
valid or acted upon if any evidence in the case was admitted that
was not valid in accordance to 1, 2 and 3 above.
L RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.cden Copyright (c) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
571
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 AUGUST 1966 Issue II
Remimeo
Division 6 Division 1
CHAPLAIN'S COURT CIVIL HEARINGS
As many matters come before Ethics which are not properly Ethics
but civil matters (i.e., between other persons), a Chaplain's Court
Unit is formed in Division 6, Dept 18, as part of Section 5, The
Chaplain's Section, which is formed herewith in Div 6 and abolished
in Div 5.
The Chaplain is transferred to this Section and is its Section
Officer.
A permanent presiding justiciary who must be a minister may be
appointed called an Arbiter where activities warrant.
The Chaplain (or the permanent or part time assisting Arbiter)
presides over all Court Hearings and renders judgment.
The organization of this activity is similar to any civil
proceedings and may, when conditions warrant, have clerks and other
personnel.
The court may charge reasonable fees and has these as its
statistic.
Only Civil Matters may be heard or judged.
All Ethics matters must be referred to Ethics.
JUSTICE Reasonably priced and easily obtained justice are
requisites to any civilization.
The purpose of the Chaplain's Court Unit is to resolve matters of
dispute between individuals.
Staff personnel, pcs, students and Scientologists may utilize
this Court Unit to resolve their own disputes or legal affairs.
Staff members may not be sued by reason of performance of their
org duties, as this belongs to Ethics where such complaint may be
made.
Any suit filed must be against the person who actually personally
knew and damaged the individual suing by an action directed
personally against the plaintiff, except for suits to remove Ethics
orders.
The org, a division, department or section may only be sued to
obtain restoration of status, to revoke or alter Ethics orders or
obtain service which was denied such as auditing time to right an
omission. The org or any part of it may not be sued for financial
damages or refund.
Preliminary hearings only can be given in divorce matters at this
time as these must also have state action before any such findings
can be considered legal in the eyes of the state. However,
separation may be found, both parties consenting.
Collection of debt and remedy in defaulting on obligation may be
sought from the court.
REBUTTAL DAMAGES
If a person who is sued has reason, he can, as defendant, require
damages in his rebuttal and should the suit be fallacious and found
against the plaintiff such may be awarded.
572
COSTS Costs may be recovered as part of damages, meaning costs of
court action. EXTENT OF DAMAGES
Any damages assigned by the Court must be reasonable and in
keeping with reality.
ETHICS RELATIONS
Ethics may route civil matters to the Chaplain's Court Unit.
In return in matters of perjury or the collection of damages
awarded by the Court, the Court Unit may refer the matter to
Ethics.
REFUND SUITS
Suits for refund fees may not be filed as this is an Ethics
matter.
LRH SUITS
Suits against LRH or the Guardian, board members, executive
secretaries or secretaries are not accepted by the Court.
WRONGFUL ETHICS ACTIONS
HCO may be sued in the Court for erroneous issue of an Ethics
Order and for no other action. Damages requested may not exceed $5
or an order apologizing or restoration of status.
BONUS ACTIONS
All bonus matters or disputes between or amongst Tech, Qual and
Treasury or their personnel may be heard by the Court Unit.
STAFF MEMBER DISPUTES
Personal disputes between staff members even when org business is
concerned may be heard by the Chaplain's Court.
FAILURE TO ABIDE
Failure to abide by a Court Finding may become an Ethics matter.
JURY
When requested and allowed by the Chaplain, a jury of three
persons may be chosen and used. The persons chosen must be agreed
upon by both litigants.
ATTORNEYS
Anyone may act as an attorney in the Court Unit.
Professional attorneys may appear before it.
No attorney is required.
PROCEDURES
All procedures for the Chaplain's Court Unit are developed by and
all magisterial appointments are made by the Chaplain in the form
of Distribution Division Sec Ads All fees are set in this manner.
The Chaplain and the Court and such Sec Ads may be over-ruled only
by the Guardian or an Assistant Guardian or, when ordered,
standardized amongst orgs by the Org Exec Sec WW.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.cden Copyright Q) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
573
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MAY 1968
Remimeo FO - SO
BOARDS OF INVESTIGATION AND COMMITTEES OF EVIDENCE, TERMINATION
OF
Boards of Investigation and Committees of Evidence have been
known to drag on endlessly.
One of the reasons they drag on is membership of the same person
on two or three boards makes it impossible for boards or committees
to meet at the same time.
Therefore these two policies are made:
1. A Board of Investigation or a Committee of Evidence which
continues more than a week (7 days) has its membership disbanded
and assigned a Condition of Non Existence. Those that conclude in
findings fully accepted by the convening authority in 48 Hours have
a Commendation on the members filed in their Ethics files.
2. No person may be a member on two or more Boards of
Investigation or Committees of Evidence at the same time. No person
may be a member of a Board of Investigation and a Committee of
Evidence at the same time.
Any person who is found to have served after receipt of this Pot
Ltr on two or more boards or committees at the same time shall be
assigned a Condition of Liability for not knowing Ethics policy.
The full intention of this Pol Ltr is to speed justice and fact
finding.
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:js.cden Copyright (I) 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
574
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MAY 1969
Remimeo
AN ETHICS POLICY LETTER
1. All Committees of Evidence, Boards of Investigation, Courts of
Ethics and Ethics Hearings are held with the Interested Party or
Parties present while evidence is presented.
This will ensure no false reports are given. The accused can
confront the accusers or know the source of written evidence. Third
parties can be found and handled, and true justice can be brought
about.
And, as per HCO Policy Letter of 24 February 1969, JUSTICE, the
value of a person is weighed against any alleged crime, even when
proven.
Lt. Cmdr. Yvonne Gillham
Mission Clear Names
LRH:YG:fas.e~.cden
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JUNE 1969
Remimeo
BOARD OF APPEAL
Upon request an Ethics Officer should allow a person to see his
own ethics file. It may do much to clean up injustice and false
reports.
The ethics file may only be reviewed in the presence of the
Ethics Officer and those matters found by the person to be false or
unjust noted and handled accordingly
by the Ethics Officer.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
CS-1
>From data found on the
Sea Org Clear Names Mission
LRH: DH: cs.ei.cden
Copyright (~)1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
575
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1969
Remimeo
OTL Courts
of Appeal
HCO Ethics
Officers APPEAL
SO Master
at Arms
Handling of persons requesting appeal can be quick and complete
in most cases if you allow the person to say all he wishes to say
in the very beginning.
Many times the appeal is not to refute a wrong finding by a Comm
Ev or a Board of Investigation, but a protest at tile harshness or
imagined unfairness in the way the finding was presented.
This person has had much to say on the matter he is appealing for
some time. He has been, or feels he has been, wronged. No one has
yet gotten what he has communicated about it.
Now, he's found, or has been directed to the right terminal. For
goodness sake, LET HIM TALK! If he needs some prompting in the
beginning, prompt him. Don't enter a hint of an arbitrary or an
additive to what he is relaying to you. If you do, you'll end up
with a guy who wants you to "do something about" every wrong that
was ever done to him.
So, let him talk until he has told you everything that has been
bugging him about the matter for goodness knows how long.
Then,
1. ACKNOWLEDGE WHAT HE HAS SAID. Let him know you understood it
all.
2. ACKNOWLEDGE WHAT HE DID THAT WAS RIGHT. Regardless of what he
is appealing, what kind of a mess he got himself into, you'll find
that he did do something right!
3. Acknowledge anyone else in the matter that was also right,
with his agreement.
4. If he is satisfied, end the cycle.
Example:
1. "Thank you."
2. "Well, you were trying to do your job, weren't you!"
3. "Do you think he/she was trying to do his/her job also?" (Get
his agreement as well as the agreement of the other members of the
Board.)
4. "A copy of the minutes of this meeting/interview will go into
your Ethics file. I don't think any further action need be taken on
this matter.'? (Get agreement from him on this, too.)
This will usually be the end of it. He will be satisfied that he
finally communicated what he had to say to the right terminal.
That, alone, is usually all that was needed in the first place.
Handle as above (utilizing 3rd Party Technology where needed) any
person who feels that Ron is mad or upset with him - or was
earlier and it wasn't handled terminatedly.
A broad invitation to get it handled should be issued so that
those who feel this may bring it in and be heard. No such situation
should needlessly persist.
Nikki Freedman
LRH:NF:ldm.ei.cden CS - G Communicator
Copyright (c) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
576
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JANUARY 1970
Remimeo OTLs
OTL LAST COURT OF APPEAL
The requirements of a Court of Appeal are:
1. Membership of the Court consists of a Chairman of Officer
rank, a secretary and from one to three members.
2. Members must be Ethics upstate.
3. The Chairman must be familiar with Ethics procedures and must
have checked out on all Ethics policies, including those concerning
third party investigations. It is preferable for all members to
have checked out on these.
4. The Court's duties consist of correcting false reports, false
accusations and third party activities which have been detrimental
to the repute of the individual or harmful to his well being.
5. The Court may only act on written requests. Appellants are not
to present themselves to the Court until called. Written requests
for a Court of Appeal must state exactly what false report,
accusation or 3rd party activity they wish to be handled and state
where and when it occurred and who was concerned. Where the false
report is in writing, a copy is to be attached to the request for a
Court of Appeal.
6. As a Court of Appeal requires time and expense a nominal fee
of �1 or $3 is to be charged. This is also to discourage frivolous
or irrelevant requests. The fee is paid in advance of the case
being heard.
7. All data relevant to the case is collected and received before
the case is heard. This must be in documentary form and copies of
such documents and all pleadings and testimony must accompany the
findings.
8. If an appellant is found to be giving false data to the Court
in order to clear his or her name, the case is dismissed.
9. If innocence is established beyond reasonable doubt the person
may be restored to status and an order so issued. The order must
contain the names of the Court members.
10. If innocence is not established beyond reasonable doubt, the
Court must assign:
(a) An Amends project of real extent (b) A processing programme.
11. Any Court member returning a person to full status without
following this P/L himself may be the subject of a Suppressive
Person's order for failing to protect the Org.
12. The Court proceedings must occur so as not to cause further
enturbulation on Org lines. Staff members going outside of the Org
to an OTL requesting a Court action on a condition just assigned
are ignored until they follow correct form (OTL Office shows them a
copy of this Policy Letter). Such persons are reported to the
Ethics Officer of their own Org.
577
13. A Court of Appeal is not held until the person has taken
normal recourse actions available to him in his own Org. These
are -
(a) Presenting the true facts to the accuser and requesting
withdrawal of the report or accusation (done via Ethics).
(b) Request for an Ethics Hearing.
(c) Request for a Committee of Evidence.
An appellant who has not sought recourse in his own Org as above
must be told what actions to take.
14. Persons in the process of a Committee of Evidence, Ethics
Hearing, or conditions assignment may not petition an OTL for Court
of Appeal until the action is concluded.
15. Where Ethics Orders have been issued against a person, the
disclosure of one proven incorrect report in the order does not
permit all of the findings to be cancelled. Each specific false
report must be individually handled and cleared or not cleared.
16. The fact of a person having not been confronted with all the
charges of a Comm Ev on which findings have been issued does not
necessarily mean the findings are false. If such a case is raised,
the Court of Appeal may only consider specific false reports raised
by the appellant and require proof of their falsity. The Court may
not clear the person solely on a technical fault of procedure in an
earlier Ethics action.
17. Senior Executives may not be carelessly summonsed or
detained.
18. On conclusion of a Court action, a proposed Court of Appeal
Order is typed, all documentary evidence, pleadings and testimony
are attached and forwarded to Flag for approval of CS - 1 before
they are issued or become effective.
Lt. Brian Livingston CS-1 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: BL:jz.rd Copyright (c) 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
578
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1963
Franchise CenOCon
REFUND POLICY (Cancels HCO Pol Ltrs of October 12, 1961 and
February 27, 1962) REFUNDED MONIES
In a careful review of refunds and in the light of my own
experience with persons demanding refunds, and due to two recent
upsets in organizations (Australia and London) regarding refunds,
the following data may be of assistance.
In 13 years involving hundreds of thousands of hours of
processing and millions of dollars of income, in any organization
where I was assuming direct command I have always promptly and
immediately caused to be refunded every penny of the money paid by
any person who was dissatisfied with his or her processing. This
has been the consistent policy I myself have worked with.
In all that time I have only refunded about $3,500.
This is due in part to ensuring a certainty of results in any HGC
and working hard to make sure the pc gets results, regardless of
the current style or mode of processing.
This low amount of refund is also due in part to my firm policy
that persons who demand refunds may have them exactly according to
the Code of a Scientologist, but that any person demanding or
accepting refunds thereafter shall be refused as an HGC preclear
and posted for the information of field auditors.
I have only worked then with these three policies:
1. Refund at once in full any refund demanded;
2. Work hard with tech staff to ensure good results;
3. Forbid the sale of further processing to anyone receiving a
refund and make the case known to Scientologists.
It is notable that all but one refund were made to persons with
histories of insanity who had been accepted unwittingly for
processing.
Recently Australia was sufficiently remiss in following the Code
of a Scientologist as to incur potential legal action. I did not
understand why and investigated. The facts resulted in my sending a
cable to the Continental Director requesting that he do the
usual - Refund the money and locate the by-passed charge. The
case promptly resolved. What was shocking to me is that he had not
immediately refunded, whatever else he did. Of course he was absent
when the incident occurred, but still his first thought on finding
the matter out should have been to refund the money, not because of
threatened legal action, but because AN ORGANIZATION IS BOUND BY
THE CODE OF A SCIENTOLOGIST.
A Central Organization is as successful as it gives good
technical service.
A tough refund policy injects aberrated stable data against the
confusion of bad or poor technical service. A mild refund policy
keeps technical on its toes.
579
The world of Scientology is based on ARC and held together with
ARC. Bad technical and tough attitudes concerning the remedy of
poor service break down this world.
My own often repeated policy to my personal staff is "Give them
what they want and keep them happy." That sounds like a very
indefinite policy indeed. But it makes people face up to and handle
individual confusions as they occur, each on its own merits, it
presupposes people are basically good and it is successful.
The more thetan you have present, the less policy you need and
the better things run. Only a thetan can handle a post or a pc. All
he needs is the know-how of minds as contained in Scientology. That
was all he ever lacked. So, given that, sheer policy is poor stuff
as it seeks to make a datum stand where a being should be. That's
the whole story of the GPMs. So why not have live orgs?
Policy is only vital where agreement must exist between two or
more thetans working together. Beyond that it fails. A needful
policy is "We'll start work on time" since without it the org goes
ragged. A useless policy would be "The registrar must always smile
at an applicant" for that puts a datum where a person should be.
So there are two kinds of policies - those needed to obtain
work-together ease and those which seek to put a datum instead of a
being in a position. The less you have of the latter the better
things will get. The more reasonable the former, the more work will
be done.
A refund policy is an agreement type policy. Needful. But it must
be very mild indeed or it will stand in lieu of good service.
The new policy then is:
1. Refund any fees when and as demanded whether for training or
for processing;
2. Refuse further and all future training or processing to anyone
demanding a refund as the condition of refund;
3. If (2) is not acceptable to the person demanding the refund,
then do all possible to smooth out the case or training situation;
4. Count only on high technical results in the HGC and Academy to
inhibit or reduce demands for refunds.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :jw.rd Copyright(~) 1963 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
580
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Gen
Non-Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JULY 1966
HCO Exec Sec
Org Exec Sec
HCO Area Sec
REFUND NOTICE
It is IMPORTANT that every posted scale of fees and every rate
card bear the following notice prominently displayed at the bottom:
FEES PROMPTLY REFUNDED TO ANY DISSATISFIED STUDENT OR PRECLEAR
The full regulation of this is not varied except that no Grade VI
or VII fee will be refunded as this is the student as his own
auditor and is his own responsibility which is somewhat beyond our
control in some cases.
The person requesting refund must sign a guarantee that he will
not further undertake or apply for training or processing from any
org or auditor and even if later reinstated may not ever enroll for
Grades VI and VII.
The reason for this is that our rate cards and boards attract
attention from the press and by adding this line their story goes
sour on them.
We only refund the current fee paid and orgs never refund private
auditor fees but may help recover them from private auditors.
DO NOT OMIT THIS ACTION.
Junk all rate cards that do not carry it or stamp or type it on
them while ordering new.
L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 AUGUST 1966
Remimeo
REFUND ADDITION (Adds to HCO Policy Ltr of 31 July 1966, Refund
Notice)
TIME LIMITATION
No refund may be applied for successfully after three months from
the end of the last service rendered.
This means that a refund applied for three months after the end
of an intensive's last auditing session or last day of attendance
on a course may NOT be granted.
MEMBERSHIP REFUNDS
There are no membership refunds of any kind as refund policy
applies to service and as membership holders usually have already
realized discounts.
LRH:lb-r.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
581
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 FEBRUARY 1969 Issue II
Ltd. NonRemimeo Execs Exec Sees Legal Chiefs Guardian's Offices
LEGAL STANDARD WAIVER
Before any person receives a refund, the Legal Chief in the org
concerned should get him or her to sign a waiver in this form:
I. JOE BLOW, having requested a refund of � for services
rendered, within three months after such services have been
given, hereby agree by way of consideration, upon receipt of such
refund, to waive any further rights I may have as a Scientologist
and to take no legal action against L. Ron Hubbard, any person or
Scientology organization in respect of or arising out of any
Scientology course or other service rendered before this date, and
in full understanding that I may not again be processed or trained.
C.B.B. Parselle Legal Chief WW Jane Kember The Guardian WW
(Policy Review Section) Jim Keely Qual Sec WW Vic Ueckermann HCO
Area Sec WW Ad Council WW Rodger Wright LRH Comm WW Mary Sue
Hubbard Controller WW for
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH: ei.rd Copyright (c) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
582
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1970
Issue II
Remimeo
All Orgs
All SHs (Cancellation of SP Declaration for Refund)
Cancels & amends former issue of same date & title
SCIENTOLOGY REFUNDS WRIT OF EXPULSION AND WAIVER
As part of the published Code of Reform, any parishioner
requesting a refund for Ministerial training or counselling
actually received or received in part and still available but
undelivered only because of departure of the person requesting, is
hereafter issued a Writ of Expulsion, in substitution for an SP
declaration.
Handling Of
A Writ of Expulsion is handled administratively as were SP Orders
when they were issued. This is covered by HCO Pol Ltr 7 June 1965,
ENTHETA LETTERS AND THE DEAD FILE, HANDLING OF, and the addition
HCO Pol Ltr of 25 Sept 1965.
Briefly, it is handled as follows:
The Ethics Officer or HCO Area Sec issues the Writ of Expulsion
and Waiver. He informs the parishioner requesting the refund of the
recourse steps, including Steps A to E. He then has him read and
sign the Waiver.
His folders are filed in the Deadfile. The Writ of Expulsion is
stamped with the Entheta stamp. This is the usual "Entheta to
Central Files to Ethics Deadfiles" stamp.
Central Files handles per policy by replacing the person's file
with a Dummy stamped "Entheta" and sends the file folder to Ethics
Deadfile.
Addresso types "Writ of Expulsion" on the person's plate and puts
it in the Deadfile drawer.
The Writ and any folders then go back to Ethics as before. Ethics
sends a copy of the Writ to other orgs.
Ethics makes out cards and sends to other orgs, even though they
received the Writ of Expulsion, in case the person shows up in
another area, at which point Ethics has full data on the person and
acts accordingly.
Data regarding any parishioner requesting a refund of offerings
must always be sent to Legal.
Dianetic refunds are covered in HCO Pol Ltr of 23 May 1969,
DIANETIC CONTRACT, and are handled exactly as per that Policy.
The Form
The following is the only waiver and Writ of Expulsion to be used
for any parishioner requesting and receiving a refund of his
donations to Scientology. When the waiver is signed, the Writ of
Expulsion is issued in the form as shown below.
583
TO: Those Concerned DATE:
FROM: HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE SUBJECT: WRIT OF EXPULSION
(Name), parishioner, of (address), no longer being in agreement
with or willing to support the stated aims of Scientology as
evidenced by a request for Refund of his offerings made to the
Church, is on this date duly expelled from The Church of
Scientology of California.
He may not receive spiritual counselling or training in any
Church of Scientology until he has performed an act of contrition
and availed himself of recourse to re-enter the Church. The first
such recourse is: "FIND OUT WHO YOU REALLY ARE."
TO: Those Concerned DATE:
FROM: HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE SUBJECT: WAIVER AND WRIT OF
EXPULSION
I, (name), no longer being in agreement with the stated aims of
the Church of Scientology nor considering that I can benefit from
its ministrations, request refund of offerings I have made to the
Church.
I agree, by way of consideration, upon receipt of such refund, to
waive all rights I may have as a Scientologist and to take no legal
actions against L. Ron Hubbard, any person or Scientology
Organization, in respect to or arising out of any Scientology
course or other service rendered before this date and in full
understanding that I may not again obtain spiritual counselling or
training from any Church of Scientology and that this document is
formal notification to me of my expulsion from The Church of
Scientology of California.
I further understand that such expulsion is not without recourse,
such recourse being initiated by an 'Act of contrition, and I am
fully informed as to what this recourse entails.
Signed
Date: Witness:
All Scientology refunds are handled per this Policy.
Mary Sue Hubbard Controller for L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:MSH:jz.ei.rd Founder
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard [Amendments were minor corrections of
text
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED shown in this type sty/e. ]
584
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE (Issued from Washington) HASI
LONDON POLICY LETTER OF 26 JULY 1957
To All Staff Bulletin Board
FUNDS OR FAVORS RECEIVED
Any funds or favors received from persons outside the HASI London
by any staff member by reason of his connection with HASI London or
Scientology must be reported in writing to the HCO Secretary.
This includes cash, loans, dinners, loans of vehicles, quarters,
clothing or presents.
There is no restriction in receiving such items but it shall be
deemed cause for instant dismissal if the report of such favors is
not so made.
This includes all outside auditing done by a staff member for
which pay is received.
The intention of this policy is to tighten the security of the
HASI as it moves into the possible sphere of government contracts.
L. RON HUBBARD Agent for Great Britain
LRH: jd.cden Copyright (c) 1957 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
585
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 MARCH 1965
General Non-Remimeo
Post Staff Boards
HCO Sec Hat STAFF MEMBERS
Sthil Scn Staff AUDITING OUTSIDE PCS
It is expressly forbidden that executives or staff members of
Scientology Orgs (which of course include Saint Hill) audit for pay
any outside pcs while employed on staff in any organization
anywhere in the world.
To do so with orgs on proportionate pay robs your fellow staff
member.
Two executives have been relieved of post in the past two years
for permitting this practice in their orgs.
If one has pcs they should be turned over to the org.
If staff works hard, pay, particularly under new promotion
programmes, is very adequate. Pay only becomes inadequate when
policy is out. To keep pay up, keep policy in.
Staff Auditors may only audit family and friends 8 hours per week
without pay. This is the original rule, to save them from demands
on their free time. This is sometimes interpreted wrongly as
permission to audit 8 hours for fee. It is not so applicable. They
must not receive pay for those 8 hours.
Just think what you would do in Scientology if I started working
for pay outside orgs. Things would get really upset and, as proven
by the slump all orgs take whenever I move about or take time off
(it just happened again), we need all of us on the team. When I
have audited pcs for pay, ever since there have been orgs, I have
turned over every cent to the org I was in - they were just org
pcs even when they applied to me. (I haven't offered to audit
anyone for years but it would still be done that way today if I
did.)
Failure to report instances where the outside auditing policy is
violated is also reprehensible.
If you don't have enough money, do your job well enough to put
all of us in clover. That's how I do it. Try it if you need extra
money. It works.
L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 FEBRUARY 1961
Staff B Board Do not re-mimeo OUTSIDE PCS OF STAFF MEMBERS
It would be wise to have all staff members who do 8 hours of
private auditing per week to report to HCO, the names and addresses
of such PCs.
In security check the matter of private processing should also be
checked.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mLcden Copyright (c) 1961, 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
586
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 MARCH 1965
Remimeo
EXCERPTS FROM HCO POLICY LETTER OF NOVEMBER 9, 1964 AND NOVEMBER
26, 1964 (REVISED) FOR STAFF HATS
STAFF MEMBER LOANS
All loans to staff members from any organization or outside
source must have the permission of the nearest Finance Secretary,
before being granted or received. The Finance Secretary must also
at once report the matter to Saint Hill. Exception is actual
personal leases and/or Hire Purchase or Time Payment purchases by
the staff member for his or her own use, and no monies may be
borrowed by full or part time staff members from past or present
organizational students or pcs.
STAFF REGULATIONS
Any staff member accepting for training or processing any student
or pc for his personal profit or for favours during his time of
employment on staff, or any HASI student or pc for two years
following will be subject to a Committee of Evidence and possible
suspension of a certificate or certificates and awards and made to
refund all fees so illegally received to the person who paid.
REPORTING OF UNUSUAL FAVOURS
Any unusual favours received by a staff member from
organizational students or pcs must be reported to the HCO Area Sec
who must at once report the matter via HCO Continental to HCO Sec
WW. This includes uses of cars, apartments or receiving expenses as
well as other favours.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :mb.rd Copyright (c) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
587
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 JANUARY 1966
Remimeo Dist Staff Students
REGULATIONS FOR AUDITING OF STAFF AND STUDENTS
In HCO Pol Ltr of 24 May 1965 Student Guide to Acceptable
Behaviour, it states under # 15, "Do not give any processing to
anyone under any circumstances without direct permission of the
Course Supervisor (Emergency Assists excepted)", and # 16, "Do not
receive any processing from anyone under any circumstances without
the express permission of the Course Supervisor" (now D of T).
In HCO Pol Ltr of I April 1960 Regulations for Staff Members and
Ex-Staff Members, # 2, "Any Staff Member of the organization may
not audit any current preclear or student unless that preclear or
student has been signed up for processing in the Hubbard Guidance
Centre by the Registrar and has been assigned the auditor by the
Director of Processing" (now HGC Admin).
These policies are still in effect. Any Staff Member, student or
Interne requiring an assist or Review (unless an Emergency) must
notify their Dept Head who arranges with Qualifications Div. Dept
of Review for an assist to be given if the Dept Head deems it
necessary.
The only exception is the Clearing Course Student who is handled
entirely by the Clearing Course Supervisor and may not be audited,
sent to Review, or given an assist (except in an Emergency like an
Injury) by anyone. The Clearing Course Supervisor is notified if a
Clearing Course student is having difficulty with their case at
home, at work, etc and the Clearing Course Supervisor handles it.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ml. eden Copyright(~) 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED
588
CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX OF CONTENTS
1955 1959 (cont.)
7 Nov. HCO - Certificates (Operational
Bulletin) 14 I July Responsibility for HCO Files 238
2 July Developed Traffic-The Delirium Tremens
1956 of Central Ergs Vol. 0 - 119
6 July Outflow 166
3 Aug. Mail Line (HCOB) see- 171 7 July Staff
Auditing Requirement Vol. 0- 120
26 Sept. Flow Line for Personnel (HCOB) 83 15
July HCO Saint Hill Cable Designation 221
4 Oct. The Handling of HCOs (revised 30 July
1958) 8 10 Aug. Data Required as Reports from HCO
Secs 26
10 Aug. Reception 63
1957 10 Aug Reports Required from HCO Secretaries 28
12 Aug. Cable, Don't Phone (HCOB excerpt) 221
28 Feb. Hats Vol. 0 - 63 13 Aug. Reports Required
from HCO Secs 29
9 Apr. Bulletin Board }90 19 Aug. How to Handle
Work Vol. 0-122
9 Apr. Communication Centre 188 21 Aug. Handling
of Telex Machines 222
9 Apr. Dismissals and Post Changes 139 24
Aug. Tips to HCO Communicators 195
21 Apr. Information Boards 189 4 Sept. Completed
Staff Work (C.S.W.) - How to Get
I May Comm Center, Arrangement of 191 Approval of
Actions and Projects Vol. 0 - 123
2 May Qualifications of a Perm. Staff
Member see - 122 7 Sept. Policy Letter and Bulletin
Distribution Code
237
9 May Bulletin Boards & lnformation Boards 192 15
Sept. Hats and OtherFolders Vol.0- 65
9 May Employing & Discharging of Personnel 139 23
Sept. Carrying out lnstructions 154
9 May Mail (HCOB) 171 7 Oct. Org Boards
(HCOB) 76
3 June Qualifications of a Permanent Staff Member
122 14 Oct. Comm Speed 197
24 June New Post Hat Material 153 18 Oct. Putting
New Personnel on the Job 99
26 July Funds or Favors Received 585 20 Oct. HCO
Area Secretary Material 21
3 Sept. Method of Opening and Invoicing Mail 173 20
Oct. HCO Order of Importance of Actions 29
5 Sept. Validation of Staff Vol. 5 - 240 21
Oct. Additional Message Designation 223
26 Sept. Filling Posts 140 30 Oct. HCO WW Steno's
Hat 239
29 Oct. HCO Files 235 20 Nov. Validation of
Franchises (amended and
19 Dec. Phone Bill 172 reissued 10 Mar. 1960) 362
23 Nov. Employment of Criminals Forbidden 121
7 Dec. Scientology Cleanup 363
1958 31 Dec. Blow-offs 364
15 Jan. Field Office Communication (HCOB) 220
24 Jan. Outline of the Activities of the HCO Of
rice 1960
of L. Ron Hubbard (HCOB) 12
27 Jan. Duties of Personnel Post (HCOB) 98 15
Jan. PAB Mailings 267
17 Mar. Body Routing in Central Organization (HCOB)
61 18 Jan. Qualifications of Permanent Staff Members
123
7 Apr. Routing of Org Board Changes Vol. 7 - 124 10
Feb. Putting Hats on 155
8 Apr. Scientology Orgs Communications System: 19
Feb. Vehicles 292
Dispatches (see revised reissue 4 Jan. 1966) 214 10
Mar. Validation of Franchises 362
I May Employment Qualifications 121 19 Mar. Org
Board 30
19 June Freeloaders 140 27 Apr. Security of
Employment 141
30 July The Handling of HCOs (HCOB) 8 10
May Bulletin Distribution 237
20 Sept. Bulletin Board - Comm Centre (HCOB) 190 17
May Copies of Org Board 77
6 Oct. Who can be Processed - Who can be Trained
510 23 May Cancellation of Certificates 366
15 Nov. Legal Aid - HCO 16 27 May Dear
Scientologist . . . 367
15 Nov. Outstanding Copyrights and Marks 15 2
June Requirements for Staff Posts 123
15 Nov. The Substance and First Duty of HCO 13 9
June HCO WW Internal Comm Schedule 198
19 Nov. Organization 76 28 July Hiring and
Dismissing 142
22 Nov. Owner of Materials-The Legal View 16 11
Aug. Organization Information Centre 317
29 Nov. Future Programs (Conf. Memo to HCO Secs) 17 30
Aug. Training Restrictions 512
17 Dec. Duties of Sectl ED 232 23 Sept Organization
Information Centre 320
20 Dec. HCO Communicator Basic Hat & 7 Nov. HCO Area
Secretary Hat Addition 31
Comm System HCO Offices 192 18 Nov. Staff Transfers or
Dismissals 143
20 Dec. The HCO Secretary should handle 23
Nov. Reports to O.l.C. 320
Bad Clinical Results 18 26 Nov. Permanent Staff Member
Requirements 124
22 Dec. Important Change in Reports 321
1 959
2 Jan. HCO Office Designations and Personnel 19 1961
6 Jan. HCO Personnel Training 194 4 Jan. Urgent
Mimeo Change 243
13 Jan. HCO Area Secretary Material 21 9 Jan. Duties
of HCO 32
20 Jan. When in doubt about Copyrighting 15 31
Jan. Message Placement 200
23 Jan. Ethics 361 31 Jan. Spheres of
Influence 35
26 Jan. Scientology Magazines 266 4 Feb. Types of
Letters Established 244
29 Jan. HCO Communicator Hat 194 13 Feb. Permanent
Staff Requirement Changes 125
24 Feb. Letter Designations on HCO Bulletins 234 14
Feb. Address Unit (excerpt from Pattern of a
25 Feb. HCO Master File 234 Central Org) 267
27 Feb. Duty of Area Sec re Personnel 153 14
Feb. The Pattern of a Central Organization
I Mar. Forbidden HCO Activities 24 - HCO Area Of
rice (excerpt) 37
2 Mar. HCO Cable and Dispatch Designation 14
Feb. Personnel Procurement 84
System see - 220 & 226 17 Feb. HCO Continental 38
2 Mar. HCO Theory of Communication 186 17
Feb Staff Post Qualifications see - 129
10 Mar. Permanent Staff Members 122 17 Feb. State
of Emergency 39
23 Apr. HCO Filing System 235 21 Feb. Choosing PE
and Registration Personnel 110
30 Apr. Additional Staff Auditors 113 23
Feb. Directives from a Board Member .247
5 May Policy on Sec EDs and Hats Vol. 0 - 64 26
Feb. Qualification of Executives 126
14 May Hubbard Communications Of rice 23 27
Feb. Outside Pcs of Staff Members 586
22 May CentralOrganizations Efficiency Vol.0 - 71 13
Mar. Staff AuditorTraining 114
22 May Policy Letter and Bulletin Distribution Code
236 20 Mar. Mimeo and File Procedure 248
26 May What an Executive wants on his Lines Vol. 0 -
106 23 Mar. Distribution of Bulletin Change 249
29 May Technology 24 28 Mar. Staff Post
Qualifications - Permanent
4 June Instructions to Attorney or
Solicitors 25 Executives to be Approved 127
21 June Signatures on Bulletins, Policy Ltrs 8
Apr. OIC Board 322
and Sec EDs 238 11 Apr. How to do a Staff
Job Vol. 0 - 73
22 June Mailing Lists 266 30 May Current Of fice
Work 201
25 June (Modifies HCO Policy Ltr of 22 May
1959) 237 30 May How to Confess in HCO 41
589
1961 (cont.) 1965 (cons )
9 June Technical Hat Checking - Vital Policy 8
Feb. Dev-T Analysis Vol. 0 - 134
for HCO Area Sec 156 22 Feb. Inspections 300
4 Aug. Private Mail and Telephone Calls 175 24
Feb. Addendum to HCO Policy Letter
21 Sept. Despatch Lines 202 of September 7,
AD13 545
7 Oct. Friday Cables 223 I Mar. Suppressive
Acts-The Fair Game Law see - 552
12 Oct. Refund of Fee Policy Revised (cancelled 4
Mar. HCO Secretary WW 46
- see 23 Oct. 1963) 579 4 Mar. Technical and
Policy Distribution 47
11 Dec. Organization Rudiments 306 6 Mar. Amnesty
Policy 369
15 Dec. Rudiment Check Sheet for Orgs 310 7
Mar. Certificate Cancellation 546
18 Dec. HCO Standmg Orders (excerpt) 42 7
Mar. Offenses & Penalties 549
7 Mar. Suppressive Acts-The Fair Game Law see - 552
1962 13 Mar. The Comm-Member System 204
13 Mar. The Comm-Member System (Issue 11) 206
10 Jan. HCO Standing Order No. 5 (reissued as 17
Mar. Administering Justice 560
amended 21 June 1967) 43 17 Mar. Fair Game Law
17 Jan. Org Rudiment Reports to
Me 314 - Organizational Suppressive Acts 558
23 Jan. Permanent Executives (amends 17 Feb. 1961)
130 17 Mar. Rights of a Staff Member, Students
27 Feb. Refund of Fee Policy Revised (cancelled and
Preclears to Justice 370
- see 23 Oct. 1963) 579 21 Mar. Staff Members
Auditing Outside Pcs 586
26 Mar. Staff Reg. - Relations with Pcs and
Students 368 27 Mar. The Justice of Scientology - Its
Use and
16 Apr. Comments on Letter Registrar
Department 268 Purpose-Being a Scientologist 561
21 May Permanent Staff 130 29 Mar. Excerpts from
HCO P/L 9 Nov. 1964 &
5 June Permanent Staff Privilege 130 26 Nov. 1964
(revised) for Staff Hats
8 July Telephone Answering 176 Staff Member Loans
9 July Mimeo and Magazine Distribution, Staff
Regulations
Sthil l Course Vol. 4 - 411 Reporting of 587
9 Aug. Names and Addresses of Academy Enrollees
267 29 Mar. Routing Despatches Favours Vol. 0 -
110
6 Oct. Car Washing 295 29 Mar. The Fast Flow
System 326
7 Nov. Central Organizations Efficiency Vol. 0 -
71 31 Mar. Justice Policy Letters - Corrections 563
Nov. Address Machines 269 2 Apr. Administration
Outside Scientology 372
20 Nov. Instructions to Attorney or Solicitors 25 2
Apr. Heed Heavy Traffic Warnings Vol. 0 - 111
21 Nov. Completed Staff Work (C.S.W.) - How to Get 2
Apr. Urgent Urgent Urgent - False Reports 52
Approval of Actions and Projects Vol. 0 - 123 5
Apr. Handling the Suppressive Person
21 Nov. Re-issue of Materials 44 - The Basis of
Insanity 375
11 Dec. Change m Report Line 325 5
Apr. Scientology Makes a Safe Environment 374
11 Dec. OIC Reports to HCO WW 323 5 Apr. The
No-Gain-Case Student 383
13 Dec. Scientology Organizations Communications 7 Apr.
Amnesty-Cancelled Certs - Justice Comments
387
System: Dispatches (see revised reissue 7 Apr. Healing
Policy in Field 521
4 Jan. 1966) 214 8 Apr. Cancellation of Mail Lists
to Field Auditors 277
8 Apr. HCO Org Executive and Divisional
1963 Secretaries, Justice on, and Auditing of 565
20 Mar. HCO WW Electric Stencil Cutting
Machine 250 10 Apr. Dismissals, Transfers and Demotions
34744
10 Apr What an Executive wants on his Lines Vol. 0 -
106 19 Apr. Training and Process
11 Apr Important - Emergency Regulations 388
p mergencyL~brary 270 21 Apr. Basic
Certs-Uncertified Personnel Vol.5 - 192
29 May How to Handle Work Vol. 0 - 122 22
Apr. Correction to all "Justice" Policy Letters 390
18 June Policy Cheeks 157 23
Apr. Clarification - Auditing of Org Executives 566
12 Aug. Certificates & Awards (Admin Certs) Vol. 5 -
180 28 Apr. Power Processes 391
7 Sept. Committees of Evidence 538 29
Apr. Ethics-Review 395
22 Sept. Concerning Committees of Evidence 544 29
Apr. Mimeo Distribution Changes
23 Oct. Refund Policy 579 Sec ED Distribution Vol. 7
- 649
31 Oct. Reception Hat 64 29 Apr. Petition 393
11 Nov. Committees of Evidence (addition to 30
Apr. Emergency, State of 399
HCOP/L7 Sept. 1963) 545 1 May Order Board and Time
Machine 301
I May Organization - The Design of the Organization 78
1964 I May Staff Member Reports 402
7 May Cancellation-Mimeo Distribution Changes 251
10 Jan. Address Changes for WW 270 8 May Flash
Colours and Designations 252
9 Feb. Comm Baskets 203 8 May Results of HCO
Technical Investigation 405
10 Feb. Enrolment on Self Determinism 516 11
May Ethics Of dicer Hat 406
I Apr. New Mimeo Line - HCO Executive Letter 250 16
May Indicators of Orgs 408
16 June Personnel Records - Admin Certs Vol. 5-
184 26 May Communications - Registered Mail
22 June Organization Posts-Two Types Vol. 0-105 -Phone
Calls 177
23 June HCO Theory of Communication 186 26
May Courts of Ethics 567
2 July Bulletin and Policy Letter Distribution 26
May Petitions 394
(see revised reissue 14 Apr. 1969) 260 27
May Processing 411
21 Aug. Staff Auditors 115 31 May Noise - Session
Interruption 412
9 Sept. Putting New Personnel on the Job 99 2
June Writing of an Ethics Order 413
24 Sept. Changes of Address to HCO WW 7 June Entheta
Letters & the Dead File, Handling of 415
-Founding Scientologists 271 7 June New Org Board
Design 80
20 Oct. Stickers for PABs Wanted 272 11
June Correction to HCO P/L 26 May 1965 177
27 Oct. Policies on Physical Healing, Insanity and 17
June Staff Auditor Advices 423
"Troublesome Sources" 513 I July Comm Cycle
Additives 426
27 Oct. Policies on Physical Healing, Insanity and I
July Ethics Chits 425
Potential Trouble Sources I July Hats, The Reason
for Vol. 0 - 66
(reissued 23 June 1967) 517 10 July Lines and
Terminals - Routing 82
30 Oct. Mailmg Lists for Franchise Holders 273 11
July Assignment of Tech Personnel 116
31 Oct. Addressograph Equipment Warning 278 19
July Release Checks, Procedure for Vol. 4 - 574
5 Nov. Corrections to HCO Policy Letters 516 22
July Home Addresses 54
15 Nov. Transport Arrangements 293 26
July Release Declaration Restrictions
17 Nov. Offline and Offpolicy - Healing
Amendments 522
- Your Full In Basket Vol. 0 - 125 28 July Handling of
Photographs Vol. 0 - 114
21 Dec. Address Lists to City Of rices 281 30
July Preclear Routing to Ethics 427
31 Dec. Use of Dianetics, Scientology, 7
Aug. Suppressive Persons, Main Characteristics of 428
Applied Philosophy 45 15 Aug. Things that Shouldn't
Be 303
16 Aug. Collection from SPs and PTSs 430
1965 17 Aug. Return Address 182
20 Aug. Appointment of Xerox Of ricer 265
21 Jan. Addressograph Equipment 280 20 Aug.
GeneralAmnesty 431
31 Jan. Dev-T Vol. 0 - 131 26 Aug. Ethics E-Meter
Check 432
7 Feb. Keeping Scientology Working Vol. 0 - 35 27
Aug. Housing - Staff, Students, Preclears 303
590
1965 (cont.) 1966 (cont.)
31Aug.MailOpening 179 17July Despatches,
SpeedUp 218
I Sept. Ethics Protection 433 17 July Evidence,
Admissibility of in Hearings,
I Sept. Mailing List Policies Vol.0-198 Boards or
Committees 571
4 Sept. Inspection Officer 299 20 July Staff
Status (amended 19 Mar. 1968) 134
4 Sept. Inspection Of ricer - The Org Personnel
Files 148 22 July OIC Cable Arrival Time, Change of 227
21 Sept. Cleanliness and Tidiness of Premises 304 25
July Allocation of Quarters - Arrangement of
25 Sept. Addition to HCO Pol Ltr of 7 June
1965 422 Desks and Equipment 581
27 Sept. Changes of Address for WW 281 31
July Refund Notice 581
30 Sept. Statistics for Divisions 328 1 Aug.
Refund Add~t~on 342
11 Oct. OIC Cable Charige 330 4 Aug. Clears,
Invalidation of 446
13 Oct. Dev-T Data-Executive Responsibility Vol. 0 -
136 5 Aug Chaplaun's Court - Civil Hearings 572
14 Oct. Potential Trouble Source
Routing 435 5 Aug Registered Mail 178
26 Oct. Low Statistics 145 9 Aug. Use of Telex
Machine 228
29 Oct. Ethics Authority Section - Of fice of
LRH 436 10 Aug. Sec EDs, Executive Drrector & Guardian
259
2 Nov For Fast Line SecEDs and Admin
Orders 255 15Aug. Ethics Orders 448
2 Nov Foundation Central Files Of ricer and 16
Aug. Clearing Course Security 447
Address-in-Charge 282 19 Aug. Numbering of Ethics
Orders 448
1 Nov. Reception Log - In-the-Org List 73 22
Aug. Addendum to HCO P/L of 20 July 1966
15 Nov. Reporting of Theft and Action to be
Taken 437 "Staff Status" 135
18 Nov. Appointment of Personnel 100 22 Aug. Dead
File: Restoration to Good Standing 422
20 Nov. Org Rudiments Section 315 9
Sept. Security 219
20 Nov. The Promotional Actions of HCO Division
1 7 27 Sept. OIC Report Form 343
15 Dec. Ethics Chits 438 27 Sept. The Anti-Social
Personality
15 Dec. Gifts 54 -The Anti-Scientologist 449
16 Dec. Statistics of the International 5
Oct. Students Terminating - Leave of Absence
Executive Division 331 -Blown Students 455
23 Dec. Suppressive Acts - The Fair Game
Law 552 11 Oct. Legal, Tax, Accountant and Solicitor Mail
28 Dec. Enrollment in Suppressive Groups Incoming and
Out-going 181
(see amended reissue 29 June 1968) 484 12 Oct. Mailing of
Letters 183
30 Dec. PTS Auditing and Routing 439 12 Oct. OIC
Graphs 344
17 Oct. Stale Date Reports 219
31 Oct. Administrative Know-How
1966 Job Endangerment Chits (see amended
4 Jan. HCO Cable Designation System 224 reissue 5
Mar. 1968) 477
4 Jan. Personnel - Staff Status 131 31
Oct. Boards of Investigation 570
4 Jan. Scientology Organizations Communications 6
Nov. Admin Know-How
System: Dispatches 214 Statistic Interpretative Vol. 0-221
7 Jan. Leaving Post-Writing Your Hat Vol. 0- 70 6
Nov. Statisticlnterpretation-Estate Statistic 305
9 Jan. International Changes or Area 11 Nov. Postal
Economy 184
Changes of Address 282 12 Dec. New Org Board Design
(2) 81
9 Jan. OIC Section SH 335 26 Dec. Admin
Know-How - PTS Sections,
13 Jan Regulations for Auditing of Staff &
Students 588 Personnel and Execs 456
14 Jan Hiring Personnel - Line for (amended 29
Dec. Historical Precedence of Ethics 459
22 May 1968) 85
15 Jan. Hold the Form of the Org-Don't
Bring about Danger Conditions Vol. 0-202 1967
16 Jan. Danger Condition Vol. 0 - 204 12
Feb. Admin Know-How
17 Jan. Division l-HCO Division-Organization Chart
4 The Responsibilities of Leaders Vol. 0-225
19 Jan. Danger Condition 22 Mar. Admin
Know-How - Alter-ls and
- Responsibilities of Declaring Vol. 0 - 211 Degraded Beings
(HCOB) 104
19 Jan. Danger Condition, Warning - The Junior 22
Mar. Personnel Requirement 102
Who Accepts Orders from Everyone Vol. 0-207 27 Apr. Tech
Division Statistic 345
25 Jan. Communication Inspector Hat 217 I
May Voluntary Staff 137
25 Jan. Distribution ofMimeolssues 255 7
June Staff Auditors 115
25 Jan. Div l-HCO Div-Org Chart Additions 21
June HCO Standing Order No. 5 43
(incorporated in HCO P/L 17 Jan. 1966) 4 23
June Emolment on Self Determinism 516
I Feb. Danger Conditions-lnspections by Executive 23
June Policies on Physical Healing, Insanity and
Secretaries, How to do Them Vol. 0-208 Potential Trouble
Sources 517
I Feb. Statistics, Actions to Take 6 July Advanced
Courses Supervisors' Statistic 346
- Statistic Changes Vol. 0 - 213 24 July Fixed Public
Consumption of Product Vol. 0-235
3 Feb. Legal, Tax, Accountant and Solicitor, 11 Aug.
Second Dynamic Rules 463
Mail and Legal Of ricer 180 15 Aug. Discipline-SPs and
Admin
3 Feb. Sec ED Change in Issue and Use 256 - How
Statistics Crash 464
3 Feb. Sec EDs - Definition and Purpose 8 Sept.
Statistics and Org Bd Copies 347
- Cross Divisional Orders 257 10 Sept.
Statistic - GDS Div Six 348
6 Feb. OIC Report Form (see amended reissue 12 Sept.
Post, Handling of Vol. 0 - 74
27 Sept. 1966) 343 18 Sept. Ethics Officer
Check-outs 466
13 Feb. Personnel Control Of dicer 96 19 Sept. HCO
Division, Depattment of Routing
23 Feb. Appointments and Promotions 101 Appearances
and Personnel 55
24 Feb. Mail Statistic-Dir Comm's Functions 167 20
Sept. Confidential Data 466
25 Feb. Communications Functions 169 22 Sept.
Routing Form Attestations 62
28 Feb. Danger Condition Data - 23 Sept. New Post
Formula -
Why Organizations Stay Small Vol. 0 - 216 The
Conditions Formulas Vol. 0 - 189
I Mar. Exec Div Organization - Statistic
(excerpt) 333 1 Oct. Admin Know-How-Uses of Orgs 467
I Mar The Guardian - Statistic
(excerpt) 334 4 Oct. Auditor and Org Individual
Stats 348
3 Mar OIC Report Form 336 4 Oct. Org Exec Sec
and Distribution 468
6 Mar. Rewards and
Penalties 440 6 Oct. Condition of Liability Vol. 0 -
237
6 Mar. Statistic Graphs - How to Figure the
Scale 338 6 Oct. HCO Exec Sec Condition 468
8 Mar. High Crime 444 16 Oct. Admin Know-How No.
16
30 Mar. The Three Basket System Vol.
0-104 Suppressives, and the Administrator
4 Apr. Addition to HCO P/L 3 March 1966 How to Detect
SPs as an Administrator 469
OIC Report Form 337 18 Oct. Conditions on Orgs or
Divisions
29 Apr. Ethics: Clearing Course 446 or
Depts - Clarification Vol. 0-239
I May Statistics of Of fice of LRH 339 18 Oct.
Failure to Follow or Apply Condition Vol. 0-240
9 May Requirements for a SHSBC Supervisor 117 18
Oct. Policy and HCOB Alterations-High Come 471
4 June Board of Investigation 569 20 Oct. Admin
Know-How
7 June OIC Publication and Distribution 341 Conditions,
How to Assign Vol. 0-241
21 June Appointments-LRH Comm and Executive 20 Oct.
Conditions Penalties-New Employees and
Secretary and Asst Guardian and Others 118 Persons
Newly on Post (see amended
14 July Dismissal of Staff 145 reissue 22 Mar.
1968) 479
591
1967 (cont.) 1969 (cont.)
23 Oct. Enemy Formula Vol. 0 - 245 21
Feb. Cancellation of Pottr of November 5, 1964 523
2 Nov. HCO Division, Department of 22 Feb. Personnel
Placement & Purposes 105
Communications 164 24 Feb. Justice 532
2 Nov. HCO Division, Department of 13 Mar. Addition
to HCO Pot Ltr of 23 June 1967 523
Inspections and Reports 297 15 Mar. Third
Party - How to Find One 534
20 Nov. Out Tech 471 31 Mar. Completions
Statistic, Triple Grades
22 Nov. Out Tech 472 Tech & Qual Divisions 356
27 Nov. R6 Materials 473 31 Mar. OIC Report
Form 354
31 Mar. Public Divisions Staffing Qualifications 120
1968 6 Apr. Dianetic Registration (see revised reissue
I Jan. Hat Write-ups andFolders 12 June 1969 527
-Inspection of Hat Folders Vol. 0 - 68 6
Apr. Dianetics 524
2 Jan. HCO Hat Section - Orders to Staff 158 7
Apr. Org Reduction or Eradication 493
4 Jan. OIC Report Form (see amended 8
Apr. Cancellation of HCO P/L 31 March 1969 356
reissue 31 Mar. 1969) 354 14 Apr. Bulletin and
Policy Letter Distribution 260
5 Jan. Conditions Orders - Executive Ethics Vol.0 -
194 18 Apr. World Addresso Co-ordination Revised 286
5 Jan. Dev-T Series, Part of - Overfilled In 20
Apr. Dumbness 495
Basket-Bad News Vol. 0 - 137 20 Apr. Hats, Not
Wearing Vol. 0-249
6 Feb. Organization-The Flaw 327 27 Apr. Death
Wish 496
7 Feb. Fast Flow and Ethics 474 7 May Policies on
"Sources of Trouble" 525
8 Feb. Admin Know-How No. 18 8 May Address
Lists-Addresso and Central Files 287
Statistic Rationalization Vol. 0 - 246 17 May An
Ethics Policy Letter 575
19 Feb. Stats Dissem 349 17 May Mailing
Lists - Central Files - Addresso
22 Feb. Ethics and Admin - Slow
Admin 475 - Basic Defimtmns and Policy 288
24 Feb. OIC Publication and Distribution 351 23
May Public Dmslons Flash Colours
2 Mar. Advanced Course Security
Check 476 (incorporated in HCO P/L 4 Jan 1966) 214
5 Mar. Administrative Know-How 12 June Dianetic
Registration 527
Job Endangerment Chits 477 13 June Summary of Policy
on Executive Directives,
12Mar. Mistakes Anatomy
of 479 Admin&AdviceLetters,&Executive Letters 263
16 June Board of Appeal 575
14 Mar. Corrected Table of Conditions Vol. 0-247 10
July Org Personnel Recruitment 88
15 Mar. Student & Staff Program 87
16 Mar. Post Changes 146 18 July Pubs Org
PersonnelRecruitment 90
19 Mar. Staff Status 134 29 July Field Mallmg
Lists (cancelled -
22 Mar. Conditions Penalties-New Employees see same
title 28 Jan 1970) 290
& Persons Newly on Post 479 25 Aug. Thud Party
Investigations 535
15 Apr. Speed and Accuracy of Relay Telex
Traffic 230 2 Sept Org Personnel Recruitment
23 Apr. Telex Comm Clarity (see emended
reissue 230 Sea Org Cooperation 357
27 Sept Appeal 576
24 Apr. Division 6 Distribution (see amended 30
Sept Orders of the Day Vol. 0 - 118
reissue 31 Mar. 1969) 120 27 Oct. Admin Know-How No.
23 - Dev-T Vol. 0 - 145
4 May Handlmg Situations Vol. 0- 77 4 Nov. Dev-T
Graphed Vol. 0 - 147
13 May Telex Comm Clarity 230
22 May Hiring
Personnel - Linefor 85 10Nov. Former Staff
Members 497
25 May GDS - Dissem Division 349 7
Dec. Ethics, The Design of 498
26 May Boards of Investigation and Committees 7
Dec. The Ethics Of ficer, His Character 500
of Evidence, Termination of 9 Dec. How to Prevent Ether
Officer from doing
28 May Volunteers and non-contracted
Staff 1560 12Dec
HowtO(preveed~ Ethjeiteobyl2Dec~l969) 504
5 June Stats Dissem 350
18 June Ethics 480 doing his Job 504
19 June Ethics Training 481 14 Dec. Org
Protection 92
20 June Ethics Officers 482 70
20 June Personnel 147 19
25 June Public Divisions Stats 352 6 Jan. Third
Party Investigations 537
29 June Enrollment in Suppressive Groups 484 13 Jan.
Org Personnel Recruitment (Revised) 93
2 July Ethics - Org Suppression of 138 18 Jan.
Registered Mail 178
27 July A Tiger 485 24 Jan. Tech Admin Ratio 107
30 July Gross Income Senior Datum 283 26 Jan.
Minors - Legal on, Students and Staff 505
12 Aug. Ethics Power 485 26 Jan. OTL Last Court of
Appea} 577
13 Aug. Qualifications of the SO 161 27 Jan.
Tech:Admin Ratio and LRH Comm
18 Aug. Ethics Clearance - Assignment Central and
Area Orgs 108
An Open Letter to all Sea Org Applicants 162 28 Jan. Field
Mailing Lists 290
26 Aug. Security Checks Abolished 486 29 Jan.
Existing Full Time LRH Comm Assignments
27 Aug. Sea Org Internes 163 (incorporated in HCO
P/L 27 Jan. 1970) 109
2 Sept. Sea Org Recruits - Travel Expenses 163 5
Feb. Scientology Refunds -
2 Sept. World Addresso Co-ordination 284 Writ of
Expulsion and Waiver 583
15 Sept. Sea Org 487 5 Feb. Statistics, Management
by 358
16 Sept. Address Lists 283 7 Feb. Danger
Condition - 2nd Formula Vol. 0 - 193
30 Sept. Executives-Training and Case Levels 119 7
Feb. HCO Makes the Org 1
4 Oct. Ethics Presence 488 23 Feb.
Ethics - Quality of:Senice 506
16 Oct. Treason Formula Vol. 0 - 247 1 Mar. Model
Staff Application Form 94
21 Oct. Cancellation of Fair Game 489 20 Mar. Re:
Persons who ask off Mailing List 291
29 Oct. Class Vlll C/S Qual Stat 352 17 Apr.
Vital - Department One 58
12 Nov. The Main Weakness 57 18 Apr. Ethics and
Franchise 508
15 Nov. Cancellation of Disconnection 489 21 Apr.
Field Ethics 509
21 Nov. Senior Policy Vol. 0-277 10 May SO ED 43
Int-Dissemination Division G.D.S. 350
8 Dec. Department One Admin-Service Records 150 14
May Hat Checkout Sequence 159
16 Dec. Security Div 1 490 16 May Institutional and
Shock Cases, Petitions from 529
26 Dec. The Third Party Law 530 17 June OIC
Change-Cable Change 359
7 Oct. Mail Line (revised reissue HCOB 3 Aug.
'56) 171
1969 7 Dec. Guardian's Office Mail 179
5 Jan. Staff Status Two 136
13 Jan. Unusual Favours 491 ADMIN KNOW-HOW POLICIES
20 Jan. Public Divisions Gross Divisional
Statistics 353 IN THIS VOLUME
27 Jan. Dev-T Summary List Vol. 0-138
30 Jan. Dev-T Summary List Additions Vol. 0-142 26
Dec. 1966 PTS Sections, Personnel and Execs
456
3 Feb. Legal-Standard Waiver 582 22
Mar. 1967 Alter-ls and Degraded Beings 104
5 Feb. Double Hats 83 1 Oct. 1967 Uses of
Orgs 467
I l Feb. Telex Lines and Logistics 231 16
Act. 1967 Suppressives, and the Administrator
13 Feb. Ethics Protection Conditions, Blue Star, How to
Detect SPs as an Administrator 469
Green Star, Gold Star 492 5 Mar. 1968 Job Endangerment
Chits 477
592
HUBBARD SCIENTOLOGY ORGANIZATIONS THE CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
ADVANCED ORGANIZATIONS
Church of Scientology of California Church of
Scientology Church of Scientology
Advanced Organization Advanced Organization United
Kingdom Advanced Organization Denmark
of Los Angeles Saint Hill Manor Jernbanegade 6
916 South Westlake Street East Grinstead, Sussex,
England 1608 Copenhagen V
Los Angeles, California 90006 Denmark
HUBBARD COLLEGES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Church of Scientology of California Church of
Scientology Church of Scientology
American Saint Hill Organization Hubbard College of
Scientology Saint Hill Denmark
2723 West Temple Street Saint Hill Manor Jernbanegade 6
Los Angeles, California 90026 East Grinstead, Sussex,
England 1608 Copenhagen V
De., mark
CONTINENTAL AND AREA ORGANIZATIONS
UNITED STATES ST. LOUIS MONTREAL
Church of Scientology Church of Scientology
PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION 3730 Lindeii Boulevard 1 i68
St. Cathenne Street, W. 101
Church of Scientology of California St. Louis, Missouri
63108 Montreal, Quebec HEY 1B5
Publications Organization
C/O ASHO TWIN CITIES UNITED KINGDOM
2723 West Temple Street Church of Scientology LOCAL
CHURCHES
Los Angeles, California 90026 730 Hennepin Avenue
CELEBRITY CENTRES Minneapolis, Minnesota 55403 Saint
Hiii Foundation
Church of Scientology of California BOSTON East
Grinstead, Sussex
Celebrity Centre ChurchofScientology PLYMOUTH
1551 North La Brea Avenue 448 Beacon Street
Hollywood, California 90028 Boston, Massachusetts
02115 Hubbard Scientology Organization
39, Portland Square
Church of Scientology BUFFALO Sherweii
Celebrity Centre New York
65 East 82nd Street Church of Scientology Plymouth,
Devon
New York, New York 10028 1116 Elmwood Avenue MANCHESTER
Buffalo, New York 14222
LOCAL CHURCHES Hubbard Scientology Organization
DETROIT 48 Faulkner Street
WASHINGTON, D.C. Church of Scientology Manchester
Founding Church of Scientology 19 Clifford
Street LONDON
2125 S Street, N.W. Detroit, Michigan 48226
Washington, D.C. 20008 Hubbard Scientology Organization
MIAMI 68, Tottenham Court Road
AUSTI N Church of Scientology London W.1.
Church of Scientology 1235 Brickell Avenue SCOTLAND
2804 Rio Grande Miami, Florida 33131
Austin, Texas 78705 HAPI
NEW YORK Fleet House
HAWAII Church of Scientology of New York 20 South
Bridge
Church of Scientology 28-30 West 74th Street Edinburgh,
Scotland
143 Nenue Street New York, New York 10023 AUSTRALIAINEW
ZEALAND
Honolulu, Hawah 96821
SAN DIEGO PHILADELPHIA ADELAIDE
Church of Scientology Church of the New Faith
Church of Scientology 8 West Lancaster Avenue 57
Pulteney Street
926 "C" Street Ardmore, Pennsylvania 19003 Fullarton,
Adelaide 5000
San Diego, California 92102 SACRAMENTO South Australia
SAN FRANCISCO Church of Scientology of
California MELBOURNE
Church of Scientology of California 81919th
Street Church of the New Faith
414 Mason Street Sacramento, California 95814 724
Inkerman Road
San Francisco, California94102 CHICAGO North Caulfield
3161
LAS VEGAS Melbourne, Victoria, Australia
Church of Scientology
Church of Scientology 1555 Maple Street PERTH
2108 Industrial Road Evanston, Illinois 80201 Church of
the New Faith
Las Vegas, Nevada 89102
CANADA Pastoral House
LOS ANGELES TORONTO St. Georoe's Terrace
Church of Scientology of California Western Australia
2005 West 9th Street Church of Scientology
Los Angeles, California 90006 124 Avenue Road SYDNEY
Toronto 180, Ontario
PORTLAND Church of the New Faith
VANCOUVER 1 Lee Street
Church of Scientology Sydney 2000
1607 N.E. 41st Street Church of Scientology New South
Wales, Australia
Portland, Oregon 97232 4857 Main Street
Vancouver 10, AUCKLAND
SEATTLE British Columbia
Church of Scientology
Church of Scientology OTTAWA New Imperial Buildings
i53t 4th Avenue 44 Queen Street
Seattle, Washington 98101 Church of
Scientology Auckland New Zealand
292 Somerset Street, West
Ottawa
EUROPE AMSTERDAM AFRICA
PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION Church of
Scientology JOHANNESBURG
Slngel 261
Church of Scientology Amsterdam, Netherlands Church of
Scientology
Publications Organization 99 Pony Street
C/O SH Denmark BERLIN Johannesburg, South Africa
Jernbanegade 6 Church of Scientology CAPE TOWN
1608 Copenhagen V 1000 Berlin 12
Denmark Giesebrechstrasse 10 Church of Scientology
LOCAL CHURCHES Berlin, Germany 3nd Floor, Garmour House
COPENHAGEN MUNICH Cape Town,SouthAfrica
Church of Scientology Church of Scientology PORT
ELIZABETH
Hov dvagtegade6 8000 Munich2
i103 Copenhagen K Lindwurmstrasse 29 Church of Sc
ontology
West German 2 St. Christopher s
Denmark Y 27 Westbourne Road
Church of Scientology GOTEBORG Port Elizabeth, South
Africa 6001
Frederiksborgvej 5 Church of Scientology DURBAN
2400 Copenhagen V Magasinsgatan 12
Denmark S-411 18 Goteborg, Sweden Church of Scientology
57 College Lane
PARIS STOCKHOLM Durban South Africa
Church of Scientoiogy Scientoiogy Kyrkan
12, rue de la Montagn Ste Genevieve Kammakaregatan
46 PRETORIA
75005 Paris, France S-111 60 Stockholm, Sweden Church
of Scientology
,. 224 Central House
VIENNA MALMO CnrCentrai&PretoriousStreets
Scientology-Osterreich Church of Scientology Pretoria,
South Africa
A--iO70 Wien Skomakaregatan 12
Mariahilferstrasse 8BA/Stg. 3/1/9 S 21 i 34 Malmo,
Sweden BULAWAYO
Vienna, Austria Church of Scientology
BRUSSELS 508 Kirrie Bidgs.
Church of Scientology Bulawayo, Rhodesia
45A, Rue de l'Ecuyer
1000 Brussels, Belgium